UNESCO 2010/11 - Renouf Publishing Co. Ltd.

United Nations 

Educational, Scientic and 

Cultural Organization 

Organisation 

des Nations Unies 

pour l’éducation, 

la science et la culture 

Organización 

de las Naciones Unidas 

para la Educación, 

la Ciencia y la Cultura 

 

 

, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNESCO 

Publishing 

Catalogue 

2010/11

UNESCO PUBLISHING 

CATALOGUE 2010/11 




Educational, Scientific and 

Cultural Organization

A separate catalogue for French titles is available 

upon request from UNESCO Publishing 

Published in 2010 by the 

United Nations Educational, 

Scientific and Cultural Organization, 

7, place de Fontenoy, 75352 París 07 SP (France) 

Composed by UNESCO Publishing 

Printed by UNESCO, Paris 

© UNESCO 2010 

Printed in France

CONTENTS 

How to use this catalogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 

How to order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 

Currently available and forthcoming titles in English 

listed by major subject area and by series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 

General Reference Works 9 

9 Profile series 

9 UNESCO Reference Works series 

Education 12 

12 Education on the Move series 

16 The Professional Training Library series 

16 The Teacher’s Library series 

18 Publications of the International Bureau of Education (IBE) 

19 Publications of the International Institute for Educational 

Planning (IIEP) 

24 IIEP Studies series 

25 Publications of the UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning (UIL) 

Natural Sciences 28 

30 Water and Conflict Resolution Series – UNESCO-IHP 

31 Coastal Management Sourcebooks series 

31 Earth Sciences series 

32 Environment and Development series 

33 IOC Ocean Forum series 

34 Man and the Biosphere series 

35 Oceanographic Methodology series 

36 Renewable Energies series 

37 The Researcher’s Library series 

37 Science and Technology for Development series 

38 Studies and Reports in Hydrology series 

38 Urban Water series - UNESCO-IHP 

40 World Biodiversity Database electronic series 

Social and Human sciences 42 

42 Challenges series 

42 Cultures of Peace series 

43 Democracy and Power series 

43 Ethics series 

44 Human Rights in Perspective series 

45 Law of Cyberspace series 

45 Participation and Development series 

46 The Philosopher’s Library series 

47 Social Sciences Studies series 

49 Women plus series 

Culture 49 

49 Art, Museums and Monuments series 

52 Copyright series 

52 Culture, Development and Society series 

52 Memory of Peoples series 

54 Multiple History series 

57 UNESCO Collection of Representative Works 

60 World Heritage series 

Commu nication and information 62 

62 Communication and Development series 

For the Young 62 

62 Discovering the World series 

Alphabetical Index and Price List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 

64 Periodicals 

64 CD-ROMs/DVDs 

65 Videos 

65 Books 

70 Scientific maps and atlases 

Titles in Arabic 72 

Titles in Chinese 75 

Titles in Russian 76 

National distributors of UNESCO Sales publications . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 

Non-sales UNESCO publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 

UNESCO INSTITUTES AND CENTRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 

UNESCO OFFICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

4 

HOW TO USE THIS CATALOGUE 

General information 

The UNESCO sales publications’ catalogue 

details all new and forthcoming titles in 

English, and provides information on titles 

in Arabic, Chinese and Russian. 

It includes sales titles (books, videos, 

CD-ROMs, DVDs, periodicals and 

scientific maps) published or produced 

under UNESCO Publishing’s own imprint 

or under co-publication arrangements. 

Any territorial restriction on sales rights is 

specified in the case of co-publications. 

UNESCO Publishing also distributes 

sales titles from UNESCO’s Institutes: 

IBE (International Bureau of Education) 

in Geneva, IIEP (International Institute 

for Educational Planning) in Paris, UIL 

(UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning) 

in Hamburg and UIS (UNESCO Institute 

for Statistics) in Montreal. 

How to search 

By title in the corresponding series 

All available and forthcoming titles (books, 

videos, CD-ROMs, DVDs, periodicals and 

scientific maps) are listed in alphabetical 

order under their corresponding series. 

Series are in turn grouped by main subjects. 

By title in the alphabetical index 

All available and forthcoming titles are 

listed in alphabetical order in the price list 

(yellow pages). 

By subject matter or author 

Search by subject matter, key words, 

authors or publication dates is possible on 

UNESCO Publishing’s website at: 

www.unesco.org/publishing 

Titles not found 

If you cannot find a title in this catalogue, 

it could be that the title in question 

has been published after this catalogue 

went to press. Alternatively, it may be 

a non-commercial document and thus 

not distributed by UNESCO Publishing 

(see page 81). 

Scientific maps 

and atlases 

This Catalogue includes a list of all 

scientific maps and atlases available (see 

yellow pages). 

Catalogue updating 

This Catalogue includes publications 

released up to September 2010 and will 

be supplemented during the year with 

Just Published bulletins sent to anyone 

applying for inclusion in the mailing lists. 

The complete catalogue, plus information 

on new titles is also available at: 


Exclusive sales rights 

For certain co-published titles, the exclusive 

sales rights in specific areas may be 

reserved for one of the co-publishers. This 

information is provided where applicable.

5 

HOW TO ORDER 

Through UNESCO Publishing’s 

national distributors in most 

countries or by fax, mail (see order 

form on last page) or by Internet. 

National distributors or 

sales outlets 

A list is provided at the end of the 

Catalogue. In most countries there are one 

or more local distributors or sales outlets 

that will provide prices in local currency 

and ordering procedures. Prices are 

established locally according to prevailing 

book trade practice. 

Direct orders 

If a national distributor does not exist in 

any given country, or if there is a problem, 

direct prepaid orders can be sent to: 

DL Services sprl - Jean De Lannoy 

• Mail: Avenue du Roi 202, B 1190 

Brussels, Belgium 

• Fax: +32 2 538 08 41 (orders and followup) 

• Tel.: +32 2 538 43 08 

• E-mail: jean.de.lannoy@dl-servi.com 

• Internet: www.unesco.org/publishing 

(secure payment) 

Prices 

The euro prices indicated apply only to 

direct orders or to countries in the euro 

zone. National distributors can set prices in 

local currencies. 

Handling and postage by ordinary mail is 

charged at the rates of € 5.50 for Europe 

and € 10.00 for the rest of the world for all 

orders. The extra cost of any other mode 

of delivery requested by customers is to be 

borne entirely by themselves. 

Payment 

Prepayment (required in every case for 

individual direct orders) can be made by 

either: 

• Cheque in euros payable to DL Services 

sprl, and drawn respectively on a bank 

established in France or in Belgium. 

Eurocheques are not accepted; 

• Visa, Eurocard, Mastercard (card number, 

expiry date and three-digit verification 

code on the back of credit card required); 

• International money order; 

• UNESCO Coupons (these can be 

obtained from the UNESCO National 

Commission in each country). 

Online ordering 

www.unesco.org/publishing (secure 

payment) 

UNESCO Bookshop 

7, place de Fontenoy, 

74352 Paris 07 SP 

Tel.: + 33 1 45 68 22 22 

Métro: Ségur, Cambronne or École 

Militaire 

Opening hours: 9.30am-1pm and 2-6pm, 

Monday to Friday. 

Subscriptions to 

periodicals 

For specific instructions, please see the Price 

list (yellow pages). 

How to contact 

UNESCO Publishing 

General information, promotion, 

website, publicity: 

7, place de Fontenoy 

75352 Paris 07 SP 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 23 86 

and +33 1 45 68 22 22 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 56 54 

E-mail: publishing.promotion@unesco.org 

Orders 

DL Services sprl – Jean De Lannoy 

Avenue du Roi 202, B 1190 Brussels, 

Belgium 

Tel.: +32 2 538 43 08 

Fax: +32 2 538 08 41 

E-mail: jean.de.lannoy@dl-servi.com 

Internet: (online or offline payment): 


Orders follow-up 

DL Services sprl – Jean De Lannoy 

Tel.: + 32 2 538 43 08 

Fax: + 32 2 538 08 41 

E-mail: jean.de.lannoy@dl-servi.com

CURRENTLY AVAILABLE 

AND FORTHCOMING 

TITLES IN ENGLISH 

listed by major subject area and by series

GENERAL REFERENCE WORKS 

9 

GENERAL 

REFERENCE 

WORKS 

Profile series 

Joseph Needham 

20th-Century Renaissance Man 

Maurice Goldsmith 


1995, 180 pp., illus. in black and white 

24 × 13 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103192-2 

€ 18.30 


The Sasia Story 

Told by Madanjeet Singh 

Foreword by Koïchiro Matsuura, Director-General of 


Introduction by Manmohan Singh 


2005, 224 pp., colour photographs, 25 × 20 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103992-8 

€ 15.00 

UNESCO Publishing/South Asia Foundation 

The Sasia Story recounts Madanjeet Singh’s 

lifelong search for economic stability and 

regional cooperation. It is the story of a young 

man’s activism and fervour, as well as the trauma 

he suffers in the aftermath of partition and 

the gruesome fratricidal conflict between India 

and Pakistan. Madanjeet Singh is a UNESCO 

Goodwill Ambassador. He established the 

Sumitra Foundation (SF) in 1995, which holds 

firm the conviction that without education 

and family planning alleviation of poverty 

is impossible. In 2000, he also set up the 

South Asia Foundation (SAF), which is a 

non-profit, non-political and secular youth 

movement created to benefit disadvantaged 

and marginalized communities in Afghanistan, 

Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Maldives, Nepal, 

Pakistan and Sri Lanka. The objectives of SF and 

SAF are two sides of the same coin, the theme of 

The Sasia Story. 

UNESCO has exclusive sales rights except in India 

Also published in French: L’histoire du Sasia, 

and in Spanish: La historia del Sasia 

UNESCO Reference 

Works series 

NEW 

INSTITUTE for STATISTICS 


Special focus on gender 

GLOBAL EDUCATION DIGEST 2010 

Comparing Education Statistics Across the World 

Global Education Digest 2010 


UNESCO Reference Works Series 

2010, 276 pp., figures, boxes, statistical tables, annexes, 

glossary, 28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-9189-088-0 

€ 25.00 

UNESCO-UIS 

The 2010 Global Education Digest focuses 

specifically on gender and education to mark 

“Beijing +15” – the 15th anniversary of the 

Fourth World Conference on Women. This 

edition presents a rich set of cross-nationally 

comparable data compiled by the UIS as well 

as information from household surveys and 

assessments of learning achievement that capture 

the scope of gender disparities across the world. 

The international community pledged to eliminate 

gender disparities in all levels of education by 

2015 as part of the Millennium Development 

Goals (MDGs). Yet 63% of countries (out of 

157 with available data) are still faced with gender 

disparities in primary and secondary education 

and these imbalances will probably persist in 

nearly half of countries in 2015. 

The Digest presents a wide range of education 

indicators and data for the school year ending 

in 2008 or the latest available year, as well as 

data for 2009 for a small number of countries. 

It includes data tables from the World Education 

Indicators programme, which are comparable 

across a group of 62 countries. These indicators 

can help benchmark the performance of national 

education systems. 

Also published in French: Recueil de données mondiales 

sur l’éducation 2010 

Financing Education – Investments 

and Returns 

Analysis of the World Education Indicators - 2002 Edition 

UNESCO Reference Works series 

2003, 230 pp., graphs, statistical tables, 27 × 20.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-9189-001-9 

€ 19.00 

UNESCO-UIS/OECD 

Global Education Digest 2009 



2009, 262 pp., figures, boxes, statistical tables, annexes, 


ISBN 978-92-9189-070-5 

€ 25.00 


The 2009 Global Education Digest (GED) 

presents a wide range of education indicators to 

assess progress towards Education for All and 

Millennium Development Goals. These crossnationally 

comparable indicators also provide 

benchmarks for the performance of national 


The Digest provides data for the school year 

ending in 2007 or the latest year available, as 

well as data for 2008 for a small number of 

countries. It includes data tables from the World 

Education Indicators (WEI) programme, which 

are comparable across a group of 62 countries, 

including those that are members of the 

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and 

Development (OECD). In addition, time series 

data on tertiary education from 1970 onwards 

are presented. 

The special focus of this edition is the analysis 

of emerging global trends in tertiary education, 

highlighting the rapid growth of tertiary 

education systems since 1970, changing patterns 

in tertiary education graduates by field of study, 

and in particular, the changing landscape of 

international student mobility. 

Also published in French: Recueil de données mondiales 

sur l’éducation 2009 




2008, 296 pp., figures, boxes, statistical tables, annexes, 


ISBN 978-92-9189-062-0 

€ 25.00 


The 2008 Global Education Digest (GED) 

presents a wide range of education indicators to 

assess progress towards Education for All and 

Millennium Development Goals. These crossnationally 

comparable indicators also provide 

benchmarks for the performance of national 


The Digest provides data for the school year 

ending in 2006 or the latest year available as 

well as data for 2007 for a number of countries. 

It has been expanded considerably over previous 

editions and now includes data tables from the 

UOE data collection and the World Education 

Indicators (WEI) programme, which are 

comparable across a group of 63 countries, 

including those that are members of the 

Organisation for Economic Co-operation 

and Development (OECD) and Eurostat. 

In addition, this edition presents the revised 

series of historical education data from 1970

Edited by Abdulqawi A. Yusuf 

10 GENERAL REFERENCE WORKS 

onwards for 15 indicators related to primary and 

secondary education. 

The Digest also presents an insider’s view of how 

UIS data are collected, processed and reported. 

This guide introduces readers to the diverse 

frameworks and steps involved in producing 

data that can be compared internationally to 

promote evidence-based decision-making at the 

national and international levels. 

Education Counts: Benchmarking 

Progress in 19 WEI Countries 

World Education Indicators - 2006 


2006, 144 pp., 21 figs and 36 statistical tables, 

28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-9189-040-8 

€ 20.00 





2006, 192 pp., 20 figs, 15 tables, annexes, references + 

CD-ROM (English/French), 28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-9189-028-6 

€ 25.00 


Also published in Spanish: Compendio mundial de la 

educación 2006, and in French: Recueil de données 

mondiales sur l’éducation 2006 

Teachers and Educational Quality: 

Monitoring Global Needs for 2015 

Albert Motivans, Thomas Smith and Michael Bruneforth 


2006, 216 pp., 48 figs, 9 tables, 21 boxes, 28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-9189-033-0 

€ 25.00 


Teachers and Educational Quality: Monitoring 

Global Needs for 2015 provides global and 

regional assessments on the state of teachers 

and education quality. By highlighting trends in 

the numbers and quality of teachers, especially 

in developing countries, it explores the policy 

implications that come into play when attempts 

are made to bridge any gaps between the two. It 

also compares the strengths and shortcomings of 

recruitment and deployment policies, as well as 

looking at working conditions around the world. 

Data on less-developed countries, in particular, 

are presented from a wide range of sources. These 

include administrative data, student assessment 

studies and special data collection on primary 

and secondary teachers in 25 countries. Aiming 

to inform policy-making, the report employs 

international benchmarks for monitoring change. 

This publication also features a unique 

methodology for simulating teacher demand 

by 2015. It not merely projects demand, but 

defines fixed targets described in terms of 

indicators, also applying a model to quantify 

the minimum required to reach stated goals. 

Standard-setting 

in UNESCO 

Volume I 

Normative Action 

in Education, Science 

and Culture 


UNESCO Publishing / Martinus Nijhoff Publishers 

Standard-setting in UNESCO 

Volume I: Normative Action in Education, Science and 

Culture 

Edited by Abdulqawi A. Yusuf. Foreword by Koïchiro 

Matsuura, Director-General of UNESCO 


2007, 430 pp., footnotes, appendix, index, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104067-2 

€ 80.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Martinus Nijhoff Publishers 

Standard-setting represents one of the main 

constitutional functions of UNESCO and an 

important tool for realizing the goals for which 

the Organization was created. In addition 

to conventions and recommendations, the 

declarations adopted by the General Conference 

promulgate principles and norms intended to 

inspire the action of Member States in specific 

fields of activity. 

Topics addressed in this first volume include 

methods of elaboration and implementation, 

constitutional objectives and legal commitments, 

international collaboration, and impact. 

Also published in French: L’action normative à l’UNESCO 

- Volume I : Élaboration de règles internationales sur 

l’éducation, la science et la culture 

Standard-setting 

in UNESCO 

Volume II 

Conventions, 

Recommendations, 

Declarations and Charters 

adopted by UNESCO 

(1948–2006) 


UNESCO Publishing / Martinus Nijhoff Publishers 


Volume II: Conventions, Recommendations, Declarations 

and Charters adopted by UNESCO (1948-2006) 

Compiled by the Office of International Standards and 

Legal Affairs of UNESCO 


2007, 760 pp., annexes, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104068-9 

€ 115.00 


Part I of this volume contains conventions and 

agreements adopted by the General Conference 

and by intergovernmental conferences convened 

by UNESO itself or jointly by UNESCO 

and other international organizations. Part II 

includes the recommendations issued by the 

General Conference, while Part III features all 

UNESCO declarations. 

Together, these two volumes compose an 

invaluable commentary and reference work that 

should be of interest to scholars, practitioners, 

diplomats, policy-makers and students of 

international organizations. 

Also published in French: L’action normative à 

l’UNESCO - Volume II : Conventions, Recommandations, 

Déclarations et Chartes adoptées par l’UNESCO (1948- 

2006) 

NEW 

World 

Social 

Science 

Report 

2010 

International Social 

Science Council 

Knowledge Divides 

World Social Science Report 2010 


2010, 444 pp., tables, figures, boxes, footnotes, 

references, annexes, index, 28 × 22 cm (paperback) 

ISBN 978-92-3-104131-0 

€ 28.00 

UNESCO Publishing/International Social Science Council 

(ISSC) 

See under Social and Human Sciences section page 47 

Teachers for Tomorrow’s Schools 

Analysis of the World Education Indicators – 2001 Edition 


2001, 226 pp., graphs, tables, 27 × 20 cm 

ISBN 978-92-9189-000-2 

€ 18.30 


Literacy Skills for the World of 

Tomorrow – Further Results From 

Pisa 2000 


2003, 392 pp., graphs, statistical tables, 26.8 × 20.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-9189-002-6 

€ 19.00 


Education Trends in Perspective 

Analysis of the World Education Indicators – 2005 Edition 


2005, 232 pp., figs, boxes, annexes, 27 × 20 cm 

ISBN 978-92-9189-024-8 

€ 25.00 

UNESCO-UIS/OECD


dationa ienti and 


GENERAL REFERENCE WORKS 


NEW 

UNESCO World Report 

Investing in 

Cultural Diversity 

and Intercultural 

Dialogue 

Investing in Cultural Diversity and 

Intercultural Dialogue 

UNESCO World Report 2 


2009, 416 pp., 19 tables, 8 maps, 20 figures, boxes, 

colour photographs, glossary, references, index, 

25 × 20.3 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104077-1 

€ 30.00 


See under Culture section page 49 

UNESBIB Bibliographic Database - 

UNESCO Thesaurus, 2008 


2008, CD-ROM, IBM-PC or compatible, Windows version 

3.1 or higher (95, 98, 2000, NT, XP, Vista) 

ISBN 978-92-3-004093-2 

Multilingual: English/French/Spanish 

€ 23.00 


Sixteenth edition, containing two UNESCO databases: 

UNESBIB 

95,000 bibliographic references with freely accessible 

Internet links to full text documents in the fields of 

education, culture, natural sciences, social and human 

sciences, and communication and information. 

Thesaurus 

The UNESCO Thesaurus is a controlled and structured 

list of terms used in subject analysis and retrieval of 

documents and publications in the fields of education, 

culture, natural sciences, social and human sciences, and 

communication and information. Continuously enriched 

and updated, its multidisciplinary terminology reflects 

the evolution of the Organization’s programmes and 

activities. 

The UNESCO Thesaurus contains 7,000 terms in English 

and Russian, 8,600 terms in French and Spanish. 

UNESCO Documents - General 

Conference, Executive Board 

(CD-ROM) 

173-177 EX; 34 C - End 2005-2007 


2008, CD-ROM, PC 

ISBN 978-92-3-004079-6 


€ 23.00 


This CD-ROM contains documents of 

UNESCO’s governing bodies published from 

end 2005 to end 2007. 

There are 2,984 documents in English, French, 

Spanish, Russian, Arabic and Chinese. They 

were extracted from UNESDOC full text data 

base and in total represent about 51,600 pages. 

NEW 

Engineering: Issues, 

Challenges and Opportunities 

for Development 

UNESCO Report 


2010, 360 pp., tables, figs, references, 28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104156-3 

€ 26.00 


See under Natural Sciences section page 28 

UNESCO: Resolutions and Decisions 

1946-2007 (CD-ROM) 


2008, CD-ROM, PC 

ISBN 978-92-3-004080-2 


€ 23.00 


This CD-ROM contains the full texts of all 

Resolutions passed at UNESCO’s General 

Conference and of Decisions made by the 

Executive Board from 1946 to 2007. These 

documents are in English, French or Spanish 

and are extracted from UNESDOC full text 

data base and represent 594 documents, 

38,862 pages. 

NEW 




SCIENCE 

REPORT 


The Current State of Science 

around the World 

UNESCO Science Report 2010 

The Current State of Science around the World 


2010, 536 pp., fig., boxes, tables, photos, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104132-7 

€ 29.00 


See under Natural Sciences section page 29 

Towards Knowledge Societies 


Director: Jérôme Bindé. Preface by Koïchiro Matsuura, 

Director-General of UNESCO 


2005, 226 pp., figs, boxes, tables, references, notes, 

28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104000-9 

€ 25.00 


Towards Knowledge Societies clearly makes the 

distinction between knowledge societies and 

the information society. While the information 

society is based on technological breakthroughs, 

knowledge societies “encompass broader social, 

ethical and political dimensions.” The Report 

focuses in particular on the foundations on 

which knowledge societies that will optimize 

sustainable human development are constructed. 

The Report analyses the increasingly important 

role played by knowledge in economic growth 

and advances that it can serve as a new 

springboard for development in the countries of 

the South. It also presents a detailed analysis of 

the factors blocking the access of many countries 

to the opportunities offered by information 

and communication technologies, especially 

the growing digital divide and restrictions on 

freedom of expression. Finally, it makes a series 

of recommendations to improve the situation. 

Also published in French: Vers les sociétés du savoir, in 

Spanish: Hacia las sociedades del conocimiento, and in 

Chinese

12 EDUCATION 

UNESCO: The Seeds of Peace 

Text by Jacques de Barrin. 

Translated by John Corbett. 

Preface by Koïchiro Matsuura, Director-General of 



2009, 2nd revised edition, first published in 2001 

112 pp., colour photographs, 28 × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104104-4 

€ 24.40 


The United Nations Educational, Scientific 

and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) has 

established its headquarters in a large Y-shaped 

building now become a landmark in the Paris 

urban landscape and a museum in itself. 

Paintings, sculptures, drawings and mineral 

and floral creations have been integrated into 

the building plans from the very beginning, 

and donations received over the years have 

enriched the art collection making it a symbol 

of the cultural diversity and utopian aspirations 

incarnated by UNESCO. 

Also published in French: UNESCO: les semailles de la 

paix, and in Russian 

Humanity in the Making 

Overview of the Intellectual History of UNESCO 1945-2005 

Roger-Pol Droit 


2005, 224 pp., colour and black & white photographs, 

annexes, 28.5 × 23.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104004-7 

€ 30.00 


Humanity in the Making is essential reading 

for anyone with an interest in a quite unique 

Organization within the United Nations system, 

which evolved over a period of sixty years to 

become an intellectual forum of thinking and 

action concerning the major problems of our 

time. Based on a selection of texts drawn from 

UNESCO’s rich archives and accompanied by 

brief explanations of the issues at stake, this 

thought-provoking book offers an authoritative 

understanding of the ongoing task of an 

Organization responsible for ‘constructing the 

defences of peace in the minds of men’. It also 

provides an opportunity to rediscover many 

outstanding personalities who took the floor at 

UNESCO: Albert Einstein, John Paul II, Sigmund 

Freud, Walt Disney, Duke Ellington, Charles de 

Gaulle, Nelson Mandela, Yehudi Menuhin, Pablo 

Neruda, Gabriel García Marquez, Jean-Paul Sartre, 

Jacques Derrida, Shimon Peres, Yasser Arafat to 

name just a few. As French philosopher Roger- 

Pol-Droit, who edited this book writes, ‘many 

more names could be added to the impressive and 

baroque list of heads of state, thinkers and artists 

who have participated in UNESCO’s work on a 

permanent or occasional basis’. 

Also published in French: L’Humanité toujours à 

construire. Regard sur l’histoire intellectuelle de 

l’UNESCO 1945-2005 

EDUCATION 

Education on the Move 

series 

Achieving Education for All 

Education on the Move series 

1996, VIDEO, 15 mins, PAL 

ISBN 978-92-3-103685-9 

€ 7.60 


Also available in French: Atteindre l’éducation pour tous 

And in Spanish: Educación para todos 

The Challenge of Indigenous 

Education: Practice and 

Perspectives 

Linda King and Sabine Schielmann 


2004, 284 pp., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103934-8 

€ 19.80 


As the title suggests, this book reflects upon 

the challenges and obstacles facing indigenous 

education, the situation of indigenous peoples 

with regard to education, as well as aspects of 

the political and legal context of education. 

It develops a set of criteria for identifying 

successful, quality education for indigenous 

peoples, illustrated by relevant case studies and 

experiences. 

This book is published within the framework 

of the United Nations International Decade of 

the World’s Indigenous People (1994-2004). It 

offers insights for policy makers, researchers and 

all those concerned with educational provision 

for indigenous peoples. 

Also published in Spanish: El reto de la educación 

indígena: experiencias y perspectivas 

Changing International Aid to 

Education 

Global Patterns and National Contexts 

Edited by Kenneth King and Lene Buchert 


1998, 328 pp., 24.5 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103514-2 

€ 20.60 


Creating our Common Future 

Educating for Unity in Diversity 

Edited by Jack Campbell 


2001, 164 pp., 24.5 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103781-8 

€ 22.90 

UNESCO Publishing/Berghahn Books 

Educating for a Sustainable Future: 

Commitments and Partnerships 

Contributors: Kader Asmal, Paul Cappon, Jacques 

Diouf, John Fien, Rob Fincham, Monique Fouilhoux, 

Kul C. Gautum, Hans van Ginkel, Mayor Hagiwara, 

Griselda Keynon, Heila Lotz-Sisitka, Marina Marcos 

Valadão, Koïchiro Matsuura, Bedrich Moldan, 

James T. Morris, Tony Pigott, Thomas Rosswall, Tove 

Skutnabb-Kangas, Niels Thygesen and Daniella 

Tilbury 


2004, 258 pp., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103935-5 

€ 19.80 


A key reference work on the nature, scope and 

purpose of educating for sustainable development, 

today and for the years to come. Educating for 

a Sustainable Future considers the many facets 

of education for sustainable development, 

ranging from the need for global action, through 

the sustainability of education itself, poverty 

eradication to the current context and new 

perspectives. 

It is a collection of proceedings from a seminar 

organized jointly by UNESCO and the South 

African Ministry of Education during the 2002 

World Summit on Sustainable Development in 

Johannesburg. It features the contributions of 

a wide range of education specialists, including 

representatives of civil society, higher education 

institutions, non-governmental institutions, 

private companies, United Nations agencies, 

Ministers of Education and Heads of State. 

Also published in French: Éduquer pour un avenir 

viable : engagements et partenariats 

Education for All Global 

Monitoring Report 2002 

Is the World on Track? 

Director: Christopher Colclough 


2002, 310 pp., charts, tables, photos, 28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103880-8 

€ 24.00 


Also published in French: Rapport mondial de suivi 

sur l’éducation pour tous - 2002 Le monde est-il sur la 

bonne voie ? And in Arabic and Russian

EDUCATION 

13 

NEW 

EFA Global 

Monitoring Report 

2 

Reaching 

the marginalized 

0 1 0 


Monitoring Report – 2010 

Reaching the marginalized 

Director: Kevin Watkins 

Foreword by Irina Bokova, Director-General of UNESCO 


2010, 524 pp., figures, tables, photos, text boxes, 

annex, statistical tables, glossary, references, index, 

28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104129-7 

€ 24.00 

UNESCO Publishing / Oxford University Press 

Children at risk of marginalization in education 

are found in all societies. At first glance, the 

lives of these children may appear poles apart. 

The daily experiences of slum dwellers in Kenya, 

ethnic minority children in Viet Nam and a 

Roma child in Hungary are very different. What 

they have in common are missed opportunities 

to develop their potential, realize their hopes 

and build a better future through education. 

A decade has passed since world leaders adopted 

the Education for All goals. While progress has 

been made, millions of children are still missing 

out on their right to education. Reaching the 

marginalized identifies some of the root causes 

of disadvantage, both within education and 

beyond, and provides examples of targeted 

policies and practices that successfully combat 

exclusion. Set against the backdrop of the 

global economic crisis, the Report calls for a 

renewed financing commitment by aid donors 

and recipient governments alike to meet the 

Education for All goals by 2015. 

This is the eighth edition of the annual EFA 

Global Monitoring Report. The Report includes 

statistical indicators on all levels of education 

in more than 200 countries and territories, and 

serves as an authoritative reference for education 

policy-makers, development specialists, 

researchers and the media. 

Also published in French: Rapport mondial de suivi sur 

l’éducation pour tous - 2010 

Education for All 


Monitoring Report 2003/4 

Gender and Education for All: The Leap to Equality 




ISBN 978-92-3-103914-0 

€ 24.00 



l’éducation pour tous - 2003/4 Genre et éducation pour 

tous. Le pari de l’égalité. And in Arabic and Chinese 



The Quality Imperative 



2004, 430 pp., figs, tables, photos, boxes, 28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103976-8 

€ 24.00 


The quality of education is so insufficient in 

several regions of the world that many countries 

will fall short of achieving the Education for All 

(EFA) goals by the target date of 2015. 

The Quality Imperative report provides a detailed 

analysis of factors influencing the quality of 

education, including financial and material 

resources for schools, the number of teachers 

and their training, core subjects, pedagogy, 

language, the amount of actual learning time, 

facilities and leadership. It presents case studies 

from 11 countries (Bangladesh, Brazil, Canada, 

Chile, Cuba, Egypt, Finland, Republic of 

Korea, Senegal, South Africa and Sri Lanka) 

showing how both rich and developing nations 

are tackling the issue of quality. An Education 

Development Index measures the overall progress 

of 127 countries towards the 6 EFA goals: early 

childhood care and education; youth and adult 

learning; gender; universal primary education; 

literacy, and quality of education. 

Also published in French: Rapport mondial de suivi 

sur l’éducation pour tous – 2005 Éducation pour 

tous. L’exigence de qualité. In Spanish: Informe de 

Seguimiento de la Educación para Todos en el Mundo – 

2005 Educación para Todos. El imperativo de la calidad. 

In Arabic and Chinese 

EFA Global 


2 0 0 8 

Education for All by 2015 

Will we make it? 



Education for All by 2015: Will we make it? 

Director: Nicholas Burnett. Foreword by Koïchiro 

Matsuura, Director-General of UNESCO 


2007, 448 pp., figures, tables, photos, text boxes, maps, 

annex, statistical tables, references, 28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104058-0 

€ 24.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Oxford University Press 

Exclusive sales rights worldwide: Oxford University Press 

Available at: www.unesco.org/publishing 

and through the bookshops of the United Nations 

The sixth edition of the EFA Global Monitoring 

Report marks the midterm point in the 

international commitment to provide a quality 

education to all by 2015. It assesses progress 

towards expanding early childhood learning 

programmes, achieving free and universal 

primary education, realizing gender parity and 

gender equality in education, reducing adult 

illiteracy and improving education quality. It 

highlights innovative projects and strategies, 

and underscores the urgency of pushing forward 

with a common agenda for action.The 2008 

Report notes some real gains, especially in 

getting more children into primary school. 

Many governments have taken measures to 

reduce the cost of schooling and tackle obstacles 

to girls’ education. But great challenges remain. 

There are not enough schools, teachers and 

learning materials. Poverty and disadvantage 

remain a major barrier for millions of children 

and youth. Policies exist that address both 

access and quality, but they require much bolder 

action, from the earliest age, to reach the most 

vulnerable groups and dramatically expand 

literacy programmes for youth and adults. 

With statistical indicators on all levels of 

education in over 200 countries and territories 

as well as an in-depth analysis of international 

aid to education, it offers a valuable reference 

and working tool for policy makers and 

planners, education specialists, development 

experts, advocacy groups and those working in 

bilateral and multilateral agencies. 


l’éducation pour tous - 2008 

Education for All






14 EDUCATION 

EFA Global 


Overcoming 

inequality: why 

governance 

matters 

2 0 0 9 


Monitoring Report – 2009 

Overcoming Inequality: Why Governance Matters 

Director: Kevin Watkins 


2008, 478 pp., figures, tables, photos, text boxes, maps, 

annex, statistical tables, glossary, references, index, 

28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104089-4 

€ 24.00 

UNESCO Publishing / Oxford University Press 

Education is a basic human right. Yet across 

the world there are vast disparities in education 

based on wealth, gender, location, language and 

other markers for disadvantage. These disparities 

threaten to undermine efforts to achieve the six 

Education for All (EFA) goals agreed by over 

160 governments in 2000. 

This is the seventh edition of the EFA Global 

Monitoring Report. It documents progress 

towards the EFA goals. Focusing on those 

being left behind, the Report explores current 

approaches to education governance reform and 

assesses whether these are helping to improve 

access, quality, participation and accountability. 

It also examines aid governance. Rich countries 

have pledged that no national education strategy 

will be allowed to fail for want of finance. Yet 

this promise is not being honoured. The Report 

includes statistical indicators on all levels of 

education in some 200 countries and territories, 

and serves as an authoritative reference guide. 


l’éducation pour tous – 2009 

And in Spanish: Informe de seguimiento de la educación 

para todos en el mundo – 2009 

Globalization and the Market 

in Higher Education 

Quality, Accreditation and Qualifications 

Edited by Stamenka Uvalić-Trumbić 

Elaborated with the co-operation of the International 

Association of Universities 


2002, 212 pp., notes, tables, 16 × 24 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103870-9 

€ 22.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Economica 

Education for All 

Eliminating Corporal Punishment 

The Way Forward to Constructive Child Discipline 

Edited by Stuart N. Hart with Joan Durrant, Peter 

Newell and F. Clark Power. Preface by Jaap E. Doek. 

Foreword by Paulo Sérgio Pinheiro 


2005, 162 pp., tables, text boxes, footnotes, biblio., 

appendices, 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103991-1 

€ 16.00 


In at least 60 states, beating children with sticks, 

belts and other implements is still authorized 

in schools. There is clearly more work to be 

done in educating parents, teachers and other 

professionals in the alternatives for disciplining 

children. Eliminating Corporal Punishment is an 

important tool for all those who want to prevent 

the widespread practice of corporal punishment. 

Based on studies undertaken in different parts 

of the world, it clarifies the human rights 

imperative and logical dictates regarding the 

elimination of corporal punishment. The full 

text of the UN Convention on the Rights of the 

Child is also included. The book details practical 

steps for more constructive and effective child 

discipline and ongoing support material for 

long-term change. 

Graduate Prospects in a Changing 

Society 

Edited by Anne Holden Ronning and 

Mary-Louise Kearney 


1998, 398 pp., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103497-8 

€ 24.40 

UNESCO Publishing/Inter-American Organization for 

Higher Education 

Learning Throughout Life 

Challenges for the Twenty-first Century 

Introduction by Karen MacGregor 

Conclusion by Jacques Delors 


2002, 160 pp., graphs, 21 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103812-9 

€ 14.00 


Also published in French: L’éducation tout au long de la 

vie : défis du vingt et unième siècle 

Knowledge, Power and Dissent 

Critical Perspectives on Higher Education and Research in 

Knowledge Society 

Edited by Guy Neave 


2006, 382 pp., footnotes, tables, references, index, 

24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104040-5 

€ 26.00 


The unfolding of the ‘knowledge society’ is 

crucially important for governments, the world 

of learning and research, and society at large 

in the 21st century. This volume explores the 

ramifications of the knowledge society in its 

special relationship to higher education. At stake 

is a deeper understanding of how to ensure 

sustainable human development in the future. 

Although the knowledge society is a central 

construct, each discipline interprets it according 

to its own conceptual framework, intellectual 

territory, operational criteria and specific 

vocabulary. As the contributions to this book 

make clear, genuine dialogue across varied 

fields and intellectual paradigms must draw 

on scholarly heterodoxy and real diversity. 

In determining the research agenda in higher 

education, the dimensions and dynamic at the 

heart of the knowledge nexus should be explored 

in a way that does justice to global trends while 

accounting for their local implications. 

Balancing the reflective and the provocative, 

Knowledge, Power and Dissent tackles these 

challenges through careful scholarship and 

grounded case studies setting the local impact 

of global trends in context. In setting forth the 

operational issues that the knowledge society lays 

before higher education, it opens a pathway for 

future scholarship, dialogue and analysis across 

national, disciplinary and substantive frontiers. 

LEARNING: 

THE 

TREASURE 

WITHIN 

Report to UNESCO of 

the International Commission 

on Education for 

the Twenty-first Century 

Jacques Delors 

In’am Al Mufti 

Isao Amagi 

Roberto Carneiro 

Fay Chung 

Bronislaw Geremek 

William Gorham 

Aleksandra Kornhauser 

Michael Manley 

Marisela Padrón Quero 

Marie-Angélique Savané 

Karan Singh 

Rodolfo Stavenhagen 

Myong Won Suhr 

Zhou Nanzhao 

Learning: The Treasure Within 

Report to UNESCO of the International Commission on 

Education for the Twenty-first Century 

Contributors: Jacques Delors, In’am Al Mufti, Isao Amagi, 

Roberto Carneiro, Fay Chung, Bronislaw Geremek, 

William Gorham, Aleksandra Kornhauser, Michael 

Manley, Marisela Padrón Quero, Marie-Angélique 

Savané, Karan Singh, R. Stavenhagen, Myong Won Suhr, 

Zhou Nanzhao 


1998, 266 pp., tables, charts, 21 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103470-1 

€ 9.90 


Also published in French: L’éducation : un trésor est 

caché dedans. In Spanish: La educación encierra un 

tesoro. And in Chinese and Russian 

Seven Complex Lessons in 

Education for the Future 

Edgar Morin 


2001, 96 pp., 21 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103778-8 

€ 9.20 


Also published in Arabic





EDUCATION 

15 

Universities and Globalization 

Private Linkages, Public Trust 

Edited by Gilles Breton and Michel Lambert 


2003, 248 pp., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103890-7 

€ 23.80 

UNESCO Publishing/Economica/Les Presses de 

l’Université Laval 

Also published in French: Globalisation et universités. 

Nouvel espace, nouveaux acteurs 

NEW 



OPEN 

EDUCATIONAL 

RESOURCES 

CONVERSATIONS 

IN CYBERSPACE 

Edited by SUSAN D’ANTONI 

and CATRIONA SAVAGE 

This publication explores the related ICT policy, 

planning and management implications of 

several new or reorganized institutions of higher 

education. Three background chapters describe 

the context – the trends and challenges and the 

impact of cross-border education. Eight case 

studies from different regions and representing 

various institutional models tell the story of their 

development and relate what they have learned. 

New Technologies for Literacy 

and Adult Education: A Global 

Perspective 

Daniel A. Wagner and Robert B. Kozma 


2005, 120 pp., figs, tables, boxes, bibliography, 

24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103986-7 

€ 12.50 


New technology can provide powerful new 

tools for enriching the lives of poor people 

and communities in unprecedented ways. 

At least that was the view of the G8 Digital 

Opportunities Task Force in 2001. A view that 

is upheld and further explored in the pages of 

this book. 

With an estimated 850 million illiterate 

people in the world today, this book explores 

how new information and communication 

technology (ICT) supports basic literacy and 

the information skills crucial for economic and 

social development. 

New Technologies for Literacy Adult Education, 

published as a contribution towards the United 

Nations Literacy Decade (2003-2012), analyses 

two interconnected approaches to using ICT to 

support adult literacy and basic education. The 

first views ICT primarily as a set of instructional 

tools to help people acquire the skills associated 

with traditional notions of literacy. The 

second treats the relationship between literacy, 

technology and development in a more integral 

way. 

The authors also consider the implications 

and options for policy makers in the use – 

and necessity – of expanded roles for new 

technologies in literacy development. 

Also published in French: Les Nouvelles Technologies 

au service de l’alphabétisation et de l’éducation des 

adultes : les perspectives dans le monde 

And in Arabic 

Open Educational Resources: 

Conversations in Cyberspace 

Edited by Susan D’Antoni and Catriona Savage 


2009, 172 pp., tables, figures, footnotes, appendices, 

references, 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104085-6 

€ 12.00 


Education systems today face two major 

challenges: expanding the reach of education 

and improving its quality. Traditional solutions 

will not suffice, especially in the context of 

today’s knowledge-intensive societies. The Open 

Educational Resources movement offers one 

solution for extending the reach of education 

and expanding learning opportunities. The 

goal of the movement is to equalize access to 

knowledge worldwide through openly and freely 

available online high-quality content. 

UNESCO has contributed to building global 

awareness about Open Educational Resources, 

through facilitating an extended conversation 

in cyberspace. Over the course of two years, a 

large and diverse international community came 

together in a series of online discussion forums 

to discuss the concept of Open Educational 

Resources and its potential. In making the 

background papers and reports from those 

discussions available for the first time in print, 

this publication seeks to share even more 

widely the contributions made by so many. It 

is intended for all who may be intrigued by the 

Open Educational Resources movement – its 

promise and its progress. 

The Virtual University: Models and 

Messages. Lessons from Case Studies 

Edited by Susan D’Antoni 


2006, 452 pp., tables, figs, notes, references, 

24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104026-9 

€ 14.00 

UNESCO-IIEP 

E-learning and the virtual university are 

examples of the use of information and 

communication technology (ICT) as a teaching 

and learning approach and an organizational 

structure. Both raise issues associated with the 

phenomenon of cross-border education. 

Towards an Entrepreneurial 

Culture for the Twenty-first 

Century 

Stimulating Entrepreneurial Spirit through 

Entrepreneurship Education in Secondary Schools 

Editors: Sonia Bahri and Klaus Haftendorn Author: 

Carmela Salzano 


2006, 152 pp., annexes, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104034-4 

€ 10.00 

UNESCO Publishing/International Labour Office (ILO) 

In line with the World Declaration on 

Education for All and the Millennium Goal of 

halving poverty in the world by the year 2015, 

education is expected to serve not only the 

acquisition of academic knowledge but also the 

preparation of young people for life and work. 

Secondary education has to meet the challenge 

of providing skills for successfully dealing with 

economies and work patterns in transition and 

changing cultural values. Education that makes 

young people entrepreneurial in a broad sense 

would be part of this solution. 

This volume draws on various experiences in 

entrepreneurial education around the world. It 

aims to provoke discussion on such questions 

as: How can we harness the imagination and 

entrepreneurial talents of secondary students 

as assets for development? How should these 

talents be channelled? What are the contents, 

subjects, topics that support the entrepreneurial 

process? What is the best institutional 

framework for entrepreneurship education? 

What kind of teacher is needed? How do we 

systematically measure the performance of 

entrepreneurship education and training?

EducationStudents_COUV.indd 1 27/10/04 16:53:10 

16 EDUCATION 

The Professional 

Training Library series 

The Teacher’s Library 

series 

NEW 

Early Childhood Education: 

A Training Manual 

Margaret Irvine 

Illustrations by the author 

The Teacher’s Library series 

1999, 256 pp., drawings, charts, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103612-5 

€ 22.90 

UNESCO Publishing/Bernard van Leer Foundation 

Also published in French: 

Éducation de la petite enfance : manuel de formation 

National Book Policy 

A Guide for Users in the Field 

Álvaro Garzón 

Foreword by Koïchiro Matsuura 

The Professional Training Library series 

2005, 2nd rev. and enlarged edn, first published in 1997 

68 pp., biblio., appendices, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103993-5 

€ 6.50 


National Book Policy promotes the need for a 

coherent policy that will ensure access to books 

is made easier for all. This book, both clear and 

masterful in its simplicity, demonstrates the extent 

to which the development of book publishing 

in each country is primarily a matter of political 

volition, personal commitment and dialogue. In 

addition to the technical aspects covered, (model 

book law, policy guidelines, textbook production 

policy) this book affirms book publishing is 

always possible even in difficult circumstances. 

Written in a way that is accessible for those 

responsible for implementing book policy in 

many countries who are not necessarily sector 

specialists. This book is the fruit of twenty years’ 

experience in developing countries – particularly 

in Latin America – where implementing such a 

policy has made many people aware of the often 

astonishing increase in their publishing potential. 

Also published in French: La politique nationale du livre, 

and in Arabic and Spanish: La política nacional del libro 

Successful Bookselling 

A Management Training Course 


1993, 198 pp., illus., tables, 29.5 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102838-0 

€ 36.60 

UNESCO Publishing/Book House Training Centre 

Trends in Global Higher Education 

Tracking an Academic Revolution 

By Philip G. Altbach, Liz Reisberg and Laura E. Rumbley 


2010, 270 pp., tables, figs, references, 23.4 × 15.6 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104164-8 

€ 45.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Sense Publishers 

Today’s academic revolution is unprecedented. 

Mass higher education has become a worldwide 

phenomenon, with enrollments growing from 

100 million to 150 million in just a decade. The 

implications of massification are immense— 

greatly increased participation for a more 

diverse population including women and many 

traditionally underrepresented socio-economic 

groups; the rise of private higher education; 

diversification of academic institutions and 

systems; and an overall weakening of academic 

standards at non-elite institutions in many 

countries. At the same time, higher education is 

recognized as a key driver of the new knowledge 

economy. Because of this research universities, 

at the top of academic systems, have become 

central institutions in contemporary society. 

Trends in Global Higher Education analyses these 

and other key forces shaping higher education 

today. Using up-to-date UNESCO statistics, 

trends defining higher education are placed in 

a comparative and international framework. 

Patterns of globalization, the flow of students 

and scholars across borders, the impact of 

information technology, and other key forces are 

critically assessed. This book is a key resource for 

understanding the present and future of global 

higher education. 

Education for a Culture of Peace in 

a Gender Perspective 

Betty Reardon 


2001, 200 pp., biblio., 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103811-2 

€ 18.30 


Also published in French: L’éducation pour une culture 

de la paix : la prise en compte du genre 

Educating 

Students with 

High Ability 

Revised Edition 

Catherine Clark 

and Bruce M. Shore 

Educating Students 

with High Ability 

Education on the Move 

Catherine Clark and Bruce M. Shore 


2004, 2nd rev. edn, first published in 1998, 138 pp., 

tables, biblio., appendix, 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103972-0 

€ 12.00 


Teachers frequently focus less attention on 

highly able, bright, clever or gifted students 

than on other students. Perceived to be 

academically successful, these children often 

appear not to require much teacher assistance. 

However, these students do have needs. 

Educating Students with High Ability seeks to 

explain these needs and the ways in which 

teachers can meet them, even when working 

in difficult circumstances with little support. 

This revised, second edition has been expanded 

and updated to include new material that will 

stimulate and inspire teachers dealing with 

high-ability children. It includes chapters 

on identifying high ability and its impact, 

unrecognized ability, teaching methods, 

underachievement, student–teacher relations, 

organization of learning, gender and culture, 

general advice to teachers, parental and 

community involvement, and local education 

authority and government support. 

Also published in French: L’éducation des élèves à haut 

potentiel

EDUCATION 

17 

Special Needs in the Classroom 

A Teacher Education Guide 

Mel Ainscow 


2004, 2nd rev. edn, first published in 1994, 232 pp., 

tables, biblio., 24.5 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103952-2 

€ 22.90 


This guide is a real source of ideas for educators 

who wish to improve teachers’ skills in dealing 

with pupil diversity in mainstream schools. 

It is based on the growing awareness that 

conventional systems of categorization are 

inadequate for representing the diversity of 

special needs, and that mainstream schools will 

have to adapt in order to provide for all their 

pupils. It offers full advice on teacher education 

methods, including accounts of initiatives 

already undertaken in various parts of the 

world. The book emphasizes the importance 

of teacher development, both pre-service and 

in-service, providing practical guidelines based 

on the UNESCO Teacher Education Resource 

Pack. It also demonstrates how pupil diversity in 

mainstream schools can be a positive influence 

on the life of the school. 

Enhancing the Skills of Early 

Childhood Trainers 

Kate Torkington and Cassie Landers 


1999, 236 pp., 27 × 19 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103601-9 

€ 11.40 

UNESCO Publishing/Bernard van Leer Foundation 

Also published in French: Petite enfance : initiation aux 

méthodes actives 

Education Kit on Combating 

Desertification 

Publication co-ordinators: Thomas Schaaf (UNESCO) 

and Rajeb Boulharouf (UNCCD) 


2003, 2 books (98 pp. and 100 pp.), maps, illus., 

photos + several other components in a slip case, 

30.5 × 22 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103892-1 

€ 30.00 


Also published in French: Kit pédagogique sur la lutte 

contre la desertification. And in Spanish: Kit pedagógico 

sobre la lucha contra la desertificación, and in Arabic 

Innovations in Science 

and Technology Education 

Volume IV 

Edited by David Layton 


1992, 220 pp., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102779-6 



Innovations in Science and 

Technology Education 

Volume VIII 

Edited by Edgar W. Jenkins 


2003, 348 pp., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103894-5 

€ 16.50 


The twentieth century was marked by the 

unprecedented progress in science and 

technology, as well as the realization that the 

Earth’s resources are limited. It is universally 

recognized that science and technology will have 

a pivotal role to play in the future of our society. 

This has led most countries to re-assess the 

importance of science and technology education, 

the foundations of which are laid at school. 

This eighth volume of Innovations in Science 

and Technology Education examines the 

state of science and technology education 

(STE) worldwide at a crucial time in human 

history: the start of a new century and a new 

millennium. 

Innovations in Science and 

Technology Education 

Volume VI 

Edited by Edgar W. Jenkins 


1996, 276 pp., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103278-3 

€ 13.00 


Teacher Education 

Resource Pack 

Student materials 

Teacher Education Resource Pack 

Student materials 

The Teacher’s Library Series 

2004, 2nd rev. edn, 164 pp., drawings, biblio., 27 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103973-7 

€ 14.80 


‘Schools with an inclusive orientation are 

the most effective means of combating 

discriminatory attitudes, building an inclusive 

society and achieving education for all’. 

This was the key finding put forward in the 

Salamanca Statement on Principles, Policy and 

Practice in Special Needs Education, agreed 

upon by representatives of 92 governments and 

25 international organizations in 1994. Set in 

this context, the Teacher Education Resource 

Pack aims to help schools respond to student 

diversity, particularly students vulnerable to 

exclusion and underachievement. It comprises 

four modules: special needs in the classroom, 

special needs: definitions and responses, towards 

effective schools for all, and help and support. 

An indispensable complement to Special Needs 

in the Classroom: A Teacher Education Guide. 

Tolerance: The Threshold 

of Peace 

Betty A. Reardon 


1998, 140, 140 and 110 pp., 24 × 18 cm 

Unit 1: Teacher Training Resource Unit 

ISBN 978-92-3-103376-6 

Unit 2: Primary-school Resource Unit 

ISBN 978-92-3-103377-3 

Unit 3: Secondary-school Resource Unit 

ISBN 978-92-3-103378-0 

€ 9.20 (Each unit) 

€ 22.90 (The three units) 

ISBN 978-92-3-181003-9 


Also published in French: Tolérance, porte ouverte sur 

la paix 

Sharing a World of Difference 

The Earth’s Linguistic, Cultural and Biological Diversity 

Editorial coordination: Linda King 

Principal authors: Tove Skutnabb-Kangas, Luisa Maffi, 

David Harmon 


2003, 56 pp., drawings, map, figs, tables 

ISBN 978-92-3-103917-1 

€ 9.40 


Portraits in Courage (VIDEO) 

Directors: Antoine Casubolo and Valérie Tibet 


1997, PAL, 17 mins 

ISBN 978-92-3-103673-6 

€ 7.60 

UNESCO Publishing/TV5 

Also available in French: Le courage d’enseigner

18 EDUCATION 

Publications of the 

International Bureau 

of Education (IBE) 

Studies in Comparative 

Education series 

Thinkers on Education 

Edited by Zaghloul Morsy 

Studies in Comparative Education series 

1997, (4 volumes in one set),1662 pp., 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103398-8 

€ 30.50 

UNESCO-IBE/Oxford & IBH Publishing (India) 

Learning to Educate: Proposals for 

the Reconstruction of Education in 

Latin America 

Ernesto F. Schiefelbein and Noel F. McGinn 


2008, 394 pp., tables, figures, boxes, notes 

21 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104084-9 

€ 19.00 

UNESCO-IBE 

In their carefully constructed and detailed 

account, Schiefelbein and McGinn suggest that, 

if Latin America is to catch up with the rest of 

the world, a broader view of education, and 

particularly teaching, is required. This book 

includes a close examination of learning and 

teaching in the classroom, the administration 

of schools and school districts, the management 

of systems of education in ministries, and the 

political processes that generate educational 

policy and law—and consensus. 

The authors base their arguments on what 

research tells us and they dismiss a great number 

of time-honoured ‘truths’ that have no basis 

in fact. In a jargon-free and readable style, the 

authors propose five major strategies for a radical 

improvement in the quality of teaching and 

learning in Latin America: greater emphasis on 

learning how to learn; converting teachers from 

producers of learning to managers of learning; 

fundamental improvements in teacher training; 

shifting the emphasis for change from the 

central to the local level; emphasizing learning 

that will lead to increased freedom for all. 

Although focused on Latin America, a great deal 

of the authors recommendations are applicable 

to other regions of the world. 

Education, Conflict and Social 

Cohesion 

Edited by Sobhi Tawil and Alexandra Harley 


2004, 438 pp., maps, appendix, tables, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103962-1 

€ 23.80 


Is schooling a potential catalyst for the outbreak 

of identity-based conflict? How can education 

contribute to social and civic reconstruction, 

particularly in societies emerging from violent 

internal conflict? This book explores these questions 

and more in societies as diverse as Bosnia and 

Herzegovina and Guatemala, Lebanon and 

Mozambique, Northern Ireland, Rwanda and Sri 

Lanka. Each of the studies examines the importance 

of curriculum policy in reconstructing social and 

civic identities and the challenges that confront 

policymakers when changing definitions of national 

citizenship. These challenges range from language 

policies in multilingual and multicultural societies, 

to the sensitive issue of the reinterpretation of 

national history, and the development common 

citizenship and shared destiny. 

Textbooks and Quality Learning 

for All: Some Lessons Learned 

from International Experiences 

Edited by Cecilia Braslavsky in collaboration 

with Katya Halil 


2006, 404 pp., notes, tables, figs, biblio. 

21 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104027-6 

€ 20.00 


Focused on the dual aspects of access and quality, 

this publication discusses the role of textbooks 

in facilitating quality education for all. The 

book consists of two reviews with international 

perspectives: the first focused on supply, access, 

and content and the second on didactics and 

impact; two chapters, one on Brazil and the 

other on the Russian Federation, that review 

the challenges of developing, evaluating, and 

distributing high-quality, affordable, and relevant 

textbooks for all in these federal contexts; a sixth 

element that analyses the impact of development 

interventions on textbook provision; and an 

exploration of the relationship between textbook 

content and identity-based conflict in Rwanda. 

The authors document strategies that could help 

to optimise procedures of textbook development, 

production, and evaluation; enhance textbooks’ 

pedagogical impact; improve teachers’ selection 

of textbooks; raise textbook supply efficiently; 

and constructively manage textbook and identity 

development in federal contexts, countries of 

transition, or zones of post-conflict reconstruction. 

This book aims to be of interest to academics 

and practitioners in this area, including teachers, 

specialists in pedagogy, curriculum developers, 

policy-makers, professionals in textbook 

production, and development agencies. 

Developing Key Competencies 

in Education: Some Lessons 

from International and National 

Experience 

D. S. Rychen and A. Tiana 


2004, 80 pp., tables, 21 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103945-4 

€ 10.00 


In light of growing concerns about the quality 

of education, the economic and social returns on 

educational expenditure and global challenges, 

this publication examines the pressing issues at 

hand. It aims to provide answers to questions 

such as: what competencies are important? 

Which ones contribute to sustainable 

development, social welfare, cohesion and 

justice, as well as to personal well-being? 

Learning to Live Together: Building 

Skills, Values and Attitudes for The 

Twenty-first Century 

Margaret Sinclair 


2004, 168 pp., figs, tables, biblio., 21 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103970-6 

€ 14.00 


At a time when armed conflict and violence 

are widespread, ‘learning to live together’ 

represents an ever greater challenge to educators 

worldwide. People in all societies need to 

develop respect for human rights and accept 

the responsibilities of citizenship. One way 

of achieving this is through education and 

understanding. This book examines educational 

programmes focused on goals such as peace and 

conflict resolution, social cohesion, respect for 

human rights and humanitarian norms. Mini 

cases from post-conflict and transition situations 

reveal the skills, values, attitudes and concepts 

needed to become active and responsible 

members of society. 

It further presents a number of lessons that can 

be learnt from the sample case studies. This is 

followed with a set of clear recommendations 

for action at the national and international level, 

including adopting a strong policy commitment 

and creating workshops on ‘learning to live 

together.’ This is a useful and stimulating book 

for national policy-makers, curriculum specialists 

and educators alike.

John Oxenham 

UNESCO: 

International 

Institute 

for Educational 

Planning 

EDUCATION 

19 

Prospects 

Quarterly review of comparative education. 

Prospects is co-published with Springer Netherlands. 

Subscriptions: 

Springer Heidelberg 

Customer Service Journals 

Haberstrasse 7 

69126 Heidelberg 

Germany 

Tel: + 49-6221-345-4304 

Fax: + 49-6221-345-4229 

subcriptions@springer.com 

www.springer.com/education/journal/11125 

The French and Spanish versions of issues 

No. 121-130 and of the editorials from No. 131 

onwards are now available free of charge at: 

http://www.ibe.unesco.org/ 

Editions in Arabic, Chinese and Russian are available 

in paper format from the IBE Publications Unit, IBE, 

P.O. Box 199, 1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland (E-mail: 

b.deluermoz@ibe.unesco.org) 


International Institute 

for Educational Planning 

(IIEP) 

Fundamentals of Educational 

Planning series 

The books in this series are written primarily 

for two types of clientele: those engaged in 

educational planning and administration, in 

developing as well as developed countries; 

and those, such as senior government officials 

and policy-makers, seeking a more general 

understanding of educational planning and 

how it relates to national development. They 

are intended to be of use either for private 

study or in formal training programmes. 

Education and Employment in 

OECD Countries 

Steven Mclntosh 

Fundamentals of Educational Planning series, no. 88 

2008, 98 pp., tables, figs, references, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1312-3 

€ 15.00 


This publication aims to assess the impact of 

education on employment outcomes, using 

economic data. It explores the relationship 

between education received and labour market 

outcomes within OECD countries, focusing on 

employability. The author describes the problems 

faced by the low-qualified in modern OECD 

economies and analyzes the causes. He endeavours 

to initiate the process of finding a cure to the 

problems by giving examples of policies to be 

implemented, which will be of interest and use to 

policy-makers and educational planners. 

Also published in French: Éducation et emploi dans les 

pays de l’OCDE 

Cost-benefit Analysis in 

Educational Planning 

Maureen Woodhall 


2004, 4th edn, 134 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1259-1 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: L’analyse coût-bénéfice dans la 

planification de l’éducation 

Improving School Effectiveness 

Jaap Scheerens 


2000, 138 pp., tables, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1204-1 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Améliorer l’efficacité des écoles 

NEW 

93 

Vincent Dupriez 


International 

Institute 


Planning 

Fundamentals of Educational Planni 

Methods of Grouping 

Learners at School 

Methods of Grouping Learners 

at School 

Vincent Dupriez 



ISBN 978-92-803-1349-9 

€ 15.00 


How should classrooms be formed in a school? 

What criteria should be used for dividing students 

up between schools and classes? When is tracking/ 

streaming and ability grouping appropriate in a 

school system? The author reviews the research of 

the past decade in order to evaluate the impact of 

class composition on students’ learning. 

The question of equality of opportunity is also 

addressed. Although it is one of the fundamental 

principles of every educational project in the 

democratic countries, what are the real learning 

opportunities offered to students? Among the 

factors that make these opportunities differ 

between schools, or even between classes, 

researchers have long studied the question of the 

influence that each pupil or student has on his/ 

her classmates – the so-called ‘peer effect’. 

Going beyond peer effect within classes, this 

book also considers the subtle and sometimes 

unintentional process of adapting the teaching 

level according to the level of the school, which 

can lead to inequalities. 

Beyond a review of the research carried out on 

these issues, the author tackles related issues of 

administration and education policy. 

Also published in French: Séparer pour réussir ? 

Les modalités de groupement des élèves 

Educational Strategies 

for Small Island States 

David Atchoarena 


1993, 93 pp., tables, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1147-1 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Stratégies éducatives 

pour les petits États insulaires 

Double-shift Schooling: 

Design and Operation 

for Cost-effectiveness 

By Mark Bray 

Fundamentals of Educational Planning series, n° 90 

2008, 124 pp., tables, boxes, references, index, 

21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1315-4 

€ 15.00 


Double-shift schooling primarily aims to 

extend and minimize unit costs. However, 

some systems only achieve these goals at the 

expense of educational quality. Planners may 

be faced with difficult choices when designing 

systems. 

Drawing on experiences on a wide range 

of countries, this publication highlights the 

advantages and problems of double-shift 

systems. Comparison is made with single-shift 

systems, and also with systems having triple, 

even quadruple shifts. This publication will be 

useful to planners at sub-national levels as well 

as national levels. It will also be valuable to head 

teachers and others responsible for running 

double-shift schools. 

Also published in French: La scolarisation à double 

vacation: conception et mise en œuvre pour un meilleur 

rapport coût-efficacité 

91 

Fundamentals of Educational Planning 

Effective literacy 

programmes: options 

for policy-makers 

Effective Literacy Programmes: 

Options for Policy-makers 

By John Oxenham 


2008, 140 pp., tables, boxes, references, annexes, 

21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1318-5 

€ 15.00 


The fourth goal set by the Dakar Forum on 

Education for All (EFA) in 2000 aimed to

Michaela Martin 

Antony Stella 


International 

Institute 


Planning 

John Schwille 

Martial Dembélé 

in collaboration with 

Jane Schubert 


International 

Institute 


Planning 

20 EDUCATION 

“achieve a 50 per cent improvement in levels of 

adult literacy by 2015, especially for women, 

and equitable access to basic and continuing 

education for all adults”. However, the EFA 

Global Monitoring Report for 2006 estimated 

that 50 countries were at risk or serious risk of 

not achieving this goal. 

Despite a century of experience in running adult 

literacy programmes, the empirical comparative 

evidence on what makes for the most effective 

strategies, teaching methods and learning 

materials remains surprisingly scarce. This 

paper therefore uses what hard evidence there 

is to discuss the options that education and 

curriculum planners can consider, whether they 

are governmental or non-governmental. Starting 

from the operational meaning of ‘literacy’ and 

the implications of a human right to literacy, 

this publication looks at what can realistically be 

expected from a literacy project and explores the 

different options available to education policymakers 

and national development planners to 

ensure that their own countries do achieve this 

literacy goal. 

Also published in French: Programmes d’alphabétisation 

efficaces : le choix des décideurs 

Cost Analysis of Educational 

Inclusion of Marginalized 

Populations 

Mun C. Tsang 


1994, 106 pp., tables, 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Analyse du coût de l’insertion 

scolaire des populations marginalisées 

NEW 

Planning for technical and 

vocational skills development 

Keneth King and Robert Palmer 



ISBN 978-92-803-1352-9 

€ 15.00 


The position of skills development on the 

agenda of policymakers and development 

agencies improved around the turn of the 21st 

century. This book tracks the ways skills have 

gained importance both in the developing 

and the industrialized world. It analyses the 

multiple ‘drivers’ of skills development and the 

linkages of skills to the knowledge economy, 

growth, and employment. It also acknowledges 

the modalities and delivery systems for skills 

development, arguing that this institutional 

diversity, often spread across several ministries 

and training authorities, has made it more 

difficult to give a national account of the skills 

development sector. The re-emergence of skills 

has triggered many reform initiatives associated 

with TVSD, some of which are in danger of 

being adopted without sufficient evidence 

of their effectiveness. This work provides 

cautionary advice and fresh insights that 

planners will find rewarding. 

85 


External quality 

assurance in higher 

education: 

making choices 

External Quality Assurance in 

Higher Education: Making Choices 

Michaela Martin and Antony Stella 


2007, 112 pp., tables, references, web resources, 

21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1304-8 

€ 15.00 


External quality assurance (EQA) has become 

one of the most important items on the policy 

agendas of higher education systems across 

the world. Public authorities are finding 

themselves compelled to assess whether their 

traditional structures for quality assurance are 

still valid, and whether they should create new 

mechanisms. Much experimentation has already 

taken place in this area and there are many 

approaches to EQA, based on principles such as 

accountability, compliance with standards and 

quality improvement. Different mechanisms 

may be used, including accreditation, assessment 

and quality audit, each of which may target a 

particular sub-segment of the higher education 

system. 

This publication discusses the different options 

available. It intends to be of practical use for 

national decision-makers who are faced with 

the challenge of designing an EQA system that 

not only corresponds to international ‘good 

practice’, but is also in line with national policy 

goals. Researchers should find it useful when 

identifying issues and concerns of policy-makers 

in the area of quality assurance. 


Assurance qualité externe dans l’enseignement 

supérieur : les options 

Education Reforms and Teachers’ 

Unions: Avenues for Action 

Denise Vaillant 


2005, 96 pp., figs, tables, references, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1280-5 

€ 15.00 


The last decade of the twentieth century 

and the beginnings of the new millennium 

have witnessed a number of conflicts over 

education reform between teachers’ unions and 

governments in several Latin American countries. 

This volume analyzes these reforms along with 

looking closely at the role played by teachers’ 

unions in the region. It highlights various 

grievances of the unions, especially in their 

opposition to decentralization and privatization. 

The book examines those cases of successful 

negotiations that can serve as benchmarks for 

future reference in education reform. Finally, it 

sets forth lessons for education policy based on 

alliances forged between unions and governments 

in implementing reform. 


Les réformes éducatives et les syndicats d’enseignants : 

des pistes pour l’action 

84 


Global perspectives 

on teacher learning: 

improving policy 

and practice 

Global Perspectives on Teacher 

Learning: Improving Policy and 

Practice 

John Schwille, Martial Dembélé in collaboration with 

Jane Schubert 


2007, 150 pp., references, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1300-0 

€ 15.00 


This publication looks at all forms of teacher 

learning, formal and informal, from teachers’ 

own early schooling, through their pre-service 

preparation and induction, and on to the end of 

their teaching career. It argues that to formulate 

policy and design effective programmes 

for teacher preparation and professional 

development, the whole spectrum of teacher 

learning must be considered. 

Much recent research and fresh knowledge 

have been brought together for the first time in 

this publication. This includes literature on the 

nature of teacher preparation and professional 

development in developing countries (notably 

ambitious, innovative reforms), the rapidly 

growing body of research on teacher education 

and teacher learning in industrialized countries,

Mary Hayden 

Jeff Thompson 


International 

Institute 


Planning 

Christine Inglis 


International 

Institute 


Planning 

EDUCATION 

21 

the recently published analyses of the exceptional 

forms of professional development that exist in 

Japan and China, and the various positions taken 

by critics and proponents of teacher preparation 

and professional development as they exist today. 

Also published in French: Former les enseignants : 

politiques et pratiques 

Law and Educational Planning 

Ian Birch 


1994, 86 pp., diagrams, 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Droit et planification de 

l’éducation 

Demographic Aspects of 

Educational Planning 

Ta-Ngoc Châu 


2003, 120 pp., figs, tables, appendix, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1219-5 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Les aspects démographiques 

de la planification de l’éducation 

Early Childhood Education: Need 

and Opportunity 

David Weikart 


2000, 125 pp., tables, graphs, 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: L’éducation de la petite 

enfance : l’offre et la demande 

Globalization and Educational 

Reform: What Planners Need to 

Know 

Martin Carnoy 


2000, 100 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Mondialisation et réforme de 

l’éducation : ce que les planificateurs doivent savoir 

Education Privatization: Causes, 

Consequences and Planning 

Implications 

Clive R. Belfield and Henry M. Levin 


2002, 84 pp., biblio., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1239-3 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: La privatisation de 

l’éducation : causes, effets et conséquences pour 

la planification 

ICT in Education around the World: 

Trends, Problems and Prospects 

Willem J. Pelgrum and Nancy Law 


2003, 138 pp., figs, biblio., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1244-7 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Les TIC et l’éducation dans le 

monde : tendances, enjeux et perspectives 

Increasing Girls’ and Women’s 

Participation in Basic Education 

Nelly P. Stromquist 


1997, 112 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Faire davantage participer les 

filles et les femmes à l’éducation de base 

92 


International schools: 

growth and influence 

International Schools: Growth and 

Influence 

By Mary Hayden and Jeff Thompson 



ISBN 978-92-803-1320-8 

€ 15.00 


This publication provides an insight to the 

origins and characteristics of international 

schools, curriculum and assessment, students 

and teaching staff, and the management, 

leadership and governance of these schools. 

It also discusses how international schools 

(usually private and fee-paying) might develop 

in the future against a backdrop of growing 

forces of globalization and other international 

influences. In all cases, attention is drawn to 

the implications of the issues discussed for both 

policy-makers and planners in national and 

international contexts. 

Also published in French: Écoles internationales : 

développement et influence 

Education Projects: Elaboration, 

Financing and Management 

André Magnen 


1993, 2nd edn, 132 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Functional Analysis (Management 

Audits) of the Organization and 

Management of Ministries of 

Education 

Richard Sack and Mahieddine Saïdi 


1997, 105 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Judging Educational Research 

Based on Experiments and Surveys 

Richard M. Wolf 


1993, 96 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Évaluation de la recherche 

en éducation fondée sur l’expérimentation et sur les 

enquêtes 

The Legal Aspects of Educational 

Planning and Administration 

Claude Durand-Pringborgne 


2002, 106 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1203-4 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Aspects légaux de la 

planification et de l’administration de l’éducation 

87 


Planning for cultural 

diversity 

Planning for Cultural Diversity 

Christine Inglis 


2008, 186 pp., tables, references, 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


How to ensure educational equality, rights 

to cultural maintenance and full social 

participation of minority groups, while ensuring 

social harmony and national development 

within a democratic society, is a major challenge 

for education policy-makers. Traditionally, this is 

viewed as a debate for pedagogues. Nevertheless, 

there are important implications for educational 

planners and managers.Given the many varied 

patterns of ethnic diversity within individual 

societies and their different educational 

traditions, no one set of educational responses is 

universally applicable. However, as discussed in 

the booklet, there are certain readily identifiable

Elizabeth A. Giordano 


International 

Institute 


Planning 

22 EDUCATION 

processes to follow in developing responses to 

cultural diversity. The three main foci of policy 

responses put forward are: the organization and 

structures of education; curricula, pedagogy and 

choice of language; and relations between the 

school and the community. 

Also published in French: Planifier la diversité culturelle 

Physical Facilities for Education 

What Planners Need to Know 

John Beynon 


1998, 98 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Increasing Teacher Effectiveness 

Lorin W. Anderson 


2004, 2nd edn,172 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1258-4 

€ 15.00 


This book addresses the crucial issues of how 

teachers teach and how schools can become 

more effective. It shows that regardless of new 

materials or curricula, educational effectiveness 

depends primarily on teachers and the way they 

teach and handle their classes. This updated 

edition summarizes a wealth of new research 

from countries with very different social and 

economic backgrounds. It provides useful 

tools for researchers and all those interested in 

improving teaching methods and methodology. 

Also published in French: Accroître l’efficacité des 

enseignants 

Literacy for All: Making a 

Difference 

By Agneta Lind 


2008, 152 pp., tables, boxes, references, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1313-0 

€ 15.00 


Literacy is a human and democratic right and a 

basic learning need; it is critical in achieving the 

EFA and the Millennium Development Goals. 

The crucial question is how can we create literate 

societies in a world where, in some places, 

education is only accessible to the rich? 

This publication reviews the meanings of 

literacy and related concepts within the context 

of lifelong learning. It analyzes policies and 

strategies required to improve national literacy 

rates and develop adult literacy programmes 

(including youths aged 15 and above). 

The author demonstrates that a combination of 

factors has contributed to slowing the progress 

in meeting national and international literacy 

commitments. 

Lessons learned over the past decades show 

that to achieve universal literacy, there is a need 

for further investment, greater political will, 

sustainable institutional approaches, and a more 

creative and holistic methodology. 

Also published in French: Alphabétisation pour tous : le 

bon choix 

86 


School clusters and 

teacher resource centres 

School Clusters and Teacher 

Resource Centres 

Elizabeth A. Giordano 



ISBN 978-92-803-1310-9 

€ 15.00 


In the context of Education for All, teacher 

resource centres and school cluster strategies are 

increasingly incorporated into programmes to 

improve the quality of education. But what are 

they meant to achieve at the school level? 

School clusters and resource centres aim to 

channel education resources more effectively 

by making them available to groups of schools 

rather than individual schools. Further initiatives 

include: improving the delivery of teacher 

development services by targeting them closer to 

the school level; encouraging the development 

of local capacity in education by bringing 

schools together to mutually benefit from 

shared experiences and expertise; and improving 

control, supervision and management of schools 

by developing resource centres and school 

clusters to act as another level of education 

administration. This publication looks at a 

variety of strategies and examines the goals, 

organization, functioning and outcomes. Finally, 

it highlights the necessary conditions for their 

effective implementation and impact, and evokes 

questions for consideration by educational 

planners contemplating the development of a 

resource centre or cluster scheme. 

Also published in French: Regroupements scolaires et 

centres de ressources pédagogiques 

Monitoring Educational 

Achievement 

T. N. Postlethwaite 


2004, 144 pp., figs, tables, glossary, biblio., appendices, 

21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1275-1 

€ 15.00 


Quality assessment of education systems is 

crucial, particularly in developing countries. 

However, it is not always easy to achieve, 

particularly in schools. Over the past two 

decades a ‘good school’ has been measured 

principally by outputs (pupil achievement), 

rather than inputs (education provided). Written 

in an accessible style, this book explains what 

monitoring educational achievement means. 

It draws on concrete examples from national 

and international case studies to provide 

answers to important questions on educational 

achievements, standards, costs and surveys. 

Finally, it highlights key technical standards for 

sample survey work in monitoring educational 

achievement, which will be particularly useful for 

educational planners working in different school 

contexts and systems. 

Also published in French: Le pilotage des résultats 

des élèves 

Multigrade Schools: Improving 

Access in Rural Africa? 

Étienne Brunswic and Jean Valérien 


2004, 124 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1242-3 

€ 15.00 


The role of multigrade and one-teacher classes 

can determine the success or failure of primary 

schooling. This book offers educational planners 

a coherent, flexible and realistic set of measures 

for increasing provision in rural areas, particularly 

in the French-speaking countries of sub-Saharan 

Africa. 

Also published in French: Les classes multigrades : une 

contribution au développement de la scolarisation en 

milieu rural africain ? 

National Strategies for E-learning 

in Post-secondary Education and 

Training 

Tony Bates 


2002, 136 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1214-0 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: La cyberformation dans 

l’enseignement supérieur : développement de stratégies 

nationales 

National Examinations: Design, 

Procedures and Reporting 

John P. Keeves 


1994, 112 pp., tables, 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Examens nationaux : 

conception, procédures et diffusion des résultats

Mark Bray 


International 

Institute 


Planning 

(Second edition) 

EDUCATION 

23 

Planning for Education in 

the Context of HIV/AIDS 

Michael J. Kelly 


2000, 120 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Planifier l’éducation dans 

le contexte du VIH/sida 

Planning Education in 

and after Emergencies 

Margaret Sinclair 


2003, 144 pp., biblio., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1225-6 

€ 15.00 

UNESCO-IIPE 

Also published in French: Planifier l’éducation en 

situation d’urgence et de reconstruction, 

Planning Learner-centred 

Adult Literacy Programmes 

Susan E. Malone and Robert F. Arnove 


1998, 84 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: La planification des 

programmes d’alpha bétisation des adultes centrés sur 

les élèves 

Reviewing Quantitative Research 

to Inform Educational Policy 

Processes 

Steven J. Hite 


2002, 128 pp., tables, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1210-2 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: La recherche quantitative au 

service des politiques éducatives : le rôle de l’analyse 

de la littérature 

School-based Management 

Ibtisam Abu-Duhou 


2001, 134 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Une gestion plus autonome 

des écoles 

Planning Human Resources: 

Methods, Experiences and Practices 

Olivier Bertrand 


2004, 124 pp., 2nd rev. edn, 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1237-9 

€ 15.00 


This updated edition takes stock of 

recommended methods and experience and 

recent developments in human resources 

planning. It places particular emphasis on 

education-employment relationships and 

examines the ways governments try to cope 

with the increasing numbers of students in postbasic 

education – both from the viewpoint of 

economic need and graduates’ job prospects. 

Recognizing that many previous attempts to 

plan human resource requirements have failed, it 

analyses the changes in forecasting methods and 

training needs in both developed and developing 

countries. It proposes viable methods for 

planners working to support national economic 

development while making optimal use of oftenscarce 

public resources. It suggests a pragmatic 

combination of forward-looking and qualitative 

approaches based on knowledge and evaluation 

of training systems and their relationship with 

the job market. 

Also published in French: Planification des ressources 

humaines : méthodes, expériences, pratiques 

61 


The shadow education 

system: private tutoring 

and its implications 

for planners 

The Shadow Education System: 

Private Tutoring and its 

Implications for Planners 

Mark Bray 


2007, 2nd revised edn, 102 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1305-5 

€ 15.00 


The available information on the pervasiveness 

and potential implications of private tutoring, 

a service provided outside the planning and 

control of the formal education system, is scarce. 

Mark Bray makes one of the first systematic 

analysis of this phenomenon. This publication 

looks at why private tutoring arises, seeking to 

identify variables in the education system, the 

wide socio-cultural context, and the economy 

that account for, and shape, its existence. It also 

analyzes how private tutoring can potentially 

affect a variety of factors including: the academic 

performance of students, wider social issues 

such as inequality and socialization processes 

and economic productivity. It concludes by 

discussing the different policy options open to 

education planners. 

Also published in French: À l’ombre du système éducatif. 

Le développement des cours particuliers : conséquences 

pour la planification de l’éducation 

Social Inequality at School 

and Educational Policies 

Marie Duru-Bellat 


2004, 102 pp., biblio., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1243-0 

€ 15.00 


The book examines both the scale and various 

aspects of these inequalities. It also discusses 

their origin both within families and in the 

daily functioning of schools and the classroom 

with reference to sociological research. Finally, 

it describes educational policies for reducing 

inequalities in school careers ranging from 

classroom-based measures to policies with an 

impact on the structural parameters of the system. 

Also published in French: Inégalités sociales à l’école et 

politiques éducatives 

Training Teachers to Work in 

Schools Considered Difficult 

Jean-Louis Auduc 


1998, 132 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: Former les enseignants à 

travailler dans des établissements et/ou des classes 

réputés difficiles 

Unequal Chances to Participate 

in Adult Learning: International 

Perspectives 

Richard Desjardins, Kjell Rubenson and Marcella Milana 


2006, 132 pp., figs, tables, references, 21 ×13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1292-8 

€ 15.00 


The specific objectives of this publication are to 

make available the internationally comparative 

data on adult education to a wide audience; 

present an overview of the extent of adult 

learning in a comparative perspective; identify 

international patterns of who is and who is not 

participating in adult learning, including unequal 

chances to participate; and discuss various 

motivating factors that can explain observed 

inequalities in participation. 

Also published in French: Accès inégal à la formation 

pour adultes : perspectives internationales 

Using Assessment to Improve 

the Quality of Education 

Thomas Kellaghan and Vincent Greaney 


2002, 104 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1215-7 

€ 15.00 


Also published in French: L’évaluation pour améliorer 

la qualité de l’enseignement

24 EDUCATION 

Utilizing Education and Human 

Resource Sector Analyses 

Frances Kemmerer 


1994, 97 pp., figs, tables, 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


Also published in French: L’analyse sectorielle de 

l’éducation et ses utilisations 

Planning for Innovation in 

Education 

Dan E. Inbar 


1997, 108 pp., 21 × 13.5 cm 


€ 15.00 


IIEP Studies series 

NEW 

Confronting the Shadow 

Education System 

What government policies for what private tutoring? 

By Mark Bray 


2009, 136 pp., 16 tables, 8 boxes, references, index, 

23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1333-8 

€ 20.00 


This book focuses on the so-called shadow 

education system of private supplementary 

tutoring. In parts of East Asia it has long 

existed on a large scale and it is now becoming 

increasingly evident in other parts of Asia and 

in Africa, Europe and North America. Pupils 

commonly receive fee-free education in public 

schools and then at the end of the day and/or 

during week-ends and vacations supplementary 

tutoring in the same subjects on a fee-paying 

basis. 

Supplementary private tutoring can have 

positive dimensions. It helps students to cover 

the curriculum, provides a structured occupation 

for pupils outside school hours, and provides 

incomes for the tutors. However, tutoring may 

also have negative dimensions. If left to market 

forces, tutoring is likely to maintain and increase 

social inequalities, and it can create excessive 

pressure for young people who have inadequate 

time for non-academic activities. Especially 

problematic are situations in which school 

teachers provide extra tutoring in exchange for 

fees from their regular pupils. 

This book begins by surveying the scale, 

nature and implications of the shadow 

education system in a range of settings. It then 

identifies possible government responses to 

the phenomenon and encourages a proactive 

approach to designing appropriate policies. 

Cross-national Studies of 

the Quality of Education 

Planning their Design and Managing their Impact 

Edited by Kenneth N. Ross and Ilona Jürgens Genevois 


2006, 320 pp., 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1289-8 

€ 20.00 

UNESCOPublishing-IIEP/InWEnt 

This book is based on the papers and debates 

presented at the Policy Forum on ‘Cross-national 

Studies of the Quality of Education: Planning 

their Design and Managing their Impact’ held 

in Paris in 2004. An overview of terminology, 

concepts and definitions related to cross-national 

studies on the quality of education is followed 

by an examination of three key educational 

policy research design questions: ‘What will be 

measured?’, ‘Who will be measured?’ and ‘What 

are the financial and logistical costs?’. Rounding 

off the volume are case studies that illustrate 

how ministries of education and international 

organizations disseminate the results of crossnational 

studies of the quality of education. 

Also published in Spanish: Estudios internacionales 

sobre la calidad de la educación 

The Education of Nomadic Peoples 

in East Africa 

Review of Relevant Literature 

Roy Carr-Hill and Edwina Peart 


2005, 138 pp., tables, boxes, appendices, biblio., 

23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1266-9 

€ 15.00 

UNESCO-IIEP/African Development Bank 

Six per cent of the Africans still lead a nomadic 

lifestyle. Marginalized by their highly mobile and 

harsh way of life, nomadic communities pose a 

particular challenge for education. 

The Education of Nomadic Peoples in East Africa 

draws on a wide range of literature bringing 

together, for the first time, the disparate views and 

experiences in providing education for nomadic 

communities. It provides a comprehensive and 

rare insight into the challenges, as well as the 

constraints and opportunities in developing the 

right programmes. 

The book discusses the two juxtaposing views 

of pastoral nomadism presenting a thorough 

examination of available sources that allows 

readers to make up their own minds. 

It further examines previous attempts to provide 

educational services to nomadic groups focusing 

particularly on six countries in East Africa: 

Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Kenya, Tanzania 

and Uganda. 

This book complements the following title: 

The Education of Nomadic Peoples in East Africa: 

Synthesis Report 

The Education of Nomadic Peoples 

in East Africa 

Synthesis Report 

Roy Carr-Hill, Almaz Eshete, Charlotte Sedel and Alba 

de Souza. 

Prepared in partnership with UNICEF Eastern and 

Southern Africa Regional Office and UNESCO 

International Institute for Capacity Building in Africa 


2005, 140 pp., tables, biblio., 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1265-2 

€ 15.00 

UNESCO-IIEP/African Development Bank 

Ten per cent of the populations of Djibouti, 

Eritrea, Ethiopia, Kenya and Tanzania lead 

a nomadic way of life. In Uganda it is now 

5 per cent. 

The Education of Nomadic Peoples in East 

Africa: Synthesis Report takes a closer look at 

the facts and figures of educational programmes 

in these six countries. It considers the reasons for 

the low levels of participation in basic education 

and why this poses a challenge to the national 

and international target of achieving Education 

for All (EFA) by the year 2015. 

The authors document the situation in each of the six 

countries featured, whilst focusing on key issues such as 

poverty, gender, educational policies and provision. 

The book identifies appropriate strategies, 

considers the objectives and delivery methods, 

as well as the relevance of educational provision 

in an attempt to design programmes that are 

more likely to meet the needs of the nomadic 

communities. 

A major resource of policy measures and 

intervention options for reaching out to 

nomadic groups effectively and responsively, this 

Synthesis Report is the indispensable companion 

volume to The Education of Nomadic Peoples in 

East Africa: Review of Relevant Literature. 

Corrupt Schools, Corrupt 

Universities: What can be Done? 

Jacques Hallak and Muriel Poisson 


2007, 320 pp., 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1296-6 

€ 20.00 


Corrupt Schools, Corrupt Universities: What 

can be Done? draws conclusions from six years 

of research conducted by IIEP in the area of

EDUCATION 

25 

ethics and corruption in education. It aims at 

sensitizing decision-makers and educational 

managers to the importance of combating 

corruption in education; at providing them 

with key tools to detect and assess corruption 

problems; and at guiding them in formulating 

strategies to curb malpractices. It refers to the 

experiences of over 60 countries, on the basis 

of information collected in partnership with 

ministries, development agencies and national 

research institutions. 

The book first defines the key concepts of 

corruption, transparency, accountability and 

ethics. It then identifies major opportunities 

for corruption within the education sector. It 

describes tools for assessing corruption problems 

– from perception to tracking surveys, and draws 

lessons from strategies experimented worldwide 

to improve transparency and accountability. 

Finally, it lists 12 recommendations aimed at 

policy-makers and educational managers. 

Also published in French: Écoles corrompues, universités 

corrompues : que faire ? In Spanish: Escuelas corruptas, 

universidades corruptas: ¿Qué hacer? 

Education Planning and 

Management, and the Use of 

Geographical Information Systems 

John Mendelsohn 


1996, 78 pp., figs, biblio., 23 × 15 cm 


€ 15.00 


Financing Secondary Education in 

Developing Countries: Strategies 

for Sustainable Growth 

Keith Lewin and Françoise Caillods 


2001, 300 pp., tables, charts, biblio., 23 × 15 cm 


€ 20.00 


From Data to Action: Information 

Systems in Educational Planning 

Edited by David W. Chapman and Lars O. Mählck 




€ 16.00 

UNESCO-IIEP/Pergamon Press 

From Planning to Action: 

Government Initiatives for 

Improving School-level Practice 

Edited by D. W. Chapman, L. O. Mählck and Anna E. M. 

Smulders 


1997, 304 pp., 23 × 15 cm 


€ 20.00 

UNESCO-IIEP/Pergamon Press 

Incentives Analysis and Individual 

Decision-making in the Planning of 

Education 

Edited by Frances N. Kemmerer and Douglas M. 

Windham 




€ 20.00 


Also published in Arabic 

Revisiting Technical and Vocational 

Education in Sub-Saharan Africa 

An Update on Trends, Innovations and Challenges 

David Atchoarena and André Delluc 



ISBN 978-92-803-1224-9 

€ 20.00 


Promoting Skills Development 

Report of an Inter-regional Seminar, Paris, 

22-23 January 2004 


2004, 100 pp., 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-1261-4 

€ 12.00 


Based on the contributions made to an Interregional 

Seminar held in Paris in 2004, this report 

stresses the importance of skills development 

as a key factor in facilitating the social and 

economic integration of excluded groups. It 

draws attention to conceptual issues, policy 

challenges and options in skills development both 

within and outside formal school systems. It also 

examines the strategies set up in Lao PDR, Mali, 

Nepal and Senegal within the framework of the 

Education for All (EFA) programme, as well as 

the application of programmes to develop skills in 

Bangladesh, Cambodia and Niger. 

This report is a useful working tool for all those 

concerned with the education of disadvantaged 

groups in cities and poor rural areas, ethnic and 

linguistic minorities, and out-of-school and outof-work 

youths and adults. 

Also published in French: Promouvoir le développement 

de compétences 

Science Education and 

Development 

Planning and Policy Issues at Secondary Level 

Françoise Caillods, Gabrièle Göttelmann-Duret 

and Keith Lewin 


1997, 242 pp., biblio., 23 × 15 cm 


€ 20.00 


Needs-based Resource Allocation 

in Education via Formula Funding 

of Schools 

Edited by Kenneth N. Ross and Rosalind Levačić 


1999, 258 pp., 23 × 15 cm 


€ 20.00 

This book explores a range of conceptual, 

methodological and empirical issues concerned 

with the application of needs-based resource 

allocation in education via formula funding of 

schools. Divided into three main parts – the policy 

context for needs-based formula funding, technical 

matters relating to constructing funding formulae, 

and five country case studies – the study stresses 

that needs-based formula funding of schools in 

beneficial to both centralized and decentralized 

school systems. 

Also published in Spanish: Asignación de recursos 

a la educación basada en necesidades utilizando 

fórmulas de financiación de las escuelas 


UNESCO Institute for 

Lifelong Learning (UIL) 

UIL Studies series 

Adult Education in Selected 

Countries in the Asian Region 

A Reference for Policies Programmes and Delivery Modes 

Edited by Madhu Singh 


2003, 122 pp., 21 × 14.7 cm 



UNESCO-UIL 

Developing Programmes for Adult 

Learners in Africa 

Mathew Gboku, Rebecca Nthogo Lekoko 


2007, 216 pp., figs, tables, references, 24 × 16.8 cm 


€ 20.00 

UNESCO-UIL/Pearson Education South Africa 

This book identifies quantitative, qualitative and 

multi-method approaches, and is based upon 

existing research methods teaching in Africa. It 

is grounded in African adult education contexts

26 EDUCATION 

and draws on material and experiences from 

research courses taught in African universities. 

It emphasises the importance of combining 

quantitative methods with qualitative research 

that is embedded in adult education contexts 

and that builds on indigenous knowledge. 

Examples of the contexts addressed in the 

book include: village communities, agriculture 

development workers, literacy and income 

generation projects, community policing 

strategies, brigades, vocational training centres, 

mass health awareness campaigns such as HIV/ 

AIDS, work-based education and training, 

management development, needs analyses, and 

the training of adult education trainers. 

Breaking Through 

Engendering Monitoring and Evaluation in Adult 

Education 

Edited by Carolyn Medel-Añonuevo 


1999, 168 pp., notes, appendix, 22.5 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-820-1096-9 

€ 10.20 


Discovering Literacy 

Access Routes to Written Culture for a Group of Women 

in Mexico 

Judy Kalman 

Translated from Spanish by author 

UIL Studies Series 

2005, VIII +157 pp., tables, biblio., 23.5 × 15.5 cm 


€ 28.00 


Winner of the 2002 UNESCO International 

Award for Literacy Research. Discovering Literacy 

explores the presence of written culture within 

community life. It spotlights a literacy project 

set up for a group of Mexican women living in 

a small town on the edge of Mexico City and 

examines the impact the project has on their 

lives. The author draws a number of important 

conclusions regarding the significance of literacy 

for adult education in a local context. 

Also published in French: A la découverte de 

l’alphabétisation. Voies d’accès vers la culture de l’écrit 

pour un groupe de femmes vivant au Mexique 

Foundations of Adult Education 

in Africa 

Fredrick Nafukho, Maurice Amutabi and Ruth Otunga 


2005, 182 pp., figs, references, index, 24 × 16.8 cm 


€ 20.00 


Foundations of Adult Education in Africa 

provides a historical perspective on the current 

educational context. It discusses the impact of 

the colonial past and the changing practices 

of the present, highlighting as it does the key 

concepts, information and principles in the 

African context. The book touches on such 

issues as the history of adult education in 

Africa; philosophy and adult education; sociocultural, 

political and economic environments; 

opportunities and access for adult learners; 

gender and development in adult education; 

and adult education as a developing profession. 

It further considers the impact of information 

and communication technology and 

globalization on the policies and structures of 

lifelong learning. 

Institutionalising Lifelong 

Learning: Creating Conducive 

Environments for Adult Learning 

in the Asian Context 

Edited by Madhu Singh 


2002, XII + 341 pp., tables, biblio., 22.6 × 15.3 cm 


€ 30.00 


Landscapes of Literacy 

An Ethnographic Study of Functional Literacy in Marginal 

Philippine Communities 

Maria Luisa Canieso-Doronila 


Winner of the 1994 International Award for Literacy 

Research 

1997, 206 pp., biblio., 23.5 × 15.5 cm 


€ 18.30 

UNESCO-UIL/Luzac Oriental 

Also published in Spanish: Paisajes de la alfabetización: 

un estudio etnográfico de la alfabetización funcional en 

comunidades marginales de las Filipinas 

Learning, Knowledge 

and Cultural Context 

Edited by Linda King 


1999, 312 p., 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-820-1098-3 

€ 25.00 

UNESCO-UIL/Kluwer Academic Publishers 

Literacy, Knowledge 

and Development 

South-South Policy Dialogue on Quality Education for 

Adults and Young People 

Edited by Madhu Singh and Luz María Castro Mussot 


2007, 610 pp., tables, figs, references, 22.5 × 17 cm 


Multilingual: English/Spanish 

€ 20.00 


The volume is the result of the South-South 

Policy Dialogue on Quality Education for Adults 

and Young People, a conference that took place 

in Mexico city in 2005. Articles address literacy 

policies from the governmental perspective 

along with basic education and competence 

recognition. The question of quality education 

for adults and youth is also discussed. 

From Mexico’s use of ICT-based learning for 

indigenous people to South Africa’s national 

qualification framework, from Brazil’s national 

literacy programme Brazil Alfabetizado to India’s 

Continuing Education Centres for empowering 

the masses in Indian villages, the strategies 

presented show that the countries of the South 

can greatly benefit from this kind of dialogue. 

Literacy and the Mind 

The Contexts and Cognitive Consequences of Literacy Practice 

Allan B. I. Bernardo 


1998, 146 pp., 23 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-820-1087-7 

€ 17.50 


Measuring the Right to Education 

Jean-Jacques Friboulet, Anatole Niaméogo, Valérie 

Liechti, Claude Dalbera and Patrice Meyer-Bisch 


2006, 153 pp. 


€ 30.00 

UNESCO-UIL/The Interdisciplinary Institute for Ethics 

and Human Rights, and Schulthess Publishers 

At a time when hundreds of millions of people 

in the world lack education, it is of little use 

to proclaim the right to education unless one 

can measure the implementation of the right 

and identify the factors that affect its fulfillment. 

A precise methodology for this purpose, carefully 

tested in Burkina Faso, is made available in 

this book, which marks a new departure in the 

global effort to promote the universal right to 

education. 

The Psychology of Adult Learning 

in Africa 

Thomas Fasokun, Anne Katahoire, Akpovire Oduaran 


2005, 172 pp., figs, black and white photographs, 



€ 20.00 


Psychology as an applied discipline can help 

adult educators be more effective in their work. 

With this in mind, The Psychology of Adult 

Learning in Africa analyses the cultural factors 

that influence the characteristics, behaviour and 

thinking of adult learners in Africa. The chapters 

provide an introduction to the psychology 

of adult learning and address such subjects 

as: lifelong learning; human motivation and 

participation; and the various learning styles. 

It also considers ways to facilitate adult learning 

and provide learners with the necessary guidance 

and counselling to support them.

EDUCATION 

27 

Questions of Intimacy 

Rethinking Population Education 

François Ascher 


1999, 206 pp., 22.5 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-820-1095-2 

€ 16.80 


Sharpening Our Tools 

Improving Evaluation in Adult and Non-formal Education 

Peter A. Easton 


1997, 323 pp., 28 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-820-1068-6 

€ 18.30 


Research Methods for Adult 

Educators in Africa 

Bagele Chilisa and Julia Preece 


2005, 288 pp., figs, tables, references, index, 

24 × 16.8 cm 


€ 20.00 


This book explores and critiques existing research 

paradigms, presents African counter-arguments 

and examples, and proposes methodologies 

more appropriate for African contexts. The 

emphasis is on African realities, values and ways 

of knowing. The fourteen chapters in this book 

address contexts for adult education research in 

Africa; philosophical and theoretical foundations 

of inquiry; philosophical perspectives and their 

implications for research; doing a literature 

review; getting started with a research proposal; 

quantitative research designs and carrying out 

surveys; summarising and analysing survey data; 

the nature of qualitative research; carrying out 

qualitative studies; combining qualitative and 

quantitative methods; research ethics; action 

research; feminist research approaches; and 

writing up and disseminating research. 

The Social Context of Adult 

Learning in Africa 

Sabo Indabawa and Stanley Mpofu 


2006, 192 pp., tables, references, index, 24 × 16.8 cm 


€ 20.00 


This book examines how adult education is 

influenced by and has an influence on the 

society in which it takes place. It presents a 

clear analysis of the development challenges 

and sociological realities of the adult education 

context, which is essential if educators are to 

help African countries and communities achieve 

their developmental goals. The ten chapters in 

this book address the following issues as they 

impact on adult education: development and 

social change; community; rate, ethnicity and 

religion; social class and gender; empowerment; 

democracy; health and HIV/AIDS; poverty and 

debt; globalisation and the environment. 

Signposts to Literacy for 

Sustainable Development 

Harbans S. Bhola and Sofía Valdivielso Gómez 


2008, 178 pp., figs, footnotes, biblio., 21 × 14.8 cm 


€ 25.00 


This book comprises complementary studies 

by H.S. Bhola and Sofía Valdivielso Gómez, 

joint winners of the sixth International Award 

for Literacy Research, given by the UNESCO 

Institute for Lifelong Learning, Hamburg. 

Prof. Bhola’s text systematically explores how 

the adult literacy drive and the promotion 

of sustainable development can be brought 

together, while Dr. Valdivielso Gómez argues for 

an integral approach to literacy and sustainable 

development, informed by the ideas of the 

philosopher Ken Wilber. Both provide valuable 

signposts for researchers, policy-makers and 

practitioners in the field. 

Also published in French: Jalons pour une 

alphabétisation au service du développement durable 

And in Spanish: Hitos de la alfabetización para el 

desarrollo sostenible 

Towards a Multilingual Culture of 

Education 

Edited by Adama Ouane 


2003, 510 pp., tables, biblio., appendices, 21 × 14.7 cm 


€ 12.00 


Based on research carried out in thirty African, 

Asian and Latin American countries, this 

book advocates the use of local languages and 

the mother tongue in formal and non-formal 

education. It shows the often striking failure 

of linguistic policies inherited from colonial 

times and highlights the numerous advantages 

of multilingual teaching. This study will be of 

interest for linguists and decision-makers, as well 

as field workers and teachers who are confronted 

daily with the consequences of the ‘single 

language’ dogma. 

Unshackling Literacy 

A Plea for a Political Vision of its Rehabilitation 

Marc-Laurent Hazoumê 

Translated from French by Christopher McIntosh 


2004, 142 pp., index, biblio., 21 × 14.8 cm 

ISBN 978-92-820-0072-4 

Bilingual edition: French/English 

€ 28.00 


Unshackling Literacy spotlights the problem 

of adult literacy in Africa. It examines the 

recommendations put forward by the many 

conferences on adult education that have taken 

place since 1949; reviews their implementation 

and considers the underlying issues hampering 

development. This book further adds to the 

debate on the role of structures, both at an 

institutional level and within civil society and 

their impact on education. Finally, it emphasizes 

the importance of local languages in adult 

education and the need to promote their usage 

within modern society. 

Why Eat Green Cucumber 

at the Time of Dying? 

Exploring the links between women’s literacy and 

development: a Nepal perspective 

Anna Robinson-Pant 


2001, 198 pp., biblio., appendices, 29,5 × 21 cm 


€ 10.20 


Also published in French: Pourquoi manger des 

concombres verts juste avant de mourir ? 

And in Spanish: ¿Por qué comer pepino verde cuando se 

está moribundo? 

International Review 

of Education (IRE) 

Edited by the UNESCO Institute for 

Lifelong Learning, Hamburg, with the advice 

of an independent Editorial Board and the 

assistance of consulting editors and academic 

reviewers. The journal is the longest-running 

international periodical on the comparative 

theory and practice of formal and non-formal 

education. 

Serving as an international forum for lifetime 

education and learning, the journal provides 

scholarly information on policy issues, 

educational trends, and learning innovations. 

It serves educational institutes, teachertraining 

organizations, and ministries as 

well as non-governmental organizations and 

individuals in all countries. 

Co-published with Springer Netherlands 

Ordering Journal Subscriptions: 

http://www.springer.com/education/journal/11159


28 NATURAL SCIENCES 

NATURAL 

SCIENCES 

NEW 

Climate Change and Arctic 

Sustainable Development 

Scientific, social, cultural and educational challenges 

Forewords by HSH Prince Albert II of Monaco and the 

UNESCO Director-General 

2009, 376 pp., colour photographs, figures, tables, 

references, annex, 24 × 18 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104139-6 

€ 22.00 


The Arctic is undergoing rapid and dramatic 

environmental and social transformations due 

to climate change. This has ramifications for 

the entire planet, as change spreads through 

interconnected global networks that are 

environmental, cultural, economic and political. 

Today, with the major thrust of research shifting 

away from deciphering causes and monitoring 

trends, the central preoccupation of a growing 

circle of actors has become the exploration of 

strategies for responding and adapting to climate 

change. 

But to understand the far-reaching nature of 

climate change impacts and the complexities of 

adaptation, a truly interdisciplinary approach is 

required. Unique in the UN system, UNESCO 

brings together the domains of natural 

sciences, social sciences, culture, education and 

communication. Given this broad mandate, 

UNESCO favours integrated approaches for 

monitoring and adapting to climate change in 

the Arctic, fostering dialogue among scientists, 

circumpolar communities and decision-makers. 

This book brings together the knowledge, 

concerns and visions of leading Arctic scientists 

in the natural and social sciences, prominent 

Chukchi, Even, Inuit and Saami leaders from 

across the circumpolar North, and international 

experts in education, health and ethics. They 

highlight the urgent need for a sustained 

interdisciplinary and multi-actor approach to 

monitoring, managing and responding to climate 

change in the Arctic, and explore avenues by 

which this can be achieved. 

Also published in French: Développement durable de la 

région arctique face au changement climatique 

FORTHCOMING 

An Integrated Look at Biodiversity 

and its Contribution to Well-being: 

A UNESCO Perspective 

Capitalizing on the opportunities provided by 

2010 the International Year of Biodiversity, the 

book presents the UNESCO-wide initiative 

on biodiversity to address, in a holistic and 

integrated manner, all aspects related to the 

conservation and sustainable and equitable 

use of biodiversity from the standpoint of 

UNESCO’s mandate and relevant programmes 

and activities. On the basis of best scientific and 

technical knowledge available in the field, it 

provides considerations and practical suggestions 

on what we know about biodiversity and how 

we can counteract the current biodiversity crisis 

and its related adverse impacts on well-being 

and development. From the inter-disciplinary 

standpoint of UNESCO, the book demonstrates 

with authority the importance of subscribing 

to biodiversity and diversity in general for the 

future. 

Biosphere Reserves: Special Places 

for People and Nature 

Compiled and edited by Malcom Hadley 

2001, 208 pp, colour photographs, illus., maps, 

29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103813-6 

€ 16.00 


Also published in French: Réserves de biosphère : des 

lieux privilégiés pour les hommes et la nature 

Sixty Years 

of Science 

at UNESCO 

1945–2005 

Sixty Years of Science at UNESCO 

1945-2005 

Foreword by Koïchiro Matsuura, Director-General 

of UNESCO. Preface by M. S. Swaminathan. Editorial 

Committee: Jake Lamar, Brian Smith, Bruno de Padirac 

and Gail Archibald. 

Section Coordinators: Patrick Petitjean, Vladimir Zharov, 

Gisbert Glaser and Jacques Richardson under the overall 

authority of Walter Erdelen assisted by L. Anathea 

Brooks. 

2006, 696 pp., illus., figs, tables, boxes, footnotes, 

biblio., annexes, index, 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104005-4 

€ 30.00 


The scientific mandate of the United Nations 

educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization 

(UNESCO) linked, from the outset, science 

with people, peace, societal benefits and 

the environment. In its scientific outreach 

to all civilizations during the past 60 years, 

UNESCO has championed the roles of science 

in development and the fight against poverty. 

Among others, it has also helped create numerous 

institutes, publications and non-governmental 

organizations to bring together the scientific world 

- sometimes despite cultural and political barriers. 

Sixty Years of Science at UNESCO 1945-2005 

offers an inside perspective on the past six 

decades of this engagement. Written by historians 

and scientists from all over the world as well as 

by former and active staff members, the story is 

enriched by an historical analysis of the first 20 

years of the Organization’s action in science. 

The volume traces through six parts the 

role played by UNESCO in the history of 

international science cooperation in an everchanging 

world: I. Setting the Scene, 1945- 

1965; II. Basic Sciences and Engineering; 

III. Environmental Sciences; IV. Science and 

Society; V. Overviews and Analyses; and 

VI. Looking Ahead. It also features a list of 

chronological milestones set along the way. 

Also published in French: Soixante ans de science à 

l’UNESCO, 1945-2005 

NEW 

Engineering: Issues, 

Challenges and Opportunities 

for Development 

UNESCO Report 



ISBN 978-92-3-104156-3 

€ 26.00 


Engineering is of vital importance in human, 

economic, social and cultural development and 

in addressing the UN Millenium Development 

Goals. Engineering tends to be viewed as a 

national issue, but engineering knowledge, 

companies, conferences and journals, all 

demonstrate that it is as international as science. 

The Report reviews the role of engineering 

in development, and covers issues including 

poverty reduction, sustainable development, 

climate change mitigation and adaptation. It 

presents the various fields of engineering around 

the world. It also discusses engineering issues, 

applications and innovation, infrastructure, 

capacity building, engineering education.


duational ienti and 


NATURAL SCIENCES 

29 

This Report is a platform for the better 

understanding of engineering, and of the roles 

and responsibilities of engineers who may be 

responsible for the safety of thousands of people. 

The first ever international report on engineering 

from UNESCO is intended to identify issues 

and challenges facing engineering, promote 

better understanding of engineering and its role, 

and highlight ways of making engineering more 

attractive to young people, especially women. 

FORTHCOMING 

The UNESCO History of Water and 

Civilization 

No substance has been as essential to the rise 

of civilization as water. Our modern societies 

are facing severe shortages of freshwater, under 

pressure from ever-increasing demand. The 

situation constitutes an unprecedented global 

water crisis. These developments are the result 

of current governance strategies intertwined 

with complex historically-grounded cultural 

dynamics influenced by economic forces, 

social structures, demographic processes and 

ideological standpoints. Yet the vast majority of 

contemporary responses to water shortages have 

tended to focus on technological solutions. By 

adopting a cross-cultural, historical perspective 

on water problems and by placing technological 

solutions within their appropriate cultural and 

historical contexts, we are bound to achieve 

greater success in coping with the water crisis, 

and in shaping sustainable solutions. A clear 

understanding of the ethics of freshwater 

management and its relationship to issues 

of equity (notably gender equity), and social 

solidarity will also contribute to a better sharing 

of water resources. 

The UNESCO International Hydrological 

Programme is launching a seven-volume series 

on the History of Water and Civilization 

that will look at water from a global and 

interdisciplinary perspective. It will examine 

its interdependent social, cultural, political, 

environmental and scientific facets and explore 

directions in water management that draw 

inspiration from the collective experiences 

of humankind. The series will also serve as a 

resource for other educational and informationsharing 

activities. It targets policymakers, 

engineers and other water professionals, as well 

as managers, educators, experts in all fields and 

the public in general. 

Vol I - Water and Humanity: Historical Overview 

explores key issues and cultural developments 

in humanity’s relationships with water, taking 

a holistic anthropological approach. It reveals 

not only how various institutions and forces 

at successive historical junctures have brought 

about transformations in how water is used and 

conceptualized, but also how our interactions 

with water have transformed the way we see 

ourselves and the world. 

NEW 




SCIENCE 

REPORT 


The Current State of Science 

around the World 


The Current State of Science around the World 


2010, 536 pp., fig., boxes, tables, photos, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104132-7 

€ 29.00 


The latest in a series which analyses the status of 

science worldwide every five years, the UNESCO 

Science Report 2010 is divided into national 

and regional chapters, each written by experts 

who hail from the same country or region they 

are covering. The first chapter provides a global 

overview of the main developments in scientific 

research, innovation and higher education since 

2005. Subsequent chapters provide a regional 

perspective of the situation in Latin America, 

the Caribbean, European Union, Southeast 

Europe, Arab states, sub-Saharan Africa, Central 

Asia, South and Southeast Asia and the South 

Pacific. These regional chapters are interspersed 

with national chapters shining the spotlight on 

Brazil, Canada, China, Cuba, India, Iran, Japan, 

Republic of Korea, Russian Federation, Turkey 

and the USA. 

‘What effect is the current global economic 

recession having on national science systems?’ 

‘How fast are the national innovation systems 

developing in the BRIC countries (Brazil, 

Russian Federation, India, China)? Which 

new players are emerging in an increasingly 

multipolar world?’ And ‘which countries are 

experiencing difficulties in maintaining their 

current status in an increasingly competitive 

global environment?’ ‘What new R&D priorities 

are emerging in a world confronted with 

climate change and growing food, water and 

energy insecurity?’ The report answers all these 

questions and more. 

This volume will come as a valuable addition 

to the library of all ‘science watchers’, be they 

academics, policy-makers, private businesses 

or members of the general public interested in 

learning how contemporary issues are shaping 

science. 

Forthcoming in French: Rapport de l’UNESCO sur la 

science 2010 

UNESCO Science Report 2005 




2005, 274 pp., tables, figures, references 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103967-6 

€ 44.00 


The UNESCO Science Report 2005 is the 

fourth in a series which periodically presents a 

global overview of science. It reviews the state 

of science around the world through the eyes 

of an independent team of experts. A series 

of informative and thought-provoking essays 

identifies and discusses emerging trends in 

scientific research and higher education. 

Each chapter describes how research and 

development are organized in a given region 

or country. Who is performing research and 

development today? Where and with what 

means? What are the new priorities? 

Authoritative and readable, the UNESCO 

Science Report 2005 brings together an extensive 

number of figures and tables to help understand 

how contemporary issues are shaping science. 

Also published in French: Rapport de l’UNESCO sur 

la science 2005 

Water, a Shared Responsibility 

The United Nations World Water Development Report 2 

Foreword by Kofi Annan, UN Secretary General. Prologue 

by Koïchiro Matsuura, Director-General of UNESCO. 

Preface by Gordon Young, WWAP Coordinator. 

2006, xvi + 584 pp., maps, figures, tables, index, 

27 × 20 cm + CD-ROM 

ISBN 978-92-3-104006-1 

€ 56.00 


Based on the collective input of 24 United 

Nations agencies and in partnership with many 

governments, Water, A Shared Responsibility 

provides a comprehensive assessment of the 

state of the world’s freshwater resources, critical 

water-related problems and societies’ coping 

mechanisms. This 2006 edition of the World 

Water Development Report, first published in 

2003, draws on an extensive database, expert 

analyses, case studies and hundreds of graphic 

elements to offer a more integrated vision of 

water resource management. The report points 

to a prevalent lack of capacity and knowledge 

base as today’s primary obstacles to achieving 

the necessary levels of water governance and 

illustrates that only our global cooperation 

will help to ensure an integrated equitable and 

sustainable management of the world’s most 

precious resource – water.

R I 

C 

R 

E 

E R 

 

S I 

C 







Water, a Shared Responsibility 


(CD-ROM) 

2006, CD-ROM, PC/Mac 

Minimum System Requirements: Windows: Windows NT / 2000 

Professional / XP Macintosh: MAC OS 9.2.1. / OS × 10.4 RAM – 128 

MB (minimum), 256 MB (recommended) Browser – Internet Explorer 

6.0 / Netscape 7.0 PDF Editor – Acrobat Reader 5.0 and above (7.0 

recommended and included on the disk) Includes Adobe Reader 

ISBN 978-92-3-104007-8 

€ 36.00 


This CD-ROM contains the complete text of 

the UN World Water Development Report 

2 with full-colour global maps, statistics, 

photos and real-world examples. It provides an 

interactive version of the most comprehensive 

assessment of the world’s freshwater resources, 

critical water-related problems and societies’ 

coping mechanisms. 

Easy to navigate and fully searchable with 

many additional functions, this CD-ROM is 

an essential tool for professionals at all levels, as 

well as teachers and students. 

NEW 

S E 

C L 

S 

The United 

Nations 

World Water 

Development 

Report 3 

A L 

I M 

O B 

A T 

G L 

E C H 

N 

E 

E 

M 

V 

A D 

A N 

E 

O 

T R 

WATER 

IN A 

CHANGING 

WORLD 

G E 

 

N 

G 

E 

P O 

T 

 

N C 

V 

 

E R 

N A 

C 

T Y 

T 

I 

O V 

D 

A 

V 

E M 

I 

V 

G 

O G 

L 

I 

O N 

P 

R 

Water in a Changing World 


R A 

T I 

M P 

Foreword by Ban Ki-moon, UN Secretary-General 



Preface by Olcay Ünver, Coordinator, The United Nations 

World Water Assessment Programme (WWAP) 

Preface by William J. Cosgrove, Content Coordinator of 

the WWDR-3 

2009, two volume set: 344 + 86 pages, boxes, maps, 

figures, tables, appendixes, index, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104095-5 

€ 45.00 

UNESCO Publishing / Earthscan 

The news media are full of talk of crises – in 

climate change, energy and food and troubled 

financial markets. These crises are linked to 

each other and to water resources management. 

Unresolved, they may lead to increasing political 

insecurity and conflict. 

Water is required to meet our fundamental 

needs and rising living standards and to sustain 

our planet’s fragile ecosystems. Pressures on 

the resource come from a growing and mobile 

population, social and cultural change, economic 

P H 

I C 

S U 

S 

O N 

R I 

N G 

development and technological change. Adding 

complexity and risk is climate change, with 

impacts on the resource as well as on the sources 

of pressure on water. 

The challenges, though substantial, are not 

insurmountable. The Report shows how 

some countries have responded. Progress in 

providing drinking water is heartening, with 

the Millennium Development Goal target on 

track in most regions. But other areas remain 

unaddressed, and after decades of inaction, the 

problems in water systems are enormous and 

will worsen if left unattended. 

Leaders in the water sector can inform decisions 

outside their domain and manage water resources 

to achieve agreed socioeconomic objectives and 

environmental integrity. Leaders in government, 

the private sector and civil society determine 

these objectives and allocate human and financial 

resources to meet them. Recognizing this 

responsibility, they must act now! 

NEW 

Islands as Crossroads 

Sustaining cultural diversity in small islands 

developing states 

2010, 220 pp., colour plates, 18 cm × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104181-5 

€ 25 


Scholars from the three main island regions of 

the world — the Caribbean, the Indian Ocean 

and the Pacific Ocean, or Oceania — develop 

a reflection on the issues of cultural diversity in 

Small Island Developing States (SIDS), from an 

inter-regional and pluri-disciplinary viewpoint. 

This book seeks to dig deeper into the ways in 

which the people of small islands live in their 

diverse societies and cultures. 

It is divided into three parts: the historical and 

social dimensions of cultural diversity in Small 

Island States; how different island communities 

have developed strategies for retaining their 

cultural uniqueness in the face of cultural 

globalization; and the relationship between 

the cultures of Small Island Developing States 

and their economies. 

The book seeks to explore whether there are 

underlying commonalities across SIDS and 

these regions in relation to their experiences of 

cultural diversity, and how this might relate to 

their sustainable development. Moreover, does 

their ‘islandness’ specifically set them apart from 

larger, continental, countries? 

Water for People, Water for Life 


2003, XXIII + 576 pp., 25 maps, figs, tables, glossary, 

annexes, 28 × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103881-5 

€ 50.00 


Water for People - Water for Life 


(CD-ROM) 

2004, CD-ROM, PC/Mac 

Minimum System Requirements: 

Windows: Windows NT / 2000 Professional 

RAM – 128 MB (Minimum), 256 MB (Recommended) 

Browser –Internet Explorer 6.0 / Netscape 7.0 

PDF Editor – Acrobat Reader 5.0 and above 

Macintosh: MAC OS 9.2.1 

RAM – 256 MB (Minimum), 512 MB (Recommended) 

Browser – Netscape 7.0 

PDF Editor – Acrobat Reader 5.0 and above 

ISBN 978-92-3-103929-4 

€ 50.00 


Water and Conflict 

Resolution Series 

– UNESCO-IHP 

WATER 

AND 

PEACE FOR THE PEOPLE 

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS TO WATER DISPUTES 

IN THE MIDDLE EAST 

Jon Martin Trondalen 

UNESCO-IHP 

Water and Peace for the People 

Possible solutions to water disputes in the Middle East 


Water and Conflict Resolution series 

2008, 246 pp., 16 maps, 7 tables, 23 figures, colour 

photographs, annexes, bibliography, index, 24 × 19 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104086-3 

€ 38.00 

UNESCO Publishing/COMPASS 

This book proposes practical and objective 

solutions to the entrenched water conflicts in 

the Middle East. The author reveals and clarifies 

the complexity of the water conflicts, drawing 

on years of experience facilitating and chairing 

water negotiations in the region. 

The bottom line is: Unless the countries 

involved co-operate, the consequences will be 

devastating. The lack of plentiful and clean 

water for the people will not only result in severe 

human suffering, but could also have grave 

geopolitical consequences. 

The book covers four critical areas: the 

Euphrates and Tigris Rivers, where new 

documentation reveals alarming trends; the 

politically sensitive Golan Heights, with water 

disputed by Israel and Syria; the Hasbani 

water dispute between Lebanon and Israel; 

the longstanding water resource dispute between 

the Israelis and Palestinians.


31 

Coastal Management 

Sourcebooks series 

Coping with Beach Erosion 

Gillian Cambers 

Coastal Management Sourcebooks 1 

2002, 2nd rev. edn, first published in 1998, 119 pp., figs., 

photos, 27 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103561-6 

€ 16.80 


Fishers’ Knowledge in Fisheries 

Science and Management 

Edited by Nigel Haggan, Barbara Neis and Ian G. Baird 

2007, paperback, 440 pp., figs, tables, photos and illus. 

in black and white, biblio. 24 × 15.5 cm 


ISBN 978-92-3-104029-0 

€ 30.00 


Fishers rely on an in-depth knowledge of the 

natural milieu for their livelihood. This volume 

focuses on how and where fishers’ knowledge 

– indigenous and artisanal, as well as large and 

small-scale commercial – is being put to work in 

collaboration with scientists, government managers 

and non-governmental organizations. Case studies 

from around the globe show clearly that it is time 

to move beyond debates about the utility of fishers’ 

knowledge to focus on establishing frameworks 

that best allow fishers and their knowledge to 

become effective and appropriate counterparts in 

fisheries science and management. 

This volume represents an important contribution 

towards achieving the goal of establishing 

international responsibility for the ethical 

collection, preservation, dissemination and 

application of fishers’ knowledge. 

Underwater Archaeology 

and Coastal Management: 

Focus on Alexandria 

Edited by Mostafa Hassan Mostafa, Nicolas Grimal and 

Douglas Nakashima 


2000, 198 pp., photos, maps, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103730-6 

€ 28.20 


Earth Sciences series 

The Changing Face of the Earth 

The break-up of Pangaea and continental drift over the 

past 250 million years in ten steps 

Bruno Vrielynck and Philippe Bouysse 


2003, 32 pp., 27 × 21 cm + CD-ROM 

ISBN 978-92-3-103900-3 

€ 15.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Commission for the Geological Map 

of the World (CGMW) 

Some 250 million years ago, at the beginning of 

the Secondary or Mesozoic era – the age of the 

large saurians – all the continents were grouped 

into a single supercontinent known as Pangaea. 

The Changing Face of the Earth shows the nine 

most important stages in the break-up of this 

supercontinent. Nine ‘milestones’ illustrate the 

paths along which the different continental 

blocks drifted to arrive at the geological face of 

the Earth, as we know it today. 

Included are 11 maps, based on recent scientific 

work, that are accompanied by explanatory notes 

aimed at the broad public as well as a glossary 

of terms used in the explanatory notes and a 

CD-ROM of the map images in various formats 

(bmp, tiff, pict and PowerPoint formats). 

Also published in French: Le visage changeant de la 

Terre, and in Spanish: La faz cambiante de la Tierra 

Mediterranean Basin 

Jean Margat Water Atlas 

CGMW/Blue Plan/UNESCO 

Mediterranean Basin Water Atlas 

Jean Margat 


2004, 46 pp., maps, 27 × 21 cm (landscape format) 

ISBN 978-92-3-103963-8 

€ 10.00 

UNESCO Publishing/CGMW/Blue Plan 

The synthetic maps presented in this book offer 

a series of panoramic views accompanied by 

short commentaries on the geography of the 

Mediterranean Basin. They show the extreme 

diversity of natural water resources, the specific 

needs of Mediterranean countries, and the 

impacts of water usage on the environment. 

This publication will satisfy the demands of the 

general public and teachers for well-documented 

and synthetic maps, presented in a user-friendly 

format suitable for educational purposes. 

Also published in French: Atlas de l’eau dans le bassin 

méditerranéen 

Digital Soil Map of the World and 

Derived Soil Properties (CD-ROM) 


2003, CD-ROM, Version 3.6 

System requirements: Pentium PC with Windows 9x/NT/2000/, at 

least 64 Mb RAM and 15” or larger colour monitor with a resolution 

of 1024 × 768 pixels and a colour palette of 65 536 colours. - For 

ARC/INFO Export vector maps: ARC/INFO software on Windows PC 

or other platforms that support ARC/INFO such as VAX/VMS and 

UNIX; - For maps in ARC/INFO native vector format: ArcView 3.1 or 

later; - For ERDAS raster maps in ERDAS version 7.5 format: ERDAS 

7.5 or later or any other software that can import ERDAS 7.5 GIS 

files. - For raster maps in IDRISI IMG format:IDRISI software on PC 

and image-processing software that can read flat raster files. 

ISBN 978-92-3-103889-1 

€ 40.00 

UNESCO Publishing/FAO 

This CD-ROM contains the Digital Soil Map 

of the World in various formats, vector as well 

as raster, supported by most GIS software. The 

base material is the FAO/UNESCO Soil Map 

of the World at an original scale of 1: 5 million. 

Programmes and data files give tabular country 

information on soil characteristics and derived 

soil properties from the map are included, such 

as pH, organic carbon content and soil moisture 

storage capability. In addition programmes and 

data files are included that display derived soil 

properties. The revised edition includes userfriendly 

ArcView files displaying dominant soils 

by continent as well as an updated image of the 

WRB World Soil Resources Map. 

Nordic Stone 

Edited by Olavi Selonen and Veli Suominen 


2003, 64 pp., colour photographs, tables, 27 × 19.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103899-0 

€ 16.00 

UNESCO Publishing/IAEG 

An invaluable resource on natural stones found 

in the Nordic countries (Norway, Sweden and 

Finland), providing descriptions of all the main 

stone types, with information on their geology 

and technology. It also includes chapters that 

examine the history and heritage of stone 

in these countries, describe the methods for 

exploration, extraction and processing. It takes 

a close look at the environmental issues in stone 

production. Illustrated with many photographs, 

it includes a map of the natural stone deposits, 

as well as indexes of locations and commercial 

names of various stones. 

Stone in Southern Africa 

Edited by W. R . Oosterhuis 


1999, 66 pp., photos, figs, tables, annexes, 27 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103620-0 

€ 15.20 

UNESCO Publishing/Gruppo Editoriale Faenza Editrice


Earthquake Spectra 

The Great Sumatra Earthquakes and Indian Ocean 

Tsunamis of 26 December 2004 and 28 March 2005 

Reconnaissance Report 

Technical Editor: Wilfred D. Iwan. Special Issue Editorial 

Board: Donald Ballantyne, C. B. Crouse, Lori Dengler, 

Marjorie R. Greene, Kenneth W. Hudnut, Hiroo Kanamori, 

Costas E. Synolakis, Kathleen Tierney, Loring A. Wyllie Jr. 


2006, 916 pp., figs, tables, maps, references, 

25.5 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104037-5 

€ 43.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Earthquake Engineering Research 

Institute (EERI) 

The great earthquake and tsunami of 

26 December 2004, and the resulting tragic loss 

of life across the Indian Ocean, created global 

awareness of the tsunami phenomenon, its 

unpredictability, and the destructiveness of its 

impact across political borders and ocean basins. 

An estimated 230,000 people lost their lives, 

and more than a million people were displaced, 

making it the worst tsunami catastrophe in 

history. 

Conceived as a definitive reference work on 

this catastrophe, this comprehensive volume, a 

special issue of the journal Earthquake Spectra 

co-published with the Earthquake Engineering 

Research Institute, addresses the following topics: 

Seismology; Geology and Geophysics; Tsunami 

Field Surveys and Analyses; Performance of 

Structures and Lifelines; Preparedness; Societal 

Impacts; and Recovery and Reconstruction. The 

diversity of contributions reflects the unique 

nature of this event. The volume features an 

overview on tsunami run-up measurements from 

all over the Indian Ocean, as well as individual 

tsunami field surveys from 12 countries. 

Comprehensive discussions of the seismologic 

and geologic aspects are also included, as well 

as analyses of the impacts on communities 

throughout the region. 

UNESCO is playing a central role in the 

international effort to assess the tsunami impact 

and identify priority needs in recovery and 

reconstruction. The lessons learned from this 

mega-disaster, for which no-one was prepared, 

are numerous and compelling. This volume 

represents a fundamental contribution towards 

defining the parameters of effective future action 

to reduce the vulnerability of populations at risk 

for such events. 

Geological Map of the World 

at 1:25 000 000 (CD-ROM) 

(GeoKiosk® CD-ROM for the general public) 

Interactive map, PC only 


2001 

ISBN 978-92-3-009802-5 

€ 53.10 

UNESCO Publishing/ Commission for the Geological 

Map of the World (CGMW) 

A Global Geochemical Database 

for Environmental and Resource 

Management 

Final Report of IGCP Project 259 


1995, 122 pp., figs, tables, appendices, 28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103085-7 

€ 15.20 


Mineral Atlas of the World – 

Europe (CD-ROM) 


2003, CD-ROM, ArcReader included 

OS Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000 or 

Windows XP 

ISBN 978-92-3-009980-0 

Bilingual: English/French 

€ 40.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Commission for the Geological Map 

of the World (CGMW) 

Stone in Scotland 

Authors: Ewan Hyslop, Andrew McMillan and Ingval 

Maxwell 

Contributors: Joan Walsh and Luis Albornoz-Parra 

Earth Sciences Series 

2006, 72 pp., figs, tables,photos, annexes, glossary, 


ISBN 978-92-3-104031-3 

€ 16.00 

UNESCO Publishing/IAEG 

Stone in Scotland is the latest in a series of 

publications describing stone resources in 

different parts of the world. This volume 

catalogues the stone resources of a country often 

referred to as ‘a nation of stone’ and once a 

major producer and exporter - sending granite, 

sandstone and flagstone around the world. 

The rich diversity of Scotland’s geology has 

strongly influenced the diversity of its built 

heritage, and in a nation with such a long 

history and distinctive culture there is an 

increasing need for a modern understanding 

and reassessment of its stone resources. This 

book reinforces the links between the natural 

environment and society at a time when 

sustainable management of resources must be 

considered alongside planning for development. 

This unique reference to the stone resources of 

Scotland and their geotechnical characteristics 

should not only appeal to those interested in 

preserving and promoting Scotland’s natural 

and built heritage, but also be useful for 

future assessment, exploitation and economic 

regeneration of a widespread and diverse 

national resource. 

Environment and 

Development series 

Food Engineering 

Edited by G. V. Barbosa-Cánovas 

Environment and Development series 

2005, 804 pp., figs, tables, index, 29 × 20.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103999-7 

€ 90.00 

UNESCO Publishing/EOLSS Publishers 

With an increasing global population, 

developing efficient methods for the mass 

production of food supplies has become crucial. 

Food engineering provides a vital link between 

primary food production and final consumption. 

As part of the online Encyclopedia of Life 

Support Systems (EOLSS), Food Engineering is 

a multi-author work that provides a rich source 

of information on the fundamental aspects of 

food processing, preservation, production and 

consumption. It discusses the basics underlying 

food transformation from both the standpoint 

of food technology and food engineering. This 

publication is essential reading for educators, 

university students, professional practitioners 

and decision- makers at all levels. 

Small is Working 

Technology for Poverty Reduction (VIDEO) 


2003, 90-minute Video + 60-page booklet (21 × 15 cm) 

not sold separately 

NTSC ISBN 978-92-3-180003-0 

PAL ISBN 978-92-3-103910-2 

€ 14.80 

UNESCO Publishing/ITDG/TVE 

The use of low-cost, small-scale technologies in 

developing countries was promoted in the 1960s 

by E. F. Schumacher, who published Small 

is beautiful: A Study of Economics as if People 

Mattered in 1973. The current booklet and 

video bring together research and case studies to 

demonstrate how human-scale and sustainable 

technologies can play an important part in 

processes of poverty eradication, especially in 

Least Developed Countries.


33 

Ocean Sciences Bridging 

the Millennia 

A Spectrum of Historical Accounts 

Edited by an IOC-FIO Panel: Selim Morcos (Chairman), 

Mingyuan Zhu (Vice-Chairman), Roger Charlier, Makram 

Gerges, Gunnar Kullenberg, Walter Lenz, Ming Lu and 

Emei Zou Coordinator and English Editor: Gary Wright 


2004, XXI + 508 pp., illus., tables, biblio., appendices, 

24 × 16.7 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103936-2 

€ 45.00 

UNESCO Publishing/China Ocean Press 

This well-illustrated book covers the work of many 

scientists and explorers throughout history and 

across the globe, who devoted their lives to study 

the oceans and coasts. Topics range from very early 

Chinese nautical inventions and tidal observations 

to the many and varied scientific research and 

exploration campaigns carried out in recent 

centuries. Americans, Belgians, English, Russians 

and Scandinavians are also among those whose 

exploits are discussed. In addition, the volume 

addresses crucial questions dealt with in the past 

concerning coastal and ocean management issues 

of prime importance to the wise use of ocean 

resources, such as food and energy. 

The Panama Canal 

Transfer of the Panama Canal Special Commemorative 

edition 


1999, 200 pp., colour photographs, maps, drawings, 

30.5 × 25 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-003707-9 

Bilingual: English/Spanish 

€ 45.00 


Also published in Spanish: El Canal de Panamá 

Blue Gold 

Interactive Encyclopaedia of Water (CD-ROM) 


2002, 2nd edn, CD-ROM, PC/Mac 

Graphics, video clips, photographs, slide shows, charts, 

maps 

ISBN 978-92-3-103560-9 

€ 25.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Strass Productions 

Also available in French: L’Or bleu. L’encyclopédie 

interactive de l’eau, and in Spanish: El Oro azul. 

Enciclopedia interactiva del agua 

IOC Ocean Forum series 

This series, managed by UNESCO’s 

Intergovernmental Oceanographic 

Commission (IOC), not only presents the 

scientific aspects of the themes in question 

but also the issues as debated by society at 

large. Science is therefore set within the wider 

context of economics, politics and society. 

The Changing Ocean 

Its Effects on Climate and Living Resources 

Bruno Voituriez 


2003, 170 pp., figs, biblio., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103877-8 

€ 14.80 


Also published in French: Les humeurs de l’océan : 

effets sur le climat et les ressources, and in Spanish: 

Los caprichos del océano: efectos sobre el clima y los 

recursos vivos 

Climate Change 

Guy Jacques and Hervé Le Treut 


2005, 176 pp., figs, photos, glossary, biblio., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103938-6 

€ 14.80 


Following the style and spirit of the IOC Forum 

series, this book provides the non-specialist with 

the basic scientific background and information 

essential for understanding the complex 

processes that bring about climate change. 

This book is a valuable aid, facilitating public 

and private debate – and rational decisionmaking. 

The authors explain the difficulties 

involved in making realistic climate predictions. 

They also examine the Kyoto protocol from 

different points of view, shedding new light on 

the challenges at stake and the need to foster 

international cooperation. Finally, they outline 

the work ahead needed to both develop effective 

climate prediction models and to come up with 

countermeasures to cope with the dangers facing 

our Earth and society. 

Also published in French: Le changement climatique, 

and in Spanish: El cambio climático 

Coastal Zone Space: Prelude to 

Conflict? 

Edward D. Goldberg 


1994, 138 pp., tables, 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102953-0 

€ 13.00 


The Gulf Stream 

Bruno Voituriez 


2006, 224 pp., illus., glossary, biblio., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103995-9 

€ 18.00 


Amid contemporary scenarios of potential 

climatic catastrophes and global warming that 

might be imagined to bring a new ice age, the 

powerful image of the Gulf Stream rising from 

the Florida Straits and flowing to the north 

Atlantic inevitably provokes questions about 

its ecological significance and whether it might 

ever stop. 

Answering these questions demands the sober 

presentation, given here, of the remarkable 

scientific fact that even dramatic climatic change 

would not bring an end to the Gulf Stream. 

Combining complex scientific information 

with an engaging narrative, this volume paints 

an elaborate but accessible portrait of this 

extraordinary natural phenomenon, tracing its 

historical discovery and the paradigms of its 

exploration, outlining its causes and dynamics, 

and examining its profound importance for the 

marine ecosystems of the Atlantic Ocean. 

Bruno Voituriez offers at once both an 

analysis and a celebration of the Gulf Stream. 

Also published in French: Le Gulf Stream, and in Spanish: 

La Corriente del Golfo 

El Niño 

Fact and Fiction 

Bruno Voituriez and Guy Jacques 


2000, 140 pp., maps, drawings, 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103649-1 

€ 16.80 


Also published in French: El Niño. Réalité et fiction, and 

in Spanish: El Niño: realidad y ficción


Man and the Biosphere 

series 

The Future 

of Drylands 

International Scientific Conference on 

Desertification and Drylands Research 

Tunis, Tunisia, 19–21 June 2006 

Edited by Cathy Lee and Thomas Schaaf 

Man and the Biosphere series 


The Future of Drylands 

International Scientific Conference on Desertification and 

Drylands Research - Tunis, Tunisia, 19-21 June 2006 

Edited by Cathy Lee and Thomas Schaaf 


2008, 872 pp., 250 figures (200 in colour), tables, 

references, bibliography, annexes, 23.5 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104052-8 

€ 95.00 

UNESCO Publishing / Springer 

Drylands have been cradles to some of 

the world’s greatest civilizations, and 

contemporary dryland communities feature 

rich and unique cultures. Dryland ecosystems 

support a surprising amount of biodiversity. 

Desertification, however, is a significant land 

degradation problem in the arid, semi-arid 

and dry sub-humid regions of the world. 

Deterioration of soil and plant cover has 

adversely affected 70% of the world’s drylands 

as a result of extended droughts as well as 

mismanagement of range and cultivated lands. 

The situation is likely to worsen with high 

population growth rates and accompanying 

land-use conflicts. 

The contributions to The Future of Drylands – an 

international scientific conference held under 

the leadership of UNESCO – address these 

issues and offer practical solutions for combating 

desertification along with conserving and 

sustainably managing dryland ecosystems. Major 

themes include the conservation of dryland 

biological and cultural diversity and the human 

dryland interface. This volume documents 

how our improved understanding of drylands 

provides insight into the health and future 

prospects of these precious ecosystems that 

should help ensure that dryland communities 

enjoy a sustainable future. 

Biodiversity in Land-Inland Water 

Ecotones 

Edited by Jean-Bernard Lachavanne and Raphaëlle Juge 

(Man and the Biosphere series, vol. 18) 


ISBN 978-92-3-103352-0 

€ 51.80 

UNESCO Publishing/Parthenon 

Beyond Tropical Deforestation 

From Tropical Deforestation to Forest Cover Dynamics and 

Forest Development 

Edited by Didier Babin 


2004, XXXVII + 490 pp., figs, tables, plates, 24 × 15.7 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103941-6 

€ 65.00 

UNESCO Publishing/CIRAD 

Against a backdrop of climate change the known 

interactions between forest cover and climate 

have prompted widespread condemnation of 

forest losses. But does the irreversible destruction 

of forests and their biodiversity mask a wide 

range of other changes? This book provides 

thought-provoking answers to that and other 

questions such as: What is deforestation? How 

should it be measured? Is the outcome always 

negative or are there some benefits? The authors 

draw on the results of fieldwork and theoretical 

studies spanning the natural and social sciences 

to examine the true nature of deforestation 

and how human societies can adapt. It also 

highlights the further research that is needed 

to address these complex issues. Examples 

from Latin America, Asia and Africa illustrate 

the different dimensions and perceptions of 

deforestation, underlining the importance of a 

cross-disciplinary approach on this issue. 

Scientists, managers, development agencies and 

anyone concerned with environmental issues will 

find this book of interest. 

Assessment and Control 

of Nonpoint Source Pollution 

of Aquatic Ecosystems 

A Practical Approach 

Edited by J. A. Thornton, W. Rast, M. M. Holland, 

G. Jolankai and S.-O. Ryding 


1999, 466 pp., tables, graphs, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103407-7 

€ 75.50 

UNECO Publishing/Parthenon 

Agro-Ecological Farming Systems 

in China 

Edited by Li Wenhua 


2001, 434 pp., figs, tables, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103784-9 

€ 91.50 


Commons in a Cold Climate 

Coastal Fisheries and Reindeer Pastoralism in North 

Norway: The Co-management Approach 

Edited by S. Jentoft 


1998, 353 pp., photos, maps, biblio., 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103585-2 

€ 73.20 


The Ecology and Management 

of Aquatic-Terrestrial Ecotones 

Edited by R. J. Naiman and H. Décamps 


1990, 316 pp., figs, tables,biblio., 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102668-3 

€ 51.80 


The Ecology of Tropical Forest Tree 

Seedlings 

Edited by M. D. Swine 



ISBN 978-92-3-103299-8 

€ 51.80 


Forest Biodiversity Research, 

Monitoring and Modeling 

Conceptual Background and Old World Case Studies 

Edited by F. Dallmeier and J. A. Comiskey 



ISBN 978-92-3-103408-4 

€ 91.50 


The Future 

of Arid Lands – 

Revisited 

A Review of 50 Years of Drylands Research 

Charles F. Hutchinson 

Stefanie M. Herrmann 



The Future of Arid Lands – 

Revisited 

A Review of 50 Years of Drylands Research 

Charles F. Hutchinson and Stefanie M. Hermann 


2007, 238 pp., tables, references, figs, color plates, 

23.5 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104053-5 

€ 32.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Springer 

The Future of Arid Lands, edited by Gilbert 

White and published in 1956, comprised papers 

delivered at the “International Arid Lands 

Meetings” held in New Mexico in 1955. At 

these meetings, sponsored by UNESCO and the 

American Association for the Advancement of 

Science, experts considered the major issues then 

confronting the world’s arid lands and developed 

a research agenda to address these issues. The 

Future of Arid Lands – Revisited, commissioned 

by UNESCO in 2005, reexamines this earlier 

work. Written by researchers from the University 

of Arizona, this volume first looks at the state 

of science in 1956 and attendant contemporary 

views of arid lands development. It then considers


35 

how scientific understanding of the processes 

governing arid lands has since evolved, before 

extracting lessons from these comparisons 

that might guide current and future arid land 

managers and speculating on what the future 

might hold for arid lands. Reflecting the shift in 

drylands thinking from a piecemeal or a ‘magic 

bullet’ approach to a systems-based approach that 

considers people as integral to solving problems, 

this volume will appeal not just to land managers, 

but to everyone involved in environmental issues 

who wishes to gain a better understanding of the 

state of arid lands science today. 

Forest Biodiversity in North, 

Central and South America, and 

the Caribbean 

Research and Monitoring 

Francisco Dallmeier and James A. Comiskey 



ISBN 978-92-3-103409-1 

€ 105.20 


Freshwater Wetlands and Their 

Sustainable Future 

A case study of the Třeboň Basin Biosphere Reserve, Czech 

Republic 

Edited by Jan Kvet, Jan Jeník and Lanka Soukupova 



ISBN 978-92-3-103825-9 

€ 100.90 


Land Use Changes and their 

Environmental Impact in Rural 

Areas in Europe 

Edited by R. Kröner, J. Baudry, I.R. Bowler and 

A. Reenberg 

(Man and the Biosphere Series, vol. 24) 

1999, 262 pp., figs., tables, biblio., 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103596-8 

€ 75.50 


Reproductive Ecology of Tropical 

Forest Plants 

Edited by K. Bawa and M. Hadley 



ISBN 978-92-3-102669-0 

€ 51.80 


NEW 

A Teaching Resource Kit 

for Mountain Countries 

Kit 2 – A Creative Approach to Environmental Education 

Edited by Hélène Gille and Thomas Schaaf 

2010, 2 elements: 

The teacher’s manual, 174 pp., 21 x 29.7 cm 

The class notebook, 32 pp., 21 x 29.7 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104159-4 

€ 22.00 


The Teaching Resource Kit for Mountain Countries 

is a new environmental education kit and similar 

to the Teaching Resource Kit for Dryland Countries 

published by UNESCO in 2008. It is based on 

the same innovative approach appealing to the 

creativity and artistic sensibility of pupils aged 

around 10 to 15, and is intended for secondaryschool 

(and late primary) teachers and their 

pupils, this time living in mountain ecosystems, 

where climate and environmental conditions are 

harsh, often varying between extremes, and which 

are subject to the problems of erosion. 

As an educational tool, the kit offers a practical 

and attractive way of helping teachers and their 

pupils towards a better understanding of the 

environmental problems of their region and to 

stimulate their quest for possible solutions. 

Also published in French: Kit pédagogique pour les pays 

situés en zones montagneuses 

Tropical Forests, People and Food 

Biocultural Interactions and Applications to Development 

Edited by C. M. Hladik, A. Hladik, O. F. Linares, H. Pagezy, 

A. Semple and M. Hadley 



ISBN 978-92-3-102879-3 

€ 76.20 


The Venice Lagoon Ecosystem 

Inputs and Interactions Between Land and Sea 

Edited by P. Lasserre and A. Marzollo 


2000, 508 pp., maps, tables, biblio., 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103595-1 

€ 90.70 


The World’s Savannas: Economic 

Driving Force, Ecological 

Constraints and Policy Options 

for Sustainable Land Use 

Edited by M. D. Young and O. T. Solbrig 


1993, 350 pp., figs, maps, tables, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102750-5 

€ 57.90 


Nordic Mountain Birch Ecosystems 

F. E. Wielgolaski 



ISBN 978-92-3-103783-2 

€ 73.20 


Oceanographic 

Methodology series 

Manual on Harmful Marine 

Microalgae 

Edited by G.M. Hallegraeff, D.M. Anderson 

and A.D. Cembella 

Technical Director: H.O. Enevoldsen 

Oceanographic Methodology series, no. 11 

2003, hardback, 2nd rev. edn, first published in 1995 

794 pp., figs, tables, biblio., 24.6 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103871-6 

€ 49.50 


This volume is a source book of protocols for 

studying, monitoring and managing harmful 

marine microalgae. Proliferation of microalgae 

in marine, brackish or fresh waters can cause 

the destruction of huge numbers of fish, 

contaminate seafood with toxins and alter 

ecosystems. About 300 species of microalgae 

are reported to form mass occurrences, so-called 

‘blooms’, and nearly one-fourth of these species 

are known to produce toxins. 

The Manual is a key reference in the fields of 

harmful algal sampling, identification, culturing, 

toxin analysis, toxicology and management. 

Marine Habitat and Cover 

Their Importance for Productive Coastal Fishery Resources 

John F. Caddy 

Oceanographic Methodology series, no. 12 

2007, hardback, 256 pp., figs, tables, graphics, photos in 

black and white, biblio., index, 24.6 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104035-1 

€ 26.00 


Until recently, studies of the marine environment 

have neglected the physical structure and 

complexity of fish habitat, underestimating the 

impact of its degradation and simplification 

for stock sizes. In Marine Habitat and Cover: 

Their Importance for Productive Coastal Fishery 

Resources, John F. Caddy maintains that when


fishery resources are depleted, harvest controls 

alone are ineffective for their recovery and 

subsequent conservation. Integrating ecological 

and management notions into a common 

framework, he sets forth the importance of 

habitat quality in its relation to the life cycles 

of marine populations, as well as the impact 

of anthropogenic factors on the abundance or 

absence of cover. 

This volume should enhance the work of marine 

ecologists and engineers, coastal oceanographers 

and all those involved in marine fisheries and 

aquaculture, and will be of interest to everyone 

concerned with protecting threatened or 

overexploited fishery resources. 

Phytoplankton Pigments 

in Oceanography 

Guidelines to Modern Methods 

Edited by S. W. Jeffrey, R. F. C. Mantoura and S. W. Wright 


2005, hardback, 2nd edn, first published in 1997, figs, 

tables, biblio., 668 pp., 24.6 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103275-2 

€ 48.80 


The biological productivity of the oceans is 

of central importance to a world concerned 

about climate change. Marine phytoplankton 

comprise a quarter of the world’s vegetation and 

chlorophyll is the most frequently (but not always 

perfectly) measured biochemical parameter in 

aquatic science. Prepared by leading scientists 

under the aegis of the Scientific Committee 

on Oceanic Research (SCOR) and UNESCO, 

Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: 

Guidelines to Modern Methods brings together a 

wealth of information in one volume. It includes 

all the oceanographer needs to know how to 

measure and identify pigments, as well as select 

the best methods of quality control. 

Real-time Coastal 

Observing Systems 

for Marine 

Ecosystem Dynamics 

and Harmful Algal 

Blooms 

Theory, Instrumentation 

and Modelling 

Edited by 

Marcel Babin 

Collin S. Roesler 

John J. Cullen 

Oceanographic Methodology series 


Real-time Coastal Observing 

Systems for Marine Ecosystem 

Dynamics and Harmful Algal Blooms 

Theory, Instrumentation and Modelling 

Edited by M. Babin, C. Roesler and John Cullen 


2008, 830 pp., figs, tables, references 24.8 × 16.5 cm, 

hardback 

ISBN 978-92-3-104042-9 

€ 56.00 


The proliferation of harmful phytoplankton in 

marine ecosystems can cause massive fish kills, 

contaminate seafood with toxins, impact local 

and regional economies and dramatically affect 

ecological balance. Real-time observations are 

essential for effective short-term operational 

forecasting, but observation and modelling 

systems are still being developed. This volume 

offers guidance for developing real-time and 

near real-time sensing systems for observing 

and predicting plankton dynamics, including 

harmful algal blooms, in coastal waters. It 

explains the underlying theory and discusses 

current trends in research and monitoring. 

Topics include: coastal ecosystems and dynamics 

of harmful algal blooms; theory and practical 

applications of in situ and remotely sensed 

optical detection of microalgal distributions and 

composition; theory and practical applications 

of in situ biological and chemical sensors for 

targeted species and toxin detection; integrated 

observing systems and platforms for detection; 

diagnostic and predictive modelling of 

ecosystems and harmful algal blooms, including 

data assimilation techniques; observational 

needs for the public and government; and future 

directions for research and operations. 

Renewable Energies 

series 

Geothermal Energy: Utilization 

and Technology 

Edited by Mary H. Dickson and Mario Fanelli 

Renewable Energies series 


ISBN 978-92-3-103915-7 

€ 24.80 


A concise but complete description of 

geothermal phenomena and geothermal 

exploitation. Features include a comprehensive 

introduction to the nature, classification 

and distribution of geothermal resources; a 

description of geothermal electricity generation 

and non-electric uses; an analysis of the 

potential impact of the uses of geothermal 

energy on the environment, and socio-economic 

and regulatory aspects. This publication will 

appeal to under- and post-graduate students in 

power engineering, mechanical engineering and 

physics who wish to further their knowledge in 

geothermal applications. 

Solar Detoxification 

Edited by Julián Blanco Gálvez and Sixto Malato 

Rodríguez 



ISBN 978-92-3-103916-4 

€ 24.80 


Divided into two parts, the first part of this 

book addresses the theory and fundamentals of 

water decontamination by means of solar energy. 

This prepares the reader for the second part, 

which deals with the practical applications and 

systems engineering of the process. Although 

it is designed for university students and post 

graduates it would also appeal to professionals 

and technicians. All subjects are treated in 

depth, with scientific rigour, but are also 

illustrated throughout with a wide array of 

pictures and graphics. 

Renewable Energy of the Sun 

Compiled and written by Madanjeet Singh 


1996, 80 pp., full-colour photographs, 30.5 × 24.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-188101-5 

€ 27.40 


UNESCO Toolkit of learning 

and teaching materials 

The toolkit consists of two companion 

volumes: Solar Photovoltaic Systems: Technical 

Training Manual and Solar Photovoltaic Project 

Development. 

This toolkit provides comprehensive training 

material on the management and maintenance 

of PV systems. It contains comprehensive 

technical, educational and geographical 

coverage and includes a complete course in PV 

applications for rural electrification on three 

levels: instructor, senior technician and field 

technician. The toolkit is based on experience 

gained in the Pacific, where solar photovoltaics 

and rural electrification were pioneered in the 

1970s and 1980s. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solar Photovoltaic Project 

Development 

Herbert A. Wade 

Renewable Energies Series 

2003,156 pp., 27 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103903-4 

€ 16.80 


Intended more as a text for teachers both to 

support the technical training manual, and 

to discuss wider issues relating to project 

development for PV systems.

Science and Technology for Development series 



37 

Solar Photovoltaic Systems 

Technical Training Manual 

Herbert A. Wade. Illustrated by Gloria McConnaghy 

Renewable Energies Series 

2003, 124 pp., illus., 27 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103904-1 

€ 12.80 


Contains detailed descriptive texts and graphics. 

The Researcher’s Library 

series 

Check-List of the Fishes of the 

Eastern Tropical Atlantic (CLOFETA) 

Edited by J. C. Quéto, J.-C. Hureau, C. Karrer, A. Post and 

L. Saldanha 

The Researcher’s Library series 

Vol. I: 1991, XXXII + 519 pp. 

Vol. II: 1991, 560 pp. 

Vol. III: 1991, 412 pp. 

ISBN 978-92-3-002622-6 


€ 73.20 

(the 3 vols are not sold separately) 

UNESCO Publishing/JNICT 

Manual of Fish Eggs and Larvae 

from Asian Mangrove Waters 

M. J. Jeyaseelan, with the collaboration of 

N. Ramanathan, V. Sundaraj, K. Venkataramanujam and 

M. Deveraj 

Editorial advisor: M. Vannucci 



ISBN 978-92-3-103449-7 

€ 27.40 


ISBN 978-92-3-103697-2 (Also available on CD-ROM) 

Scientific Diving: A General Code 

of Practice 

Edited by N. C. Flemming and M.D. Max 


1996 (2nd edn), 286 pp., figs, tables, biblio., appendices, 

27.5 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103250-9 

€ 30.50 

UNESCO Publishing/Best Publishing 

Science and Technology 

for Development series 

Science, 

Technology 

and 

Gender 

An International Report 

Science, Technology and Gender: 

An International Report 


2007, 192 pp., figs, tables, references, glossary, biblio., 

27 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104072-6 

€ 25.00 


Women and girls around the world are excluded 

from participation in science and technology 

(S&T) by poverty, lack of education and aspects 

of their legal, institutional, political and cultural 

environments. Science, Technology and Gender: 

An International Report is designed to support 

efforts being made worldwide to analyze, discuss 

and change this situation. 

Based on empirical research and data, this 

UNESCO report incorporates substantive 

inputs from institutions involved in science, 

technology, gender studies and policy. Marking 

the start of an ongoing initiative, it aims to 

spur serious discussion and action in national 

and international scientific and academic 

communities, especially regarding the pressing 

needs to increase women’s participation in 

S&T careers and enable sex-disaggregated data 

collection and rigorous research development, 

along with increasing public awareness of 

gender issues.With its goal of helping educators, 

policy-makers and the members of the scientific 

community to address the underlying causes of 

gender disparities in S&T, both in the public 

and private sectors, this report represents an 

important contribution to the political and 

institutional mainstreaming of the gender 

dimension in S&T. 

Gender Indicators in Science, 

Engineering and Technology 

An Information Toolkit 

Sophia Huyer and Gunnar Westholm 


2007, 142 pp., tables, fig, biblio., 27 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104038-2 

€ 20.00 


This Toolkit for Gender Indicators in Science, 

Engineering and Technology, designed for 

guidance in collecting sex-disaggregated data 

in scientific and technological activities, aims 

at helping decision-makers, researchers and 

practitioners understand gender issues better and 

formulate successful policy and programming. It 

intends to promote a common approach in the 

systematic collection of sex-disaggregated data 

in science and technology. It also provides an 

overview of the participation of women in these 

fields, both in industrialized and industrializing 

countries. 

The Toolkit provides a survey of the differential 

gender patterns of participation by men 

and women in science and technology. It 

assesses information provided by current sexdisaggregated 

quantitative data, along with 

discussing the reasons for differential rates of 

participation between women and men. The 

volume also looks at international methods for 

measuring science and technology activities, 

personnel and qualifications, and occupations, as 

well as how these can be properly disaggregated 

by sex, age and other variables. A key question 

addressed includes how to define economic 

and employment activities that can constitute 

or incorporate scientific and technological 

activities. 

Technology Business Incubation 

A Toolkit on Innovation in Engineering, Science and 

Technology 

Rustam Lalkaka 


2006, 124 pp., tables, figs, boxes, annexes, biblio., 

27 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104009-2 

€ 20.00 


Many businesses around the world use 

technology as a means to set-up, run and 

improve their commercial performance but not 

all countries have sufficient access to technology. 

In fact the ‘digital divide’ between rich and 

poor countries is one of the major international 

challenges facing our society. 

Technology Business Incubation describes a concept 

whereby technological support and services are 

offered to start-up companies in the fields of 

engineering, science and technology to help them 

further their own research and develop viable 

businesses. Aimed at developed and developing 

countries this concept could provide a solution 

in bridging the knowledge gap. Written by 

Rustam Lalkaka, a well-known expert in the field, 

the toolkit provides invaluable information for 

carrying out feasibility studies; preparing business 

plans; choosing a location; finding sponsors; 

selecting managers and tenants; and monitoring 

a technology business incubator. Annexes contain 

checklists and report pro formas to help prepare 

relevant documents based on local needs.


Educational, Scientic and 



Studies and Reports 

in Hydrology series 

NEW 



MANAGING 

WATER 

RESOURCES 

Methods and Tools 

for a Systems Approach 

Slobodan P. Simonovic‘ 

Studies and Reports in Hydrology series 

20/11/08 16:55:45 

Managing Water Resources 

Methods and Tools for a Systems Approach 

Slobodan P. Simonovic 


2009, 680 pp., figures, tables, boxes, references, 

24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104078-8 

€ 43.00 

UNESCO Publishing / Earthscan 

Water resources management is increasingly 

interdisciplinary and must take into account 

complex socio-economic factors and 

environmental variables. 

This volume describes the ‘systems approach’ and 

its application to contemporary water resources 

management, focusing on three main sets of 

tools: simulation, optimization and multiobjective 

analysis. This approach is presented 

in the context of sustainable planning and 

development under conditions of uncertainty. 

There are two particular features of Managing 

Water Resources: its introduction of system 

dynamic simulation as a tool for integrated 

modeling and its coverage of the use of fuzzy 

sets for incorporating objective and subjective 

uncertainties. 

The book combines theory and practical 

examples, and includes programs and exercises 

on an accompanying CD-ROM. It constitutes 

both an advanced text for students of water 

resources and civil or environmental engineering 

and a practical guide for professionals. 

Guidelines for Conducting Water 

Resources Assessment 

Milorad Miloradov and Prvoslav Marjanovic 

Studies and Reports in Hydrology series, no. 55 

1998, 120 pp., figs, tables, appendices, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103476-3 

€ 14.50 


Hydrology and Water Resources 

of Small Islands: A Practical Guide 

Edited by A. Falkland 


2005, reprint, first published in 1991, 435 pp., figs, 

tables, appendices, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102753-6 

€ 27.40 


Limnology and Hydrology of Lake 

Victoria 

Ruud C. M. Crul 



ISBN 978-92-3-103198-4 



Water Resources Systems Planning 

and Management 

An Introduction to Methods, Models and Applications 

Daniel P. Loucks and Eelco van Beek 

With contributions from Jery R. Stedinger, Jozef P. M. 

Dijkman and Monique T. Villars 


2005, 680 pp., figs, tables, boxes and biblio., + CD-ROM, 

26.8 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103998-0 

€ 50.00 

UNESCO Publishing/WL - Delft Hydraulics 

Droughts, floods and pollution are frequently 

viewed as constraints to economic and social 

development. How too little, too much or overpolluted 

water is managed can determine the 

extent to which this critical resource contributes 

to human welfare. How can those managing our 

water resources do so in a way that meets society’s 

changing objectives and needs? 

Water Resources Systems Planning and Management 

considers how water resources can become more 

integrated and sustainable. It introduces the 

science and art of modelling in support of water 

resources planning and management. The authors 

draw on their extensive experience to provide a 

variety of management tools that can be used in 

water resources system planning, development and 

management projects worldwide. 

The information, examples, case studies and range 

of exercises included in this book will facilitate 

the process of becoming a skilled water resources 

systems modeller, analyst and planner. It will serve 

many students, teachers, and practising water 

resource engineers and planners in the years to 

come. 

Limnology and Hydrology of Lakes 

Tanganyika and Malawi 



1997, 112 pp., figs, tables, appendices, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103400-8 

€ 14.50 


Management and Conservation 

of the African Great Lakes 




ISBN 978-92-3-103593-7 

€ 19.00 


Use of Models for River Problems 

M. de Vries 

Studies and Reports in Hydrology, no. 51 

1993, 86 pp., figs, tables, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102861-8 

€ 7.60 


Monitoring for Groundwater 

Management in (Semi-)Arid 

Regions 

Dr. Ir. Henny A. J. van Lanen 



ISBN 978-92-3-103579-1 

€ 22.10 


Water Resources of Hard Rock 

Aquifers in Arid and Semi-arid 

Zones 

Edited by J. W. Lloyd 




€ 42.70 


Urban Water series - 

UNESCO-IHP 

Over half of the world’s population will live 

in cities by 2010, a large part in an increasing 

number of megacities. Urban water problems 

are growing more complex and acute all 

over the globe. Widespread mismanagement 

of water resources, degraded sources, and 

growing competition for the use of freshwater 

all heighten problems, which are likely to 

increase under the effects of climate change. 

Cities in the developed world face challenges 

of aging infrastructure and vulnerability to 

extreme events. In the urban environment 

in developing countries, providing improved 

access to safe drinking water and basic 

sanitation is now seen as a pre-condition for 

health and success in the fight against poverty, 

hunger, infant mortality and gender inequality. 

This series addresses key issues in sustainable 

urban water management.

Urban Water Series - UNESCO-IHP 





39 

Aquatic Habitats in Sustainable 

Urban Water Management 

Science, Policy and Practice 

Edited by Iwona Wagner, Jiri Marsalek and Pascal Breil 

Urban Water series - UNESCO-IHP 

2008, 272 pp., figs, tables, colour plates, glossary, 

references, 24.5 × 17.2 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104062-7 

€ 36.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Taylor & Francis 

Aquatic habitats supply a wide range of vital 

ecosystem benefits to cities and their inhabitants. 

The unsustainable use of aquatic habitats, 

including inadequate urban water management, 

however, tends to alter and reduce their 

biodiversity and thereby diminish their ability to 

provide clean water, protect us from waterborne 

diseases and pollutants, keep urban areas 

safe from flooding, and support recreational 

ecosystem services and even the aesthetic 

enjoyment of our world. 

Aquatic Habitats in Sustainable Urban Water 

Management – the result of collaboration 

between UNESCO’s International Hydrological 

Programme and its Man and the Biosphere 

Programme – aims at improving our 

understanding of aquatic habitats, related 

ecosystem goods and services, and conservation 

and sustainable use – with a special focus 

on their integration into urban water 

management. The first part of this volume 

reviews basic concepts and challenges in urban 

aquatic habitats, as well as strategies for their 

management integration. The second part 

examines technical measures related to habitats 

management and rehabilitation, along with their 

incorporation into urban planning and their 

role in human health. The final part looks at 

current urban aquatic habitat issues and practical 

approaches to solving them through the lens of 

case studies from around the globe. 

NEW 

INTEGRATED URBAN WATER 

MANAGEMENT: 

ARID AND SEMI-ARID REGIONS 

EDITED BY 

LARRY W. MAYS 

Integrated Urban Water 

Management: Arid and Semi-Arid 

Regions 

Edited by Larry W. Mays 


2009, 228 pp., figures, tables, colour plates, acronyms, 

glossary, references, index, 24.5 × 17.2 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104061-0 

€ 34.00 

UNESCO Publishing / Taylor & Francis 

Integrated Urban Water Management (IUWM) 

is a new approach to managing the entire 

urban water cycle in an integrated way, a key 

to achieving the sustainability of urban water 

resources and services. The IUWM incorporates: 

the systematic consideration of the various 

dimensions of water, including surface and 

groundwater resources, quality and quantity 

issues; the fact that water is a system and 

component which interacts with other systems; 

and the interrelationships between water and 

social and economic development. 

Integrated Urban Water Management: Arid 

and Semi-Arid Regions – the outcome of 

UNESCO’s International Hydrological 

Programme project on the topic – examines 

the integrated management of water resources 

in urban settings, focusing on issues specific 

to arid and semi-arid regions. The urban water 

management system is considered here as two 

integrated processes: water supply management 

and water excess management. The first six 

chapters provide an overview of the various 

aspects of IUWM in arid and semi-arid regions, 

with emphasis on water supply technologies, 

such as artificial recharge, water transfers, 

desalination, and rainwater harvesting. Water 

excess management is examined in the context 

of both stormwater management and floodplain 

management. Case studies from developed and 

developing countries are presented in order to 

emphasize the various needs and challenges of 

water management in urban environments in 

arid and semi-arid regions worldwide. These case 

studies include: Mexico City, Mexico; Tucson, 

Arizona; Awash River Basin, Ethiopia; China; 

and Cairo, Egypt. 

Data Requirements for Integrated 

Urban Water Management 

Edited by Tim D. Fletcher and Ana Deletic 


2008, 392 pp., figs, tables, colour plates, glossary, 


ISBN 978-92-3-104059-7 

€ 48.00 


Integrated urban water management relies on 

data allowing us to analyse, understand and 

predict the behaviour of the individual water 

cycle components and their interactions. The 

concomitant monitoring of the complex of 

urban water system elements makes it possible 

to grasp the entirety of relations among the 

various components of the urban water cycle 

and so develop a holistic approach to solving 

urban water problems. Data Requirements for 

Integrated Urban Water Managements – issuing 

from UNESCO’s International Hydrological 

Programme project on this topic – is geared 

towards improving integrated urban water 

management by providing guidance on the 

collection, validation, storage, assessment and 

utilization of the relevant data. The first part 

of this volume describes general principles for 

developing a monitoring programme in support 

of sustainable urban water management. The 

second part examines in detail the monitoring 

of individual water cycle components. Two case 

studies in the final part illustrating attempts to 

deliver an integrated monitoring system help 

demonstrate the fundamental principles of 

sustainable urban water management elaborated 

here. 

NEW 

INTEGRATED URBAN WATER 

MANAGEMENT: HUMID TROPICS 

EDITED BY 

JONATHAN N. PARKINSON, JOEL A. GOLDENFUM AND CARLOS E.M. TUCCI 

Integrated Urban Water 

Management: Humid Tropics 

Edited by Jonathan N. Parkinson, Joel A. Goldenfum and 

Carlos E.M.Tucci 


2010, 182 pp., figures, tables, boxes, glossary, index, 


ISBN 978-92-3-104065-8 

€ 35.00 


Excess water in the urban environment leads 

to flooding, which in turn causes structural 

damage, risks to personal safety and disruption 

to city life. Water is also a major contributory 

factor in disease transmission as well as being 

the transport medium of many pollutants. 

These problems are of increasing concern due to 

climate changes and are particularly apparent in 

the humid tropics. 

Integrated Urban Water Management: Humid 

Tropics – the output of a project by UNESCO’s 

International Hydrological Programme on the 

topic – focuses on engineering aspects related 

to water supply, wastewater and stormwater 

management in the humid tropics. Flood 

control is dealt with, focusing on reducing 

vulnerability to flood disasters in urban areas. 

The book also addresses environmental health 

concerns related to the different components of 

the urban water system and proposes strategies 

for their control. It illustrates different aspects 

of integrated water management in the urban 

environment by drawing upon a set of case 

studies – predominantly from South America.






Urban Water Cycle Processes 

and Interactions 

J. Marsalek, B. Jiménez-Cisneros, M. Karamouz, 

P.-A. Malmquist, J. Goldenfum and B. Chocat. 


2008, 152 pp., figs, tables, glossary, references, 

24.5 × 17.2 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104060-3 

€ 20.00 


Effective management of urban water should 

be based on a scientific understanding of the 

impact of human activity on both the urban 

hydrological cycle – including its processes and 

interactions – and the environment itself. Such 

anthropogenic impacts, which vary broadly 

in time and space, need to be quantified with 

respect to local climate, urban development, 

cultural, environmental and religious practices, 

and other socio-economic factors. Urban Water 

Cycle Processes and Interactions represents the 

fruit of a project by UNESCO’s International 

Hydrological Programme on this topic. The 

volume begins by introducing the urban water 

cycle concept and the need for integrated or 

total management. It then explores in detail the 

manifold hydrological components of the cycle, 

the diverse elements of urban infrastructure 

and water services, and the various effects of 

urbanization on the environment – from the 

atmosphere and surface waters to wetlands, 

soils and groundwater, as well as biodiversity. 

A concluding series of recommendations for 

effective urban water management summarize 

the important findings set forth here. 

NEW 

URBAN WATER SECURITY: 

MANAGING RISKS 

EDITED BY 

BLANCA JIMÉNEZ AND JOAN ROSE 

Urban Water Security: 

Managing Risks 

Edited by Blanca Jiménez and Joan Rose 


2009, 348 pp., figures, tables, boxes, colour plates, 

acronyms, glossary, references, index, 24.5 × 17.2 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104063-4 

€ 42.00 


Understanding the impacts of urbanization 

on the urban water cycle and managing the 

associated health risks demand adequate 

strategies and measures. Health risks associated 

with urban water systems and services include 

the microbiological and chemical contamination 

of urban waters and outbreak of water-borne 

diseases, mainly due to poor water and 

sanitation in urban areas, and the discharge of 

inadequately treated, or untreated, industrial 

and domestic wastewater. Climate change 

only exacerbates these problems, as alternative 

scenarios need to be taken into consideration in 

urban water risk management. 

Urban Water Security: Managing Risks – the 

result of a project by UNESCO’s International 

Hydrological Programme on the topic – 

addresses issues associated with urban water 

risks. The first section of the volume describes 

risks associated with urban water systems and 

services. The volume then discusses the concept 

of risk management for urban water systems 

and explores different approaches to managing 

and controlling urban water risks. A concluding 

section presents case studies on managing urban 

water risks. 

NEW 

ADVANCED SIMULATION AND 

MODELING FOR URBAN GROUNDWATER 

MANAGEMENT – UGROW 

EDITED BY 

DUBRAVKA POKRAJAC & KEN HOWARD 

Advanced Simulation and 

Modeling for Urban Groundwater 

Management – UGROW 

Edited by Dubravka Pokrajac and Ken Howard 

Urban Water series – UNESCO-IHP 

2010, figs, table, colour plates, glossary, references, 

CD-Rom, 24.5 x 17.2 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104173-0 

€ 38.00 

UNESCO Publishing/CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group 

Groundwater plays a vital role in the urban 

water cycle but is frequently ignored. The 

assessment and evaluation of urban water 

systems rarely consider the contribution of 

groundwater to the urban water budget, and 

available decision-support tools for integrated 

urban water management often fail to include 

aquifer storage and the strong two-way 

interaction that commonly occurs between 

groundwater and surface water and other urban 

water system components. 

Advanced Simulation and Modeling for 

Urban Groundwater Management - UGROW 

presents the result of a project of UNESCO’s 

International Hydrological Programme on the 

topic. The book presents UGROW—a complete 

and fully integrated modeling package—for 

simulating urban water systems. As a decisionsupport 

tool for urban water management, it 

focuses on urban groundwater, but all other 

key urban water system elements are fully 

represented and seamlessly linked. The theory 

behind UGROW is thoroughly described in 

the book, with three case studies illustrating 

how UGROW can be applied in practice. A 

CD-Rom containing a fully functional version 

of UGROW is included in the book. 

World Biodiversity 

Database electronic 

series 

This series was set up by the Expert-Center 

for Taxonomic Identification (ETI) of the 

University of Amsterdam on an initiative 

of UNESCO. Its aim is to provide scientists, 

students, and other interested parties with 

easily accessible, high-quality taxonomic 

and ecological information on the world’s 

biological diversity. 

Birds of Europe 

‘The handy birding tool’ (CD-ROM) 

ETI staff 

World Biodiversity Database electronic series 

2003, Windows version 2.02 


Windows 95, 98 or ME, Pentium processor, 16 MB RAM, 4x CD-ROM 

player, 16 bit colour monitor 

ISBN 978-92-3-108775-2 

€ 37.80 

UNESCO Publishing/ETI 

Compiled by European ornithologists, this 

CD-ROM is a comprehensive source of 

information on 447 bird species. Detailed 

descriptions, full colour illustrations, sound 

recordings of birdcalls, pictures of eggs, video 

clips, and interactive maps depicting the summer, 

year-round and winter distribution. A pictorial 

key for identification and a quiz testing the 

user’s knowledge are also included. An illustrated 

glossary provides definitions for numerous terms 

and information on bird groups. 

Arthropods of Economic 

Importance 

Agromyzidae of the World (CD-ROM) 

M. Dempewolf 


2004, Macintosh & Windows Version: 1.0 

Minimum System requirements: 

Windows: Windows 98/ME/XP, Pentium CPU, 16 MB RAM, 

Thousands of colours, 4x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive 

Mac: Mac OS 8.x/9.x/ × (Classic), PowerPC CPU16 MB RAM, 

Thousands of colours, 4x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive. 

ISBN 978-92-3-103974-4 

€ 130.00 


The Agromyzidae (mining flies) are a 

highly diverse dipteran family of exclusively 

phytophagous species. The world fauna 

consists of about 2,750 species. Of these, 

some 110 species are known to occur on 

cultivated crops. A number of species are of 

particular importance, especially Liriomyza and 

Ophiomya. This CD-ROM aims to improve 

the management of pest-agromyzidae by


41 

providing access to taxonomic and biological 

data. In addition to literature reviews, numerous 

new digital images are presented. A matrix 

key contains the characters of 114 species. In 

order to provide information for those readers 

unfamiliar with this group, the morphology, 

biology and techniques for collecting and 

handling of Agromyzidae are outlined. 

Arthropods of Economic 

Importance 

Diaspididae of the World (CD-ROM) 

G. W. Watson 


2003, Macintosh & Windows Version 1.0 


Windows: Windows 95/98/ME, Pentium CPU, 16 MB RAM, 

Thousands of colours, 4x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive 

Mac: Mac OS 8.x/9.x, PowerPC CPU16 MB RAM, Thousands of 

colours, 4x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive 

ISBN 978-92-3-170003-3 

€ 130.00 


Armoured scale insects are important 

agricultural, horticultural and forestry pests that 

are difficult to identify. This CD-ROM holds an 

interactive identification guide and information 

source on economically important diaspididae 

of the world. It contains a pictorial key to adult 

females of 100 species in 48 genera, detailed 

information on their taxonomy, host-plants, 

biology and ecology, economic impact, natural 

enemies, distribution and common names. 

Chironomidae Larvae 

- Key to the Higher Taxa 

and Species of the Lowlands 

of Northwestern Europe (CD-ROM) 

A. G. Klink, H. K. M. Moller Pillot 




Windows: Windows 95/98/ME, Pentium CPU, 16 MB RAM, 



colours, 4x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive 

ISBN 978-92-3-180502-8 

€ 179.00 


The Chironomidae form a cosmopolitan family 

of small nematocerous flies represented by some 

1,300 species in the West Palaearctic Region. 

Chironomid larvae are widely distributed and 

the vast majority have aquatic juvenile stages 

which, on average, comprise one third of the 

invertebrate species in freshwater habitats. This 

usual abundance, and the fact that a number of 

species are pollution-tolerant, make chironomidae 

ideal indicator species in monitoring the quality 

of surface waters. This CD-ROM offers an 

identification key to 279 species in their final 

larval stage and 203 higher taxa of the lowlands 

of northwestern Europe. Each taxon has a short 

description. To distinguish a taxon from a related 

one, differential characteristics are given. For a 

number of species and higher taxa the biotopes 

are illustrated with photographs. The key and 

descriptions are illustrated with more than 

850 drawings and the text is hyperlinked to a 

glossary of scientific terms. 

DNA and Proteins 

An Interactive Education Tool for Secondary Schools and 

Undergraduate University Teaching (CD-ROM) 

Oof Oud and Geoff Rickards 




Windows: Windows 95/98/ME/NT 3.5.1 or higher/2000/P, Pentium 

CPU, 16 MB RAM, 800x600 pixels, Thousands of colours. 

Mac: System 7.6 or higher/ Mac OS × Classic, PowerPC CPU16 MB 

RAM, Thousands of colours. 

ISBN 978-92-3-170001-9 

€ 80.00 


The challenge of telling the story of DNA and 

proteins is to keep it simple but at the same time 

scientifically accurate. The information in this 

CD-ROM is presented in a continuous, basic 

level story-line, while the advanced level details 

are optional. A simple navigation system allows 

switching between the levels and topics without 

the risk of ‘losing track’. Numerous illustrations 

and animations support the textual information. 

An index containing over 200 entries provides 

direct access to the many topics covered in the 

sections. A diagnostic test with feedback helps 

students to grasp fundamental concepts. The userfriendly 

nature of the program makes it ideal for 

group teaching or self-study. It can be used as a 

stand-alone resource or to complement text books. 

Etymological Dictionary of Grasses 

(CD-ROM) 

A. T. Clifford 


1995, CD-ROM, Macintosh & Windows Version 1.0 


Windows: Windows 3.1x/ 95/98, 486 CPU, 8 MB RAM, Thousands of 

colours, 2x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive. 

Mac: System 7.x/ Mac OS 8.x, 680x0/PowerPC CPU8 MB RAM, 


ISBN 978-92-3-103390-2 

€ 35.10 


Fish Eggs and Larvae from Asian 

Mangrove Waters 

(CD-ROM) 

M. J. Prince Jayaseelan 


2000, CD-ROM, Macintosh & Windows Version 1.0 

Minimum System requirements: 

Windows: Windows 95/98, Pentium CPU, 16 MB RAM, Thousands of 


Mac: System 7.x/ Mac OS 8.x, 680x0/PowerPC CPU16 MB RAM, 


ISBN 978-92-3-103697-2 

€ 27.40 


Also available in printed version (978-92-3-103449-7) 

Fishes of the North-eastern 

Atlantic and the Mediterranean 

(CD-ROM) 

J.C. Hurreau 


1995, CD-ROM, Version 1.0 


Windows: Windows 3.1x/ 95/98, 486 CPU, 8 MB RAM, Thousands of 


ISBN 978-92-3-103126-7 

€ 179.90 

UNESCO PUBLISHING/ETI 

Five Kingdoms 

A Multimedia Guide to the Phyla of Life on Earth (CD-ROM) 

L. Margulis and K. Schwartz 




Windows: Windows 95/98/ME/NT 4.0/2000/XP, Pentium II CPU, 64 

MB RAM, 800x600 pixels, High Color, 8x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/ 

DVD-ROM drive. 

Mac: Mac OS 8.6 or higher/ × (Classic), Power PC G3 CPU64 MB RAM, 

800x600 pixels, Thousands of colours, 8x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/ 


ISBN 978-92-3-108771-4 

€ 37.80 


An expert overview of our planet’s biodiversity: 

the kingdoms of bacteria, protoctista, fungi, 

plants and animals. Browse or search through 

hyperlinked descriptions of all of the 96 phyla 

living today. Includes over 500 photographs and 

drawings, as well as 37 video clips. 

Flora Malesiana: 

Orchids of the Philippines - Vol. I 

Illustrated Checklist and Genera (CD-ROM) 

E.M.G. Agoo, A. Schuiteman and E.F. de Vogel 




Windows: Windows 98/ME, Pentium CPU, 16 MB RAM, Thousands of 




ISBN 978-92-3-180501-1 

€ 59.00 


The Philippines have a unique and rich orchid 

flora of almost 1000 species, of which about 

74% are found nowhere else in the world. 

This CD-ROM presents an overview with 

descriptions of the 137 genera and provides 

a checklist of all species. It contains keys for 

identification, a hyperlinked glossary, and, 

above all, numerous beautiful photographs and 

drawings, often depicting species rarely if ever 

illustrated before.

42 SOCIAL AND HUMAN SCIENCES 

Interactive Flora of the British Isles 

A Digital Encyclopedia (DVD-ROM) 

Clive Stace, R. van der Meijden (Ed.), I. de Kort (Ed.) 


2004. 

System Requirements: 

PC with a Pentium processor. Windows 98, ME or XP 

32 Mb RAM and a DVD-ROM player 

or: 

Macintosh with a PowerPC processor. Mac OS 8.6 or higher 

or OS × (10.1 or higher) 

32Mb RAM and a DVD-ROM player 

ISBN 978-92-3-103971-3 

€ 42.00 

UNESCO/ETI 

This interactive multimedia DVD-ROM holds 

3.3 gigabites of information and truly breaks 

new ground in the field of plant identification 

and information provision. It is an encyclopaedic 

work, compiled from authoritative sources, and 

presenting an overview of the entire flora of the 

British Isles. It encompasses more than 3,500 

taxa and includes all native and naturalized 

plants, all crop plants and all recurrent casuals. 

Full descriptions and identification keys from the 

printed 2nd edition of Stace’s New Flora of the 

British Isles (1997) are incorporated and updated. 

It is illustrated with 8,500 unique colour slides 

and drawings to facilitate quick and reliable 

identification. Technical terms are hyperlinked to 

an extensive glossary. Detailed distribution data, 

based on over 9 million records and derived from 

the New Atlas of the British & Irish Flora (Preston, 

Pearman & Dines, 2002), are presented in an 

interactive system supporting quick geographic 

searches. 

This user-friendly DVD-ROM should be in 

the reference collection of anyone interested in 

plants, whether an amateur or a professional, 

teacher or student, rambler or gardener. 

Yeasts of the World 

Morphology, Physiology, Sequences and Identification 

(CD-ROM) 

T. Boekhout, V. Robert, M. Th. Smith, J. Stalpers, 

D. Yarrow, P. Boer, G. Gijswijt, C. P. Kurtzman, J. W. Fell, 

E. Guého, J. Guillot and I. Roberts 


2002, CD-ROM, Windows version 2.0 


Windows: Windows 98, Pentium II 350 MHz CPU, 64 MB RAM, 

Thousands of colours, 16x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/DVD-ROM 

drive. 

ISBN 978-92-3-108772-1 

€ 95.00 


Interactive Guide to Mushrooms 

and Other Fungi 

(CD-ROM) 

G.J. Keizer 


2003, Windows Version 1.0 


Windows: Windows 95/98/ME, Pentium CPU, 16 MB RAM, Thousands 

of colours, 4x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive. 

ISBN 978-92-3-188801-4 

€ 37.80 


This CD-ROM contains information on nearly 

900 mushrooms found in Britain and the 

continental lowlands. All species are illustrated 

with over 1,000 colour photographs. Species 

are provided with short and pithy descriptions 

based on their appearance, spore print colour, 

(dis)colouration patterns, seasonal distribution, 

smell, taste and edibility or poisonousness. 

Look-a-likes are listed of mushrooms that 

closely resemble related species. The status of 

rareness for threatened mushrooms was taken 

from the Red Data List. Beyond the scope of 

species descriptions, the CD-ROM also contains 

information on biological classifications, life 

cycles and ways of reproduction. A glossary and 

information on higher taxa are instantly available 

by clicking on hot links in the text. It is possible 

to identify mushrooms to species or genus level 

with an interactive key. The fun and entertaining 

quiz lets you test and increase your knowledge. 

Lemurs of Madagascar 

and the Comoros 

(CD-ROM) 

J.-J. Petter and J.-H. van der Sloot 


2000, Version 1.0 


Windows: Windows 95/98, Pentium CPU, 16 MB RAM, 

Thousands of colours, 4x (or faster) speed CD-ROM/ 


ISBN 978-92-3-103795-5 

€ 100.00 


SOCIAL 

AND HUMAN 

SCIENCES 

Space 

Edited by Carmilla Floyd and Marita Lindqvist, Pontus 

Andersson and Lars Berge 

Photographs: Ulf Isacson and Kim Naylor 

Translated from Swedish by Clare James 

2003, 130 pp., colour photographs, 21.5 × 14.5 cm 


€ 14.30 


Space has been developed from an original 

idea and book project initiated by the Swedish 

Commission for UNESCO. Young people 

from all over the world welcome the reader into 

their own personal spaces – their own rooms. 

They talk about their homes, their lives and 

their hopes for the future and let the ‘visitor’ 

rummage freely through their belongings. 

Challenges series 

Violence and its Causes: 

A Stocktaking 



Challenges series 

2005, 144 pp., author biographies, biblio., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103989-8 

€ 13.00 


Prepared jointly by UNESCO and the Institut 

des Hautes Études de Défense Nationale 

(IHEDN), France, this publication collects 

together all the presentations made at the 

International Symposium on ‘Violence and its 

Causes: A Stocktaking’, which took place at 

UNESCO Headquarters on 3 November 2003. 

By drawing on the contributions of specialists 

in philosophy, economics, theology, psychology, 

history, strategic studies, geopolitics and so forth, 

this work explores the connections between 

globalization and violence, violence and national 

sovereignty, and violence and non-state actors. 

Also published in French: La Violence et ses causes : où 

en sommes-nous ? 

Cultures of Peace series 

The Culture of Democracy 

A Challenge for Schools 

Edited by Patrice Meyer-Bisch 


1995, 152 pp., 16 colour plates, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103093-2 

€ 9.90 


Also published in French: La culture démocratique : un 

défi pour les écoles




SOCIAL AND HUMAN SCIENCES 

43 

Gloria Cuartas: Mayor of Apartadó 

(Video) 

Director: Jeanette Erazo Heufelder 


1998, PAL, 56 mins 

ISBN 978-92-3-103693-4 

€ 19.10 


Also available in Spanish: La alcaldesa Gloria Cuartas, 

luchadora por la paz 

Male roles, 

masculinities 

and violence 

Edited by 

Ingeborg Breines, 

Robert Connell 

and Ingrid Eide 


A culture of 

peace perspective 

Male Roles, Masculinities and 

Violence 

A culture of peace perspective 

Edited by Ingeborg Breines, Robert Connell and 

Ingrid Eide 


2000, 288 pp., tables, charts, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103745-0 

€ 29.70 


Also published in French: Rôles masculins, masculinités 

et violence 

Peace! An Anthology 

By the Nobel Peace Prize Laureates 


1995, 576 pp, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103193-9 

€ 36.60 


Rigoberta Menchú (Video) 

‘I Crossed the Border...’ 

1997, PAL, 58 mins 


ISBN 978-92-3-103665-1 

€ 15.20 

UNESCO Publishing/Tandem 

Also available in Spanish: Rigoberta Menchú “Crucé la 

frontera...” 

Tolerance 

Based on an original idea by Dominique Roger and 

Claudine and André Parinaud 


1995, 191 pp., photos, hardback, 29 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103235-6 

€ 36.60 


Also published in French: Tolérance 

Cultures of peace 

Democracy and Power 

series 

Democracy: An Analytical Survey 

Jean Baechler 

Democracy and Power series 

1995, 214 pp., 21 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102845-8 

€ 14.50 


Also published in French: Précis de la démocratie 

NEW 



 

 

b 

 

 

 

Introducing Democracy 

80 Questions and Answers 

By David Beetham and Kevin Boyle with cartoons by 

Plantu 


2009, 2nd revised edn (first published in 1995), 134 pp., 

figures, 21 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104087-0 

€ 15.00 


What is democracy? What is the relation between 

democracy and individual rights? Is majority 

rule always democratic? How can democracy be 

maintained and improved? 

This book tackles these and other questions 

about democracy, covering six broad areas: 

- basic concepts and principles, 

- free and fair elections, 

- open and accountable government, 

- individual rights and their defence, 

- democratic or civil society, 

- the future of democracy. 

This revised edition also takes into account 

new challenges facing our societies, from 

international terrorism to the HIV and AIDS 

pandemic. 

Its clear exposition of democratic theory and 

practice will be of value to students, activists, 

civil servants and interested citizens across the 

world. 

International Law: Achievements 

and Prospects 

Edited by Mohammed Bedjaoui 


1991, hardback, 1,276 pp. , notes, biblio. 24.5 × 16.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102716-1 

€ 160.10 


Democratic Culture 

and Governance 

Latin America on the Threshold of the Third Millennium 

Co-ordinated by Louis Albalá-Bertrand 


1993, 160 pp., tables, 21.5 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102858-8 

€ 10.70 

UNESCO Publishing/Hispamérica 

Ethics series 

Environmental Ethics 

and International Policy 

Edited by Henk A. M. J. ten Have. Contributors: 

Emmanuel Agius, Robin Attfield, Johan Hattingh, Henk 

A. M. J. ten Have, Alan Holland, Teresa Kwiatkowska, 

Holmes Rolston, Mark Sagoff, Tongjin Yang 

Ethics series 

2006, 226 pp., figs, index, biblio., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104039-9 

€ 22.00 


Environmental concerns figure prominently in 

the work of the United Nations, and especially in 

the United Nations Educational, Scientific and 

Cultural Organization. One focus of UNESCO 

has to do with the ethical principles at stake in 

environmental sciences and policies. What is the 

moral value of the environment? What in nature 

is worth protecting, preserving or respecting? 

What do we mean by global sustainability? How 

much should we care for the interests of future 

generations? What are the implications of the 

principle of justice for policy decisions related to 

environmental issues? 

In this volume, eight experts in environmental 

ethics from around the world, advising the World 

Commission on the Ethics of Scientific Knowledge 

and Technology, come together to address these 

questions. The studies presented here analyse the 

state of the art in the relatively new area of applied 

ethics that is environmental ethics. They also develop 

approaches to determining how international 

policy can promote ethical reflection about the 

environment. Such reflection is essential to the 

extent that it can provide strong moral incentives to 

make environmental policy effective. 

Also published in French: Éthiques de l’environnement 

et politique internationale 

And in Spanish: Ética ambiental y políticas 

internacionales






UNESCO Publishing/Ashgate 


Nanotechnologies, 

Ethics and 

Politics 

Edited by Henk A. M. J. ten Have 

Kyunghee Choi 

Erin Court 

Abdallah Daar 

Edith Deleury 

Diane Duquet 

Bert Gordijn 

Donald Evans 

Henk A. M. J. ten Have 

Michele Jean 

Jixing Liu 

Fabio Salamanca-Buentello 

Joachim Schummer 

Peter A. Singer 

Margareth Spangler Andrade 

Ethics series 


Nanotechnologies, Ethics 

and Politics 

Edited by Henk A. M. J. ten Have. 

Ethics Series 

2007, 244 pp., 24 × 15,5 cm, figs, tables, biblio. 

ISBN 978-92-3-104051-1 

€ 22.00 


Research in technologies at the atomic and 

molecular levels is rapidly growing worldwide. 

Their promising applications in medicine, 

manufacturing and communication range from 

the development of new drugs and diagnostic 

tools to pollutant removal and prevention, as 

well as to the production of stronger and lighter 

materials and revolutionary ways of storing, 

retrieving and disseminating information. 

Public opinion about nanotechnologies is 

already divided between the hopes nourished 

by their potential benefits and the fear of their 

possible harmful effects on the environment 

and humankind. In the face of this divide, 

Nanotechnologies, Ethics and Politics engages 

in a rare kind of prospective ethical reflection: 

What health and environmental issues arise 

with the use of new materials produced by 

nanoscale technologies? How might nanoscale 

devices be controlled, and what concerns 

attend military and biomedical applications of 

nanotechnologies? What opportunities might 

these bring for international cooperation 

addressing the most pressing needs of developing 

countries? 

This volume brings together fourteen experts 

from around the globe – advisors to the 

World Commission on the Ethics of Scientific 

Knowledge and Technology (COMEST)– who 

discuss the state of the art of nanotechnology, 

examine the controversy surrounding its 

definition and explore related ethical and 

political issues. Their aim is to stimulate 

a fruitful interdisciplinary dialogue about 

nanoscale technologies among scientists, 

ethicists, policy-makers, special interest groups 

and the general public. 

Also published in French: Nanotechnologies, éthique 

et politique 

NEW 

The UNESCO 

Universal 

Declaration 

on Bioethics 

and Human Rights 

Background, principles 

and application 

Edited by Henk A. M. J. ten Have 

and Michèle S. Jean 

Ethics series 

The UNESCO Universal Declaration 

on Bioethics and Human Rights 

Background, principles and application 

Edited by Henk A. M. J. ten Have and Michèle S. Jean. 



Ethics series 

2009, 370 pp., tables, bibliography, 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104088-7 

€ 26.00 


In October 2005, UNESCO Member 

States adopted by acclamation the Universal 

Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights. 

For the first time in the history of bioethics, 

some 190 countries committed themselves and 

the international community to respect and 

apply fundamental ethical principles related 

to medicine, the life sciences and associated 

technologies. 

This publication provides a new impetus to 

the dissemination of the Declaration, and is 

part of the Organization’s continuous effort to 

contribute to the understanding of its principles 

worldwide. The authors, who were almost all 

involved in the elaboration of the text of the 

Declaration, were asked to respond on each 

article: Why was it included? What does it 

mean? How can it be applied? 

Their responses shed light on the historical 

background of the text and its evolution 

throughout the drafting process. They also 

provide a reflection on its relevance to previous 

declarations and bioethical literature, and its 

potential interpretation and application in 

challenging and complex bioethical debates. 

Also published in French: UNESCO : la Déclaration 

universelle sur la bioéthique et les droits de l’homme 

Women’s Rights and Bioethics 

Edited by Lorraine Dennerstein 

Ethics series 


ISBN 978-92-3-103765-8 

€ 18.30 


Also published in French: Droit des femmes et 

bioéthique 

Human Rights in 

Perspective series 

Cultural Rights and Wrongs 

Edited by Halina Niec 

Human Rights in Perspective series 

1998, 224 pp., 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103555-5 

€ 22.90 

UNESCO Publishing/Institute of Art and Law 

Also published in French: Pour ou contre les droits 

culturels ? In Spanish: ¿A favor o en contra de los 

derechos culturales? And in Russian 

Democracy 

and Human Rights 

in Multicultural 

Societies 

Edited by Matthias Koenig 

and Paul de Guchteneire 

Democracy and Human Rights 

in Multicultural Societies 

Edited by Matthias Koenig and Paul de Guchteneire 


2007, 325 pp., tables, figs, notes, references, biblio., 

23.3 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104050-4 

€ 37.00 


Democracy and Human Rights in Multicultural 

Societies examines the political governance of 

cultural diversity, specifically how public policymaking 

has dealt with the claims for cultural 

recognition that have increasingly been expressed 

by ethno-national movements, language groups, 

religious minorities, indigenous peoples and 

migrant communities. 

Its principle aim is to understand, explain 

and assess public-policy responses to ethnic, 

linguistic and religious diversity. Adopting 

interdisciplinary perspectives of comparative 

social sciences, the contributors address the 

conditions, forms, and consequences of 

democratic and human-rights-based governance 

of multi-ethnic, multi-lingual and multi-faith 

societies. 

A Guide to Human Rights 

Institutions, Standards, Procedures 

Edited by Janusz Symonides and Vladimir Volodin 

Preface by Koïchiro Matsuura 


2003, 2nd amended and enlarged edn, XXXI + 627 pp., 

21 × 13 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103928-7 

€ 14.80 


This publication provides brief information on 

major instruments, procedures and mechanisms 

to protect human rights, principal events





45 

(international conferences, decades, years, days, 

etc.), and institutions dealing with human rights. 

It contains 600 entries and is designed for all those 

who are concerned about, and interested in, human 

rights primarily educators, students, human rights 

activists and mass media professionals. It aims to 

provide the reader with a better understanding 

of the international system of promotion and 

protection of human rights, based on international 

human rights law. 

Human Rights in Education, 

Science and Culture 

Legal Developments and Challenges 

Edited by Yvonne Donders and Vladimir Volodin. 

Introduction by Pierre Sané 


2007, 336 pp., 23.5 × 15.5 cm, notes, references, biblio. 

ISBN 978-92-3-104073-3 

€ 39.00 


Human rights are at the heart of UNESCO’s 

work in the fields of education, science and 

culture. Conceived from an international 

human rights legal framework, Human 

Rights in Education, Science and Culture: 

Legal Developments and Challenges combines 

insights into the content, scope of application 

and corresponding state obligations of these 

rights with analyses of issues relating to 

their implementation. The volume begins by 

presenting the principles of the indivisibility, 

interrelatedness and interdependence of all 

human rights. It then turns to questions 

related to economic, social and cultural rights, 

including their justiciability, their application 

between private parties and the development of 

indicators for measuring their implementation. 

Finally, it addresses the right to education, the 

right to enjoy the benefits of scientific progress 

and its applications, and the right to take 

part in cultural life – the content and scope 

of application of the latter two rights being 

especially in need of further elucidation. 

Human Rights: International 

Protection, Monitoring, 

Enforcement 

Edited by Janusz Symonides 


2003, 422 pp., notes, biblio., 23.4 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103883-9 

€ 33.80 


This is the third and last volume of UNESCO’s 

series for teaching human rights at the higher 

education level. It takes an institutional approach 

to the international protection of human rights, 

first examining the United Nations system and 

then analysing regional systems of protection. 

This is an indispensable source of information on 

the protection of human rights and a practical 

guide to the use of existing procedures in the 

defence of human rights. 

NEW 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 

by Leah Levin 

with cartoons by Plantu 



Fifth 

edition 

Human Rights: Questions and 

Answers 

By Leah Levin with cartoons by Plantu 


2009, 5th revised edition (first published in 1981) 

232 pp., illustrations in black and white, endnotes, 

21 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104130-3 

€ 16.00 


Human Rights: Questions and Answers provides 

clear, concise and up-to-date information 

on human rights standards, mechanisms for 

their promotion and protection, organizations 

working for human rights, and major 

international events. It also includes reflections 

on the main challenges to human rights. First 

published in 1981, it has been updated several 

times and translated into over 30 languages. 

This revised edition reflects substantial recent 

developments in the field of human rights. The 

publication is one of UNESCO’s contributions 

to the International Year of Human Rights 

Learning (2009) and the World Programme for 

Human Rights Education, launched in 2005. 

It is a useful guide for anyone interested in the 

subject and aims to contribute to a universal 

culture of human rights. 

Also published in French: Droits de l’homme : questions 

et réponses 

Human Rights: New Dimensions 

and Challenges 

Edited by Janusz Symonides 


1998, 322 pp., notes, biblio., 23.4 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103582-1 

€ 22.10 


Law of Cyberspace 

series 

The International Dimensions 

of Cyberspace Law 

Edited by Teresa Fuentes-Camacho 

Law of Cyberspace series 

2000, 241 pp., notes, biblio., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103752-8 

€ 27.40 


Also published in French: Les dimensions internationales 

du droit du cyberespace 

Participation and 


Children of Thula Mntwana: 

Growing up in cities (VIDEO) 

Directed by Shaun Cameron 

Participation and Development series 

2002, video VHS, 26 mins 

ISBN 978-92-3-103865-5 (PAL) 


ISBN 978-92-3-103866-2 (NTSC) 


UNESCO Publishing/Jill Kruger Research CC 

Also available in French: Les enfants de Thula Mntwana, 

and in Spanish: Los niños de Thula Mntwana 

Creating Better Cities with 

Children and Youth 

A Manual for Participation 

David Driskell 


2002, 208 pp., figs, black & white photographs, 

appendices, 24 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103815-0 

€ 30.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Earthscan Publications 

Also published in Arabic 

Growing Up in an Urbanising World 

Edited by Louise Chawla 


2002, 254 pp., figs., tables, black & white photographs, 

24 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103817-4 

€ 29.70 

UNESCO Publishing/Earthscan Publications 

Se Banw Ye (VIDEO) 

We do have the skills to do it 

Director: Antoine Casabulo 


1997, PAL, 13 mins 

ISBN 978-92-3-103670-5 

€ 7.60 


Also available in French: Se Banw Ye : nous aussi nous en 

avons les capacités





THE PHILOSOPHER’S LIBRARY SERIES 








The Philosopher’s 

Library series 

The Book: A World Transformed 

Z. Bauman, G.Kutukdjian, F. Delich, G. Kyomuhendo, 

S. P. Rouanet, E. Carneiro Leão, G. Vattimo, G. Bornheim, 

A. Manguel, B. Freitag, G. López Morales, J.-G. Bidima, 

M. Aymard, M. del Corral, M. Hamashita, R. Argullol, 

M. Maffesoli Foreword: Eduardo Portella 

2001, 200 pp., 24 × 17 cm 

The Philosopher’s Library series 

ISBN 978-92-3-103800-6 

€ 21.30 


Also published in French: Il était une fois le livre 

The Future of Values 

21st-Century Talks 

Edited by Jérôme Bindé 


Translated from French by John Corbett (and Brian Verity 

for Jacques Derrida’s contribution) 


2004, XVI + 352 pp., 22.7 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103946-1 

€ 21.50 


Genocide and community violence, the loss 

of ethical landmarks and social ‘order’, lack 

of confidence in the viability of the prevailing 

system and economic forces: the 20th century 

has painfully challenged all our certainties 

concerning society, history, and humankind. 

This volume offers reflections on the likely 

nature of the values of the 21st century and 

addresses questions such as whether the 

aesthetic will prevail over the ethical, whether 

the third industrial revolution and its forms of 

globalization will shatter culture as we know it, 

hasten the decline of thousands of languages, or 

give rise to new forms of racism or ‘genism.’ 

This volume, the second anthology originating 

from UNESCO’s ‘21st-Century Talks,’ brings 

together about 50 scientists and researchers from 

the four corners of the world to ponder the 

future of values and humanity. 

Also published in French: Où vont les valeurs ? In 

Spanish: ¿Adónde van los valores? In Arabic and Russian 

Freedom from Poverty 

as a Human Right 

Who Owes What to the Very Poor? 

Edited by Thomas Pogge 


2007, 420 pp., 23.5 × 15.5 cm, footnotes, biblio. 

ISBN 978-92-3-104033-7 

€ 22.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Oxford University Press 

Collected here are fifteen cutting-edge essays 

by leading academics about the severe poverty 

that today afflicts billions of human lives. 

The essays seek to explain why freedom from 

poverty is a human right and what duties this 

right creates for the affluent. Addressing even 

the most complex aspects of human rights in 

clear language, these discussions are accessible to 

specialists and lay readers alike. 

The authors agree that there is a human right 

to be free from poverty. They further agree 

that this right is violated by the present world 

economy that creates severe imbalances in 

income and wealth among and within countries. 

Their searing indictment of the status quo is all 

the more powerful since the authors exemplify 

diverse philosophical methods and moral 

traditions, and study different aspects of poverty 

and its global institutional causes. 

This volume derives from a UNESCO 

philosophy programme organized in response 

to the first of the Millennium Development 

Goals (MDGs) adopted by the United Nations 

General Assembly in 2000: ‘to eradicate extreme 

poverty and hunger’. Not only a crucial aid 

and challenge to policy-makers who think of 

their work in human rights terms, it should 

also be of great interest to academics and 

students in philosophy, political science, law and 

international relations. Indeed, in view of the 

magnitude of human rights deficit here under 

discussion, every citizen of conscience has reason 

to engage with the arguments in this book. 

FORTHCOMING 




Volume 2 

Theory and Politics 


Series editor: Pierre Sané 



Volume 2 – Theory and Politics 



2010, 362 pp., 23.5 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104143-3 

€ 22.00 


Fourteen cutting-edge essays by leading 

academics about the severe poverty that today 

afflicts billions of human lives. They explore 

the theoretical foundations for socioeconomic 

human rights and their practical application, 

focusing on the urgency of addressing severe 

poverty, and the challenges of implementing 

socioeconomic rights. 

Socioeconomic rights are a central element of 

human rights,and yet remain unmet for the 

billions of people living in severe poverty. The 

book offers a diverse range of ways to achieve 

the goal of reducing poverty, from reforms to 

domestic institutions in developing countries to 

changes in the structure of the global economy. 

It explores the ways in which socioeconomic 

rights can be conceived, how they can be 

pursued in different cultural and political 

contexts, and who is responsible for taking 

action. 

This volume springs from a UNESCO 

Philosophy Programme organized in response 

to the first of the Millennium Development 

Goals: ‘to eradicate extreme poverty and hunger’. 

It will be of great interest to academics and 

students in philosophy, political science, law 

and international relations. It also represents a 

crucial aid to policy-makers in governmental, 

inter-governmental, and non-governmental 

organizations. Indeed, every citizen of 

conscience has reason to engage with the 

arguments in this book. 

FORTHCOMING 



Volume 3 

Economic Perspectives 

Edited by Bård A. Andreassen, 

Stephen P. Marks and Arjun K. Sengupta 




Volume 3 – Economic perspectives 

Edited by Bård A. Andreassen, Stephen P. Marks and 

Arjun K. Sengupta 



ISBN 978-92-3-104144-0 

€ 22.00 


The dialogue between economists and human 

rights specialists is slowly evolving. Recently, 

the topic of global poverty has facilitated a 

dialogue between the two professions insofar as 

economists acknowledge the moral imperative 

of altering the intolerable levels of poverty, and 

human rights specialists realize that no progress 

can be made in realizing the human rights of 

poor people unless economic conditions are 

altered through effective economic policy based 

on sound evidence. 

This volume examines the relationships 

between poverty eradication and human 

rights and asks how poverty as a violation of 

human rights can be addressed from economic 

perspectives. The book brings together leading 

economists and social scientists familiar with 

the relationship between poverty and economic 

structures, processes and policies, to apply their 

particular modes of analysis to the impact of 

this relationship on individual and collective 

responsibilities in the field of human rights. 

This book complements the other volumes in 

this series, which explore poverty in the light of 

philosophy, political science and law.








47 

FORTHCOMING 



Volume 4 

Law’s Duty to the Poor 

Edited by Geraldine Van Bueren 




Volume 4 – Law’s Duty to the Poor 

Edited by Geraldine Van Bueren 



ISBN 978-92-3-104145-7 

€ 22.00 


This volume inquires into the potential of 

socioeconomic rights to contribute to making 

poverty history. The idea that law owes a duty 

to the poor rather than being a discretionary 

function of government is comparatively new. 

Yet all the different levels of poverty – extreme, 

moderate and relative – albeit to very different 

degrees, shorten life expectancy and render 

choices either impossible or more difficult. 

The contributors, who are from a wide range 

of countries in Africa, the Americas, Asia, and 

Europe, do not claim that socioeconomic rights 

are the only means of combating poverty but 

that access to the courts by the most vulnerable 

in society can play a significant role. The book 

skillfully analyses new developments in law, 

arguing that there is now a clear responsibility of 

law and lawyers to contribute strategically to the 

eradication of poverty. 

Keys to the 21st Century 

Edited by Jérôme Bindé Preface by Koïchiro Matsuura 

With contributions by Arjun Appadurai, Jacques Attali, 

Jean Baudrillard, Boutros Boutros-Ghali, Manuel Castells, 

Stephen Jay Gould, Luc Montagnier, Edgar Morin, Vitit 

Mutarbhorn, Ndioro Ndiaye, Eduardo Portella, Ilya 

Prigogine, Mary Robinson, Amadou Toumani Touré, 

Alain Touraine, Gianni Vattimo, Theodore Zeldin and 

others 


2001, 400 pp., 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103646-0 

€ 29.00 


Also published in Arabic and Spanish: Claves para el 

siglo XXI 

Islam, Philosophy and Science 

Muhammad Hamidullah, Jean Jolivet, Jacques Berque, 

Rahat Nabi Khan and Roshdi Rashed 


1981, 168 pp., 22 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-101951-7 

€ 9.90 


Also published in French: L’Islam, la philosophie 

et les sciences 

And in Arabic 

Making Peace with the Earth 

What Future for the Human Species and the Planet? 


Edited by Jérôme Bindé. Preface by Koïchiro Matsuura, 

Director-General of UNESCO. Introduction by Javier 

Pérez de Cuéllar 

Translated from French by John Corbett 


2007, 184 pp., figs, references, 22.7 × 15.2 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104069-6 

€ 16.90 


We now know that the human species, the 

planet and civilization may very well be 

mortal. Our ‘business-as-usual’ approach to 

environmental issues and in political will 

threatens to ruin us. Without immediate action 

to combat global warming, we face losing 5 

to 20 per cent of the world’s Gross Domestic 

Product (GDP). Our very biosphere is in 

jeopardy: increased desertification, deforestation, 

air and soil pollution, dwindling biodiversity, 

water crises and the degradation of the oceans. A 

novel approach to our economy is needed, one 

that fosters less material forms of production, 

reduces superfluous consumption and wastes less 

raw material. We have to create and implement 

new styles of development that, without 

halting growth, spare the planet and preserve 

biodiversity. It is high time, as this volume 

proposes, for humanity to make a new pact, a 

‘natural contract’, of co-development with the 

planet. 

UNESCO is actively involved in this forwardlooking 

debate, as reflected in its 21st-Century 

Talks series, which open a forum for discussion 

on key issues of the future. An ethic of the 

future must prevail if we are to make peace with 

the Earth. 

Also Published in French: Signons la paix avec la Terre, 

and in Spanish: Firmemos la Paz con la Tierra 

Thinking at Crossroads: in Search 

of New Languages 

Co-ordinated by Eduardo Portella 

With contributions by R. Argullol, J. Baudrillard, R. 

Cardoso de Oliveira, E. Carneiro Leao, B. Freitag, Z. Laïdi, 

C. Lévi-Strauss, R. Lima Lins, E. Lourenço, M. Maffesoli, E. 

Prado Coelho, M. Sodré, G. Vattimo 


2002, 286 pp., 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103735-1 

€ 22.90 


Social Sciences Studies 

series 

NEW 

MIGRATING ALONE 

Edited by: 

PJYOTHI KANICS, 

DANIEL SENOVILLA HERNÁNDEZ 

& KRISTINA TOUZENIS 

MIGRATING 

ALONE 

UNACCOMPANIED AND SEPARATED 

CHILDREN'S MIGRATION TO EUROPE 

Edited by: JYOTHI KANICS, 

DANIEL SENOVILLA HERNÁNDEZ 

& KRISTINA TOUZENIS 

Migrating Alone 

Unaccompanied and Separated Children’s Migration to 

Europe 

Social Science Studies series 

2010, 155 × 240 cm, 196 pp. 

ISBN 978-92-3-104091-7 

€ 20.00 


The planned, forced or spontaneous decision to 

abandon home and country of origin takes on 

a new dimension when the persons involved in 

the migration adventure are sometimes just in 

their early teens. 

The essays that make up this book tackle 

the question of child migration from legal, 

sociological and anthropological angles, 

examining the situation in both countries of 

origin and receiving countries. 

NEW 

World 

Social 

Science 

Report 


International Social 

Science Council 


World Social Science Report 2010 



2010, 444 pp., tables, figures, boxes, footnotes, 

references, annexes, index, 28 × 22 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104131-0 

€ 28.00 

UNESCO Publishing/International Social Science Council 

(ISSC) 

Social science expertise is in high demand 

by policy-makers, media and the public, and 

social science concepts and theories influence 

public opinion and debate more than ever 

before. However the ‘knowledge divides’ that

Edited by: Paul de Guchteneire 

Antoine Pécoud 

and Ryszard Cholewinski 


UNESCO Publishing / Berghahn Books 


characterize much of current social science’s 

production, access and use threaten the role 

of social science expertise and undermine the 

capacity of policy-makers and civil society to 

address current challenges. 

Capacity must be built, particularly in the 

regions where social problems are most acute 

and social science systems most anemic. 

This Report provides a comprehensive review of 

the state of the social sciences in the world. It: 

- analyses some of the most critical global 

problems confronting humanity and highlights 

the social sciences’ potential contribution to 

their analysis and identification of solutions; 

- reviews the different factors that contribute to 

the depletion of national capacities, including 

brain drain; 

- analyses the inequalities in knowledge 

production that result from major inequalities 

in capacity; 

- discusses the divides and bridges between 

disciplines; and identifies new trends in social 

science themes, methods and disciplines; 

- assesses the impact of the recent trends 

in assessment and funding which tend to 

emphasize competition in social science 

production; 

- analyses the relationship between social 

scientists, policy-makers and society at large; 

- makes concrete proposals for tackling the 

challenges. 

The Report has been prepared by the 

International Social Science Council at the 

request of UNESCO. It results from the 

collaboration of high-level specialists from all 

over the world. 

Forthcoming in French: Rapport mondial sur les sciences 

sociales, Divisions dans les savoirs 

Rethinking Development 

Putting an end to poverty 

Henri Bartoli 

Social Sciences Studies series 

2000, 183 pp., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103702-3 

€ 14.90 


NEW 

Migration 

and human rights 

THE UNITED NATIONS CONVENTION 

ON MIGRANT WORKERS’ RIGHTS 

Migration and Human Rights 

The United Nations Convention on Migrant Workers’ Rights 

Edited by Paul de Guchteneire, Antoine Pécoud and 

Ryszard Cholewinski 


2009, 472 pp., figures, tables, references, footnotes, 

annexes, 22.8 × 15.2 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104090-0 

€ 28.00 

UNESCO Publishing / Cambridge University Press 

The International Convention on Migrant 

Workers’ Rights is one of the UN’s main human 

rights treaties. It sets a standard in terms of 

access to human rights for migrant workers 

and their families. Yet hardly more than 40 

states have ratified it and no major developed 

country has done so. Although migrant labour 

is essential in the world economy, the human 

aspect of migration - and especially migrants’ 

rights - remains a neglected dimension of 

globalization. 

This volume provides in-depth information on 

the Convention, highlighting the opportunities 

and challenges it presents for states to develop 

new policies on migration and the treatment 

of migrants. It also explores the reasons behind 

many states’ reluctance towards its ratification. 

It brings together researchers, international 

civil servants and NGO members, adopting an 

interdisciplinary perspective that includes not 

only law, but also sociology and political science. 

Migration 

without 

borders 

ESSAYS ON THE FREE 

MOVEMENT OF PEOPLE 

Edited by antoine pécoud 

and paul de guchteneire 

Migration without Borders 

Essays on the Free Movement of People 

Edited by Antoine Pécoud and Paul de Guchteneire. 

Foreword by Pierre Sané 


2007, 304 pp., tables, notes, biblio., 22.8 × 15.2 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104024-5 

€ 29.00 


International migration is high on the public 

and political agenda of many countries, as 

the movement of people raises concerns while 

often eluding states’ attempts at regulation. In 

this context, the ‘Migration Without Borders’ 

scenario challenges conventional views on the 

need to control and restrict migration flows 

and brings a fresh perspective to contemporary 

debates. This book explores the analytical 

issues raised by ‘open borders’, in terms of 

ethics, human rights, economic development, 

politics, social cohesion and welfare, and 

provides in-depth empirical investigations of 

how free movement is addressed and governed 

in Europe, Africa, the Americas and Asia. By 

introducing and discussing the possibility of a 

right to mobility, it calls for an opening, not 

only of national borders, but also of the eyes 

and minds of all those interested in the future of 

international migration in a globalising world. 

Also published in French: Migrations sans frontières, and 

in Spanish: Migración sin fronteras 

People on Earth 

The Population of sub-Saharan Africa Map of Africa 

Daniel Noin with the collaboration of Geneviève Decroix 


2000, 77-page booklet + folded map (88 × 80 cm) in a 

folder 

Scale 1: 10 000 000 

ISBN 978-92-3-199769-3 

€ 18.30 


Also published in French: L’humanité sur la planète - 

La population de l’Afrique subsaharienne 

People on Earth 

World Population Map 

Daniel Noin 


1997, 64-page booklet + folded map (88 × 80 cm) in a 

folder 

Scale 1: 15 000 000 

ISBN 978-92-3-199770-9 

€ 18.30 


Also published in French: L’humanité sur la planète - 

Carte de la population mondiale 

International Social Science 

Journal 

The International Social Science Journal, aims to 

bridge the gap between communities of social 

scientists working in diverse fields and regions. It 

provides information and debate on subjects of 

interest to an international readership, written by an 

equally international range of authors. 

Quarterly 

Issues 191-194 will be published in 2008 

Subscription information: 

Blackwell Publishing, 9600 Garsington Road, 

OXFORD OX4 2DQ, United Kingdom, or 350 Main St, 

Malden MA 02148, USA. Email: laura.barnes@oxon. 

blackwellpublishing.com 

Also published in Arabic, Chinese, French, Russian 

and Spanish www.unesco.org/issj

Art, Museums and Monuments series 


CULTURE 

49 

Women plus series 

Breaking the Silence 

Voices of Women from Around the World 

Anees Jung 


1997, 188 pp., biblio., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103374-2 

€ 9.90 

UNESCO Publishing/Penguin Books India 

Life in the Green Desert (VIDEO) 

The Gobi Women’s Project 

1996, PAL, 27 mins 


ISBN 978-92-3-103679-8 



Also available in French: Vivre dans le désert. 

Le projet des femmes du Gobi 

And in Spanish: Vivir en el grand desierto verde. 

El proyecto de las mujeres del Gobi 

Women, Power and the Academy 

From Rhetoric to Reality 

Edited by Marie-Louise Kearny 


2001, 114 pp., tables, charts, figs, 21.5 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103758-0 

€ 15.20 


Women Say No to War 

Non à la guerre disent les femmes 


1999, 84 pp., black & white photographs, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-003510-5 


€ 20.60 


CULTURE 

NEW 

UNESCO World Report 

Investing in 

Cultural Diversity 

and Intercultural 

Dialogue 

Investing in Cultural Diversity 

and Intercultural Dialogue 



2009, 416 pp., 19 tables, 8 maps, 20 figures, boxes, 

colour photographs, glossary, references, index, 

25 × 20.3 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104077-1 

€ 30.00 


This report analyzes all aspects of cultural 

diversity, which has emerged as a key concern 

of the international community in recent 

decades, and maps out new approaches to 

monitoring and shaping the changes that are 

taking place. It highlights, in particular, the 

interrelated challenges of cultural diversity and 

intercultural dialogue and the way in which 

strong homogenizing forces are matched 

by persistent diversifying trends. The report 

proposes a series of ten policy-oriented 

recommendations, to the attention of States, 

intergovernmental and non-governmental 

organizations, international and regional bodies, 

national institutions and the private sector on 

how to invest in cultural diversity. 

Emphasizing the importance of cultural 

diversity in different areas (languages, education, 

communication and new media development, 

and creativity and the marketplace) based on 

data and examples collected from around the 

world, the report is also intended for the general 

public. It proposes a coherent vision of cultural 

diversity and clarifies how, far from being a 

threat, it can become beneficial to the action 

of the international community. 

Also published in French: Investir dans la diversité 

culturelle et le dialogue interculturel, and in Spanish: 

Invertir en la diversidad cultural y el diálog intercultural. 

Art, Museums and 

Monuments series 

Farming the Desert 

The UNESCO Libyan Valleys Archaeological Survey 


This two-volume work presents the results 

of five seasons of fieldwork in the Tripolitanian 

pre-desert plateau, once a thriving settlement 

as the remains of ancient walls and farmsteads 

attest. 

• Vol. I: Synthesis 

Graeme Barker, David Gilbertson, Barri Jones and 

David Mattingly 

Edited by Graeme Barker 


1996, XVII + 404 pp., figs, tables, biblio., 27.5 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103214-1 

€ 80.00 (for volumes I and II. Not sold separately) 

UNESCO Publishing/Department of Antiquities (Tripoli)/ 

Society for Libyan Studies 

• Vol. II: Site Gazetteer and Pottery 

Graeme Barker, David Gilbertson, Barri Jones and David 

Mattingly 

Edited by David Mattingly 

Museums and Monuments series 

1996, XXI + 393 pp., figs, tables, biblio., 27.5 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103273-8 

€ 80.00 (for the two volumes. Not sold separately) 

UNESCO Publishing/Department of Antiquities (Tripoli)/ 

Society for Libyan Studies 

CATALOGUE 

ALOGUE 

OF THE 

NATIONAL MUSEUM 

OF AFGHANISTAN 

1931–1985 

Francine Tissot 

Catalogue of the National 

Museum of Afghanistan, 

1931-1985 

Francine Tissot. Foreword by Koïchiro Matsuura, 



2006, 558 pp., illus. in black and white, biblio. 

28 × 20.7 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104030-6 

€ 25.00 


Situated at the crossroads of the world’s oldest 

trade routes and populated by a mosaic of 

cultures, Afghanistan has been the theatre of 

repeated conflicts over its long and complex 

history. In the midst of the warfare and civil 

unrest that ravaged this ancient land during 

the last two decades of the twentieth century, 

hundreds of precious artefacts were plundered 

from the collections of the National Museum of 

Afghanistan in Kabul. The destruction of these




50 CULTURE 

irreplaceable treasures - like the much-publicized 

Bamiyan Buddhas destroyed in 2001 - represents 

a tremendous loss not only for the people of 

Afghanistan but for all of humanity. 

With the aim of keeping alive the memory of 

the museum’s scattered collections for future 

generations, Francine Tissot has compiled over 

a period of several decades a systematic listing 

of the holdings as they were conserved in the 

museum’s showcases and reserve collections until 

1985. This comprehensive catalogue, illustrated 

with over 1,600 photographs and drawings, 

will be of paramount importance in helping 

Afghanistan rehabilitate its historical memory 

and retrieve its lost masterpieces. 

NEW 

WITNESSES 

TO HISTORY 

Documents 

and writings 

on the return 

of cultural 

objects 



Witnesses to History 

Documents and writings on the return of cultural objects 

Edited by Lyndel V. Prott 


2009, 466 pp., colour photographs, endnotes, 

bibliography, index, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104128-0 

€ 25.00 


This Compendium gives an outline of the 

historical, philosophical and ethical aspects 

of the return of cultural objects (e.g. cultural 

objects displaced during war or in colonial 

contexts), cites past and present cases (Maya 

Temple Facade, Nigerian Bronzes, United States 

of America v. Schultz, Parthenon Marbles and 

many more) and analyses legal issues (bona 

fide, relevant UNESCO and UNIDROIT 

Conventions, Supreme Court Decisions, 

procedure for requests etc.). It is a landmark 

publication that bears testament to the ways 

in which peoples have lost their entire cultural 

heritage and analyses the issue of its return 

and restitution by providing a wide range of 

perspectives on this subject. Essential reading 

for students, specialists, scholars and decisionmakers 

as well as those interested in these topics. 

Challenge and Transformation: 

Museums in Cape Town and 

Sydney 

Katherine J. Goodnow with Jack Lohman and Jatti 

Bredekamp 




2006, 222 pp., footnotes, colour photographs, 

27 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104016-0 

€ 46.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Museum of London 

Challenge and Transformation: Museums in 

Cape Town and Sydney looks at how change 

takes place in museums. Built around a series 

of case studies outlining the way ethnographic 

museums, historic sites and art galleries come 

to terms with issues of diversity and change, 

this work should be useful and informative for 

students and museum professionals alike. 

This book represents an initial publication 

devoted to exploring diversity and promoting 

intercultural dialogue in museum practice. 

Human Remains and Museum 

Practice 

Multi-author work edited by Jack Lohman and Katherine 

Goodnow. 


UNESCO, Introduction by Jack Lohman 


2006, 136 pp., colour and black and white photographs, 

footnotes, tables, 27 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104021-4 

€ 46.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Museum of London 

Displays of human remains and bodies hold a 

fascination for the public. 

Human Remains and Museum Practice explores 

fundamental issues of collecting and displaying 

human remains, including ethics, interpretation 

and repatriation as they apply in different parts 

of the world. 

This volume reflects the controversial discussions 

that were held at the Museum of London as part 

of an international symposium on the political 

and ethical dimensions of the collection and 

display of human remains in museums. 

Inventory of Monuments at Pagan 


More than 2,000 Buddhist monuments still 

stand on the archaeological site of Pagan, capital 

of Myanmar from 1044 until the Mongol 

invasion in 1287. This major eight-volume work 

by Pierre Richard is the first complete inventory 

of the treasures to be found at this exceptional 

site. 

Pages are dedicated to each monument which 

comprise line drawings, photographs and 

descriptive text. 

• Volume I: Monuments 1–255 

Pierre Richard 

1993, 424 pp., photographs, diagrams, charts, maps, 

29 × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102795-6 

€ 99.10 

UNESCO Publishing/Kiscadale/EFEO 

Volume I covers the Nyaung U sector where 

the building of small temples and stupas has 

continued uninterrupted since the eleventh 

century. It provides details about a vast number 

of temples, monasteries and shrines that sum 

up the tremendous surge forward of Myanmar 

art and architecture from the eleventh century 

onwards. 

• Volume II: Monuments 256–552 


1993, 418 pp., illus., diagrams, charts, maps, 29 × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102836-6 

€ 99.10 


Starting from Metkyi-in, it goes down to 

Minnanthu and includes several well-known 

monuments, such as the Wetkyi-in Kubyaukgyi 

and Kubyauk-nge, the Alopyi-guhpaya, 

the Le-myet-hna-hpaya and its monastic 

complex in Minnanthu, the Hpaya-thon-zu 

treble temple with its famous murals, and 

the Tayok-pyi-hpaya-gyi. 

• Volume III: Monuments 553–818 



ISBN 978-92-3-102946-2 

€ 99.10 


Records start around Minnanthu before going 

north towards Nyaung U, where outstanding 

mural paintings are found in the Nanda-manya-hpaya 

and in the temples of the Winido 

group. The fourteenth-century Hsin-byu-shin 

monastic complex is represented in full, followed 

by the great Sula-mani-gu-hpaya temple of 

1172 and the Dhamma-yan-gyi temple with 

its mysteriously blocked inner corridor. The 

inventory then proceeds to the south to rarely 

visited monuments such as the Nga-myet-hnahpaya 

near Kazun-o and Hpaya-ni, ending up 

around the Pya-tha-da-gyi. 

• Volume IV: Monuments 819–1136 

Pierre Pichard 


ISBN 978-92-3-103059-8 

€ 99.10 

UNESCO Publishing/Kiskadale/EFEO 

This volume completes the survey of the 

southern part of the Pagan archaeological area. 

It includes the Dhamma-yazika stupa, a royal 

foundation from the very end of the twelfth 

century, surrounded in the following century by 

numerous temples and monasteries.


CULTURE 

51 

• Volume V: Monuments 1137–1439 

Pierre Pichard 

1995, 428 pp., illus., diagrams, charts, maps, 

29 × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103128-1 

€ 99.10 


Starting in the Tamani area, this volume 

describes some of the oldest monuments of 

Pagan: Naga-yon-hpaya and Abe-ya-dana-hpaya, 

both from the end of the 11th century, the 

So-min-gyi-hyapa stupa and the So-min-gyiok-kyaung 

monastery. It also records unique 

monuments such as Nan-hpaya and Ma-nu-hahpaya, 

as well as the Kuyauk-gyi temple, where 

the most comprehensive Pagan corpus of mural 

paintings has recently been cleaned. The volume 

ends with the great Mingala-zedi stupa, the last 

large monument built under royal patronage at 

Pagan a few years before the fall of the city. 

• Volume VI: Monuments 1440–1736 


1996, 424 pp., illus., diagrams, charts, plans, 29 × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103223-3 

€ 99.10 


This volume focuses on the very heart of the 

Pagan area. Several important temples such 

as Loka-ok-shaung, Thein-mazi and Gu-tawthit-hpaya 

are presented, as well as exceptional 

monuments such as the Mye-bon-tha-hpaya-hia 

temple and the Shwe-hsan-daw stupa. It records 

such highly venerated monuments as the Shwegu-gyi 

temple (the highest temple in Pagan), 

Nat-hlaung-kyaung (the only indisputably non- 

Buddhist monument in Pagan and probably 

one of the oldest), the Patho-hta-mya and the 

Gawdaw-palin temples, as well as the Mahabodhi-hpaya 

temple – a fascinating replica of 

the Bodhgaya temple in India. Finally, moving 

eastwards, it concludes with a large group of 

structures, mostly ruined, inside the enclosed 

She-nan-yin-taw monastic complex. 

• Volume VII: Monuments 1737-2064 


2000, 412 pp., illus., charts, diagrams, maps, 29 × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103629-3 

€ 99.10 


This volume records 328 monuments located 

east of the Pagan walled city, a densely built-up 

area. Some remarkable temples are presented, 

among which two circular temples and a group 

of five small temples decorated by fine mural 

painting, facing one another around a small 

intimate open area. 

• Volume VIII: Monuments 2065-2834 



ISBN 978-92-3-103789-4 

€ 99.10 


The eighth and final volume records 729 

monuments located east of the Pagan walled 

city, around the Ananda temple. This is 

probably the most famous monument of the 

whole site. Annexed to the present volume are 

a comprehensive map of the site at a scale of 

1:20 000, a list of corrections and additions to 

the previous volumes, and a correlation chart 

between the present inventory numbers and the 

monuments indexed in Old Burma-Early Pagan 

(1969). 

Rock Art in West Papua 

Karina Arifin 

Philippe Delanghe 

Rock Art in West Papua 

Karina Arifin and Philippe Delanghe 


2004, 292 pp., 241 plates, figs, maps, boxes, biblio., 

appendices, 28.6 × 24.8 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103906-5 

€ 48.80 


For the first time the four major rock art areas 

of West Papua: the Berau Gulf, Bitsyari Bay, 

Triton Bay and the Baliem Valley have been 

brought together in one book. They form one 

of the richest regions of Rock Art in Indonesia 

(among other islands like Kalimantan, Sulawesi 

and Muna) and include many newly discovered 

sites. These sites, located along the South Coast 

and in the Baliem Highlands, contain thousands 

of paintings. This book presents hundreds of 

original photographs including hand stencils, 

matutuo, faces and abstract motifs found in 

West Papua. It also includes the new discoveries 

of rock art sites in East Timor, the majority 

of which are situated in limestone wave cut 

galleries or caves along the coast. 

Noguchi in Paris: 

The UNESCO Garden 

Marc Treib 


2003, 148 pp., photographs, biblio., notes, 26 × 20 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103905-8 

€ 41.50 

UNESCO Publishing/William Stout Publishers 

The UNESCO garden, landscaped in 1958 by the 

Japanese sculptor, Isamu Noguchi (1904-1988), 

has influenced the field of landscape architecture 

as well as modern sculpture. It marked a turning 

point in Noguchi’s artistic career. He turned 

resolutely abstract in later garden and courtyard 

designs and never again made references to Japan 

in such a direct way. 

Using the archives of UNESCO in Paris and the 

Isamu Noguchi Foundation in Long Island City, 

Marc Treib traces the origins and development 

of the project. He discusses the debates behind 

the arts programme for UNESCO House, and 

draws comparisons with two other gardens in 

Japan. Historic and contemporary photographs 

present the development of the design, and its 

colours and textures throughout the seasons. 

This is the first book to present an in-depth 

study on this important garden by the great 

sculptor. 

The Symbolic Globe 

Erik Reitzel 

The Symbolic Globe 

Erik Reitzel 

Preface by Koïtchiro Matsuura, Director-General of 



2006, 52 pp., colour illustrations, 18 × 18 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104028-3 

€ 10.00 


A careful observer of natural phenomena, Erik 

Reitzel discovered the close relation that exists 

between fracture, structure and growth. This 

fundamental physical law inspired his work 

on designing minimal supporting structures 

– structures capable of resisting the forces 

that throughout the ages have obstructed 

humankind’s attempts to leave a lasting imprint 

of creativity when taking the possible to its 

absolute limits. In this volume, which tells 

the story of the Symbolic Globe, Erik Reitzel 

explains how he developed the concept of a 

minimalist structure. The Symbolic Globe, a 

perfect sphere, a model of purity and lightness, 

demonstrates the value of his theory. 

In designing the Globe for the World Summit 

of the United Nations in Copenhagen, 

Erik Reitzel intended to give it a symbolic 

dimension. The involvement of all the delegates 

in its construction highlighted the necessary 

collaboration of all peoples if we are to achieve 

peace in the world. For over ten years, in Paris, 

UNESCO has hosted this message of hope and 

peace meant to reach all nations in preserving 

universal values. 

Also published in French: Le Globe symbolique 

The Qur’ān Manuscripts in 

the Al-Haram Al-Sharif Islamic 

Museum, Jerusalem 

Khader Salameh 

Art ,Museums and Monuments series 

2001, 206 pp., colour photographs, biblio. glossary, 

30 × 24 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103614-9 

€ 72.40 

UNESCO Publishing/Garnet Publishing 

Also published in Arabic and Russian

Editor-in-chief: Christopher Moseley 

52 CULTURE 

Museum International 

Published by UNESCO since 1948, 

Museum International is a major forum 

for intellectually rigorous discussion of the 

ethics and pratices of museums and heritage 

organizations. The journal aims to foster 

dialogue between research in the social 

sciences and political decision-making in 

a changing cultural environment. It also 

highlights the role of museums as places for 

reflection and production of knowledge of 

the heritage and culture. 

Quarterly 


Wiley-Blackwell 

www.blackwellpublishing.com/subs.asp?ref=1350- 

0775&site=1 

Single copy sales: www.unesco.org/publishing 

Also published in Arabic, Chinese, French and 

Spanish (e-journal). 

www.unesco.org/culture/museumjournal 

Contact: clt.museum@unesco.org 

For more information, please refer to p. 64 

Copyright series 

Copyright and Neighbouring 

Rights 

Delia Lipszyc 

1999, 918 pp., biblio., 23 ×15 cm 

Copyright series 

ISBN 978-92-3-102837-3 

€ 38.10 


Also published in Spanish: Derechos de autor y 

derechos conexos, and Arabic 

Culture, Development 

and Society series 

Arts and Artists from an Economic 

Perspective 

Xavier Greffe 

Translated from the French by Latika Saghal and 

Xavier Greffe 

Culture, Development and Society series 

2002, 312 pp., notes, biblio., index, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103834-1 

€ 29.00 


Also published in French: Arts et artistes au miroir de 

l’économie 

Change in Continuity 

Concepts and tools for a Cultural Approach to 

Development 

Multi-author work 


2000, 406 pp., biblio., 21.5 × 13.5 cm 


ISBN 978-92-3-103491-6 

€ 22.70 

UNESCO Publishing/AICCD 

European Perspectives on Cultural 

Policy 

Christopher Gordon and Simon Mundy 


2001, 117 pp., 20 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103771-9 

€ 12.20 


International Craft Trade Fairs: A 

Practical Guide 


2001, 128 pp., tables, 29.7 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103779-5 

€ 12.20 

UNESCO Publishing/The Commonwealth Secretariat/ 

International Trade Centre (UNCTAD/WTO) 

Also published in French: Artisanat : Foires commerciales 

internationales, and in Spanish: Artesanía: Ferias 

comerciales internacionales 

Memory of Peoples 

series 

The Abolitions of Slavery 

From L.F. Sonthonax to Victor Schœlcher 1793-1794-1848 

Texts compiled and presented by Marcel Dorigny 

Memory of Peoples series 

2003, XIII + 370 pp., figs, endnotes, 22.7 × 15.2 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103167-0 

€ 29.00 


Also published in French: Les abolitions de l’esclavage. 

De L.F. Sonthonax à Victor Schœlcher. 1793-1794-1848 

African Music 

New Challenges, New Vocations 

Manda Tchebwa 

Preface by Lupwishi Mbuyamba 


2005, 116 pp., illustrations, biblio., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103988-1 

€ 14.80 


African Music: New Challenges, New Vocations 

reveals an Africa that is rich in musical traditions 

and a home to new rhythms. It covers the sheer 

variety of African music, as well as its historical 

and geographical roots. The second part focuses 

on African music at the dawn of globalisation 

and the impact of the Internet on music in 

general. Lastly, a third part examines the main 

challenges for the future such as: developing 

the music industry and the performing arts; 

safeguarding the ancestral heritage; preventing 

piracy including illegal downloads from 

online services; and protecting the artists 

and their work. A thorough list of recordings 

made throughout various African countries 

complements this book drawing it to a close. 

Also published in French: Musiques africaines. Nouveaux 

enjeux, nouveaux défis 

NEW 

Atlas 

of the World’s 

Languages 

in 

Danger 

Atlas of the World’s Languages in 

Danger 

Editor-in-Chief: Christopher Moseley 

Preface by Irina Bokova, Director-General of UNESCO 

Cartographer: Alexandre Nicolas 


2010, 218 pp., Spiral bound, tables, figures, footnotes, 29 

maps, bibliography, index 

30 × 20 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104096-2 

€ 28.00 


Languages are not only tools of communication, 

they also reflect a view of the world. Languages 

are vehicles of value systems and cultural 

expressions and are an essential component of 

the living heritage of humanity. Yet, many of 

them are in danger of disappearing. 

UNESCO’s Atlas of the World’s Languages in 

Danger tries to raise awareness on language 

endangerment. 

This third edition has been completely revised 

and expanded to include new series of maps and 

new points of view. 

Also published in French: Atlas des langues en danger 

dans le monde, and in Spanish: Atlas de las Lenguas del 

Mundo en Peligro

MEMORY OF PEOPLES 




CULTURE 

53 

From Chains to Bonds 

The Slave Trade Revisited 

Edited by Doudou Diène 



ISBN 978-92-3-103439-8 

€ 28.00 


Also published in French: La chaîne et le lien, and in 

Spanish: De la cadena al vínculo 

Gorazde: Psycho-geography 

of a Border (VIDEO) 

Directors: Bruno Florentin and Robin Hunzinger 1999, 

PAL, 60 mins 


ISBN 978-92-3-103657-6 

€ 19.10 

UNESCO Publishing/Champagne Films/Images Plus/ 

Callysta Productions 

Cultural Diversity and Indigenous 

Peoples 

Oral, Written Expressions and New Technologies (CD-ROM) 

Coordination: Laurence Pourchez 

Editorial Team: Division of Cultural Policies and 

Intercultural Dialogue (UNESCO), Barbara Glowczewski 

(Laboratoire d’Anthropologie Sociale CNRS, France), 

Laurence Pourchez (MNHN, CNRS, France), Joëlle 

Rostkowski (EHESS and UNESCO Consultant, France) 

and John Stanton (Berndt Museum of Anthropology, 

University of Western Australia). 


2004, CD-ROM 

PC: Windows 98 SE or later 

ISBN 978-92-3-103939-3 

€ 49.00 


This unique CD-ROM, aimed at promoting the 

Convention on Cultural Diversity, contains the 

full text of the Convention and documentation 

related to the subject. It offers a rare opportunity 

to appreciate the languages of indigenous 

peoples, many of which are under threat. 

Included are more than 130 texts, photographs, 

paintings, film extracts, video sequences and 

files presented in languages spoken by different 

indigenous peoples. These are combined 

with links to websites and portals developed 

by different institutions and indigenous 

organizations throughout the world. Over 20 

hours of navigation are available to users (the 

equivalent of a fascinating 1,000-page, multilanguage 

publication) including a rich variety of 

essays, literature, poetry, photography, cinema, 

paintings and songs. All texts are translated 

into English, with additional texts in French 

and Spanish, as well as oral examples of 30 

indigenous languages. Also included are feature 

film extracts portraying aspects of contemporary 

life in indigenous communities. In addition, the 

CD-ROM presents different joint-activities and 

partnerships carried out by indigenous peoples, 

museums and researchers, making use of all 

available media to transmit the knowledge of 

indigenous communities. 

Handbook for the Collection 

of Traditional Music and Musical 

Instruments 

Geneviève Dournon 


2000, 2nd edn, revised and enlarged, 152 pp., 

photographs, drawings, 26 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103304-9 

€ 24.40 


Also published in French: Guide pour la collecte des 

musiques et instruments traditionnels, and in Spanish: 

Guía para la recolección de músicas e instrumentos 

tradicionales 

Laos and Ethnic Minority Cultures: 

Promoting Heritage 


Edited by Yves Goudineau 

Laos and Ethnic Minority Cultures: 

Promoting Heritage 

Edited by Yves Goudineau 


2003, 295 pp., colour photographs, annexes, 27 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103891-4 

€ 48.50 


Also published in French: Cultures minoritaires du Laos : 

valorisation d’un patrimoine 

Lacquerware in Asia, Today 

and Yesterday 

Edited by Monica Kopplin 


2002, 240 pp., colour photographs, biblio., glossary, 

27 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103808-2 

€ 38.00 


Dating back several thousand years in Chinese 

history, the art of lacquer can claim to be one of 

the most ancient and venerable expressions of 

Asian culture. But this traditional knowledge, 

so firmly rooted in people’s daily life, is under 

threat. Over the past decades, the number of 

people employed in the lacquerware workshops, 

and particularly the younger generation, has 

fallen dramatically all over Asia. 

This book offers a comprehensive picture of 

both lacquer creative arts and craftsmanship, 

allowing the reader to compare the different 

methods and materials used in Cambodia, 

China, India, Korea, Japan, Myanmar, Thailand 

and Viet Nam. It underlines the importance 

of documenting past and modern procedures, 

including knowledge of raw materials and 

techniques. 

NEW 



Unfinished Business: 

A Comparative Survey 

of Historical 

and Contemporary Slavery 

Joel Quirk 

Unfinished Business: 

A Comparative Survey of 

Historical and Contemporary 

Slavery 

Joel Quirk 


2009, 142 pp., black & white photographs, bibliography, 

24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104124-2 

€ 12.00 


Interest in contemporary slavery has increased 

dramatically over the last ten years, but there 

remains a widespread tendency to view slavery 

in the past and slavery in current society as 

independent fields of study. This book moves 

beyond this unhelpful divide, providing the 

first ever comparative analysis of historical slave 

systems and modern forms of human bondage. 

From this standpoint, recent concerns over 

human trafficking, debt-bondage, child labour 

and other related problems are analyzed in view 

of the historical strengths and weaknesses of the 

legal abolition of slavery. 

By bringing together a range of studies on 

different aspects of slavery, both past and 

present, this book provides an innovative 

platform for promoting dialogue about ways of 

addressing both contemporary slavery and the 

enduring legacies of historical slave systems. 

Life and Fate of the Ancient Library 

of Alexandria 

Mostafa El-Abbadi 


1992, 2nd rev. edn, first published in 1990, 250 pp., illus., 

18 × 11 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102632-4 

€ 8.40 


Also published in French: Vie et destin de l’ancienne 

Bibliothèque d’Alexandrie, in Spanish: La antigua 

Biblioteca de Alejandría: vida y destino, in Chinese, 

Arabic and Russian

MEMORY OF PEOPLES 

Edited by 

54 CULTURE 

JOHN LAWTON 

RETRACING THE WORLD’S 

GREAT TRADE ROUTES 

THE SILK ROAD, 

THE SPICE ROUTE & 

THE INCENSE TRAIL 

Silk, Scents and Spice 

Retracing the World’s Great Trade Routes 

John Lawton 

Photography: Nik Wheeler, Tor Eigeland and Bill Lyons 


2004, 128 pp., colour photographs, 29 × 24.7 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103927-0 

€ 19.80 


Silk, Scents and Spice tells the story of the silk, 

scent and spice trade routes. At once a fascinating 

history and travelogue, this book is filled with 

astonishing colour photographs, illustrating the 

author’s journeys along routes once traced by 

great trade caravans and vessels. Besides exotic 

merchandise these routes also carried new ideas, 

technologies and religions across vast distances, 

shaping the history of humanity. 

The oldest route was the Incense Trail, which 

linked the frankincense-producing regions of 

Arabia with the empires of antiquity. The Silk 

Road was the longest of the routes, stretching 

across mountains, desert and the steppes of 

Central Asia, joining the markets of China 

with those of Europe and the Middle East. The 

Spice Route connected the great civilizations 

of Europe, India and the Orient for over 

2,000 years. Arab dhows, Chinese junks and 

Spanish galleons would sail this route laden 

with precious spices from South-East Asia and 

the treasures of the Orient. Their trade of these 

routes bred international rivalries and conquests, 

and the search for these riches impelled 

Columbus to cross the Atlantic and Magellan to 

circumnavigate the globe. 

Also published in French: De Soie, de Parfums et 

d’Épices 

The Silk Roads 

Highways of Culture and Commerce 

Edited by Vadime Elisseeff 


2001, 332 pp., figs, tables, notes, appendix, 21 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103652-1 

€ 18.30 


The Silk Roads (VIDEO) 

Roads of Encounter 

Director: John Lawton 


1997, PAL, 88 mins 

ISBN 978-92-3-103691-0 

€ 19.10 


Silk, Scents and Spice (DVD) 

Tracing the World’s Great Trade Routes 

John Lawton 


2001, DVD for use with TV and computer, interactive 

menus, animated maps 

Colour – PAL, 115 mins approx. 

ISBN 978-92-3-103819-8 

€ 48.80 

UNESCO Publishing/Keremedia 

Viet Nam’s Cultural Diversity: 

Approaches to Preservation 


Oscar Salemink 


Approaches to Preservation 

Edited by Oscar Salemink 



ISBN 978-92-3-103780-1 

€ 42.70 


Also published in French: Diversité culturelle au Viet 

Nam : enjeux multiples, approches plurielles 

The Origins of Iron Metallurgy in 

Africa 

New Light on its Antiquity – West and Central Africa 

Edited by Hamady Bocoum 


2004, 240 pp., photos, maps, figs, tables, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103807-5 

€ 22.00 


The authors of this joint work, part of the 

‘Iron Roads in Africa’ project, are distinguished 

archaeologists, historians, metallographic 

engineers, anthropologists and sociologists. 

As they trace the history of iron in Africa, 

including many technical details and discussion 

of the social, economic and cultural effects of 

the industry, they restore to the continent an 

‘important yardstick of civilization that it has, 

until now, been denied’. UNESCO’s study of 

iron metallurgy in Africa is intended to draw 

attention to the contribution that African 

metallurgists – smelters and blacksmiths – have 

made to the technical heritage of humanity 

Also published in French: Aux origines de la métallurgie 

du fer en Afrique 

Multiple History series 

Art and Science 

Eliane Strosberg 



ISBN 978-92-3-103502-9 

€ 30.20 


Also published in French: Art et Science 

General History of Africa, General 

History of the Caribbean, History 

of Civilizations of Central Asia, 

History of Humanity, The Different 

Aspects of Islamic Culture 

UNESCO has published its historic collection 

of the world’s main regions for some time. 

Instead of just tracing the history of nations, 

these collections also aim to provide a greater 

understanding of civilizations. Through this 

broad perspective, readers gain a global 

understanding of the evolution of societies 

and their cultures, the major currents of 

exchange and the interaction with other parts 

of the world. 

These collections aim to provide a culturally 

relevant perspective. They provide the point 

of view of the populations concerned, whose 

past has often been distorted, discredited 

or treated as peripheral to the history of 

the colonizers and the dominant nations. 

This shift in perspective is reflected by the 

significant number of local historians, with 

impeccable academic credentials, who 

contributed to these collections as editors 

and authors. 

General History of Africa 

(In eight volumes) 


This groundbreaking work was the first of its type to 

present the entire history of the African continent. 

The collection sheds light on the pre-colonial era and 

interweaves Africa’s destiny with the rest of humanity’s, 

examining its interaction with other continents and the 

role of Africans in the dialogue between civilizations. 

Main edition (hardback) 

• Vol. I: Methodology and African Prehistory 

Edited by J. Ki-Zerbo 

1981, 820 pp., illus., figs, maps, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-101707-0 

€ 45.70 

UNESCO Publishing/Heinemann/University of California 

Press 

• Vol. II: Ancient Civilizations of Africa 

Edited by G. Mokhtar 


ISBN 978-92-3-101708-7 

€ 45.70 


Press

CULTURE 

55 

• Vol. III: Africa from the Seventh to the Eleventh 

Century 

Edited by M. El Fasi Assistant editor: I. Hrbek 


ISBN 978-92-3-101709-4 

€ 45.70 


Press 

• Vol. IV: Africa from the Twelfth to the Sixteenth 

Century 

Edited by D. T. Niane 


ISBN 978-92-3-101710-0 

€ 45.70 


Press 

• Vol. V: Africa from the Sixteenth to the 

Eighteenth Century 

Edited by B. A. Ogot 

1992, 1,046 pp., illus., figs, maps, 24 × 16 cm 


€ 45.70 


Press 

• Vol. VI: Africa in the Nineteenth Century until 

the 1880s 

Edited by J. F. Ade Ajayi 

1989, 894 pp., illus., maps, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-101712-4 

€ 45.70 


Press 

Vol. VII: Africa under Colonial Domination, 

• 

1880–1935 

Edited by A. Adu Boahen 


ISBN 978-92-3-101713-1 

€ 45.70 


Press 

• Vol. VIII: Africa since 1935 

Edited by Ali A. Mazrui; Assistant editor: C. Wondji 

1993, 1,072 pp., 99 plates, 29 maps and figs, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102758-1 

€ 45.70 


Press 

Volumes I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VIII have been published in 

Arabic. Vol. VII is out of print. 

Volumes I, II, IV and VII have been published in Chinese 

Abridged edition (paperback) 




ISBN 978-92-3-102433-7 

€ 22.10 

UNESCOPublishing/James Currey Publishers/University 

of California Press 




ISBN 978-92-3-102434-4 

€ 22.10 




Century 

Edited by M. El Fasi; Assistant editor: I. Hrbek 


ISBN 978-92-3-102495-5 

€ 22.10 




Century 

Edited by J. Ki-Zerbo and D. T. Niane 


ISBN 978-92-3-102496-2 

€ 22.10 







ISBN 978-92-3-102497-9 

€ 22.10 



• Vol. VI: Africa in the Nineteenth Century until 

the 1880s 



ISBN 978-92-3-102498-6 

€ 22.10 



• Vol. VII: Africa under Colonial Domination, 

1880–1935 



ISBN 978-92-3-102499-3 

OUT OF PRINT 




Edited by A. A. Mazrui Assistant editor: C. Wondji 

1999, 1,068 pp., illus., photos, maps, 19 × 13 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102500-6 

€ 22.10 



Also published in French: Vols I - VIII (Abridged edition) 

General History of the Caribbean 

(In six volumes) Paperback edition 


This major six-volume project, co-published with 

Macmillan, covers the historical experience of 

the peoples and societies of the Caribbean region 

from the earliest times to the present day. 

• Vol. I: Autochthonous Societies 

Edited by Jalil Sued-Badillo 


ISBN 978-92-3-103832-7 

€ 25.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Macmillan 

• Vol. II: New Societies: The Caribbean in the Long 

Sixteenth Century 

Edited by P. C. Emmer. Co-editor: German Carrera Damas 


ISBN 978-92-3-103357-5 

€ 25.00 


• Vol. III: The Slave Societies of the Caribbean 

Edited by Franklin W. Knight 


ISBN 978-92-3-103146-5 

€ 25.00 


FORTHCOMING 

• Vol. IV: The ‘long’ Nineteenth Century: 

Nineteenth Century Transformations 

Editor: Professor Manual Moreno Fraginals 

ISBN 978-92-3-103358-2 

€ 25.00 


• Vol. V: The Caribbean in the Twentieth Century 

Editor: Bridget Brereton 

Co-editors: Teresita Martínez-Vergne, René A. Römer and 

Blanca G. Silvestrini 

2004, 788 pp., 102 plates, figs, biblio., index, 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103359-9 

€ 25.00 


The major objective of Volume V of the General 

History of the Caribbean is to provide an account 

and interpretation of the historical development 

of the region from around 1930 to the end of 

the century. 

Within its compass are the ‘turbulent thirties’, 

including the Cuban Revolution of 1933 and 

the labour protests in the British Caribbean 

of 1934-39; the strategic position occupied 

by the region during the Second World War; 

the development of proletarian movements 

and trade unions and their links with political

56 CULTURE 

parties; decolonization; political evolution 

in the French and Dutch Caribbean, and 

the ‘turn to the left’ made in the 1970s by a 

number of Anglophone Caribbean countries, 

notably Grenada. Also examined are the Castro 

Revolution and its aftermath to the 1990s; 

ethnicity and race consciousness and their effects 

in uniting or dividing communities and nations; 

international relations and regional co-operation; 

changes in social and demographic structures 

(including the role and status of women); 

education, migration and urbanization; and the 

beliefs and cultural experiences which underpin 

Caribbean identity. 

The final chapter provides an overall survey of 

changes in the quality of life in the Caribbean 

during the twentieth century. 

• Vol.VI: Methodology and Historiography of the 

Caribbean 

Editor: B. W. Higman 

1999, 950 pp., 87 plates, 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103360-5 

€ 25.00 


History of Civilizations 

of Central Asia 

(In six volumes) Hardback edition 


The History of Civilizations of Central Asia presents 

in six volumes the rich past and cultural heritage 

of the crossroads of civilizations that incorporates 

Afghanistan, northeast Iran, northern India, western 

China, Mongolia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, 

Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan. 

• Vol. I: The Dawn of Civilization: 

Earliest Times to 700 B.C. 

Edited by A. H. Dani and V. M. Masson 

1992, 536 pp., illus., line drawings, maps, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102719-2 

€ 46.00 


• Vol. II: The Development of Sedentary and 

Nomadic Civilizations: 700 B.C. to A.D. 250 

Edited by János Harmatta Co-editors: B. N. Puri and 

G. F. Etemadi 


ISBN 978-92-3-102846-5 

€ 46.00 


• Vol. III: The Crossroads of Civilization: A.D. 250 

to 750 

Edited by B. Litvinsky 

Co-editors: Zhang Guand-da and R. Shabani 

Samghabadi 

1996, 570 pp., illus., 24 × 17 cm 


€ 46.00 


• Vol. IV: The Age of Achievement: A.D. 750 to the 

End of the Fifteenth Century 

Editors: M.S. Asimov and C.E. Bosworth 

Part One: The Historical, Social and 

 

Economic Setting 


ISBN 978-92-3-103467-1 

€ 46.00 


Part Two: The Achievements 


ISBN 978-92-3-103654-5 

€ 46.00 


• Vol V: Development in Contrast: from the 

Sixteenth to the Mid-nineteenth Century 

Editors: C. Adle and I. Habib 

Co-editor: K. M. Baipakov 

2003, 934 photographs, maps, line drawings, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103876-1 

€ 46.00 


• Vol.VI: Towards Contemporary Civilization: from 

the Mid-nineteenth Century to the Present Time 

Editor: Chahryar Adle 

Co-editors: Mahdavan K. Palat and Anara Tabyshalieva 

2005, 1,034 pp., illus., maps, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103985-0 

€ 46.00 


The sixth volume brings this series to an end 

as it takes in the whole of the modern period 

from colonial conquest and domination to 

decolonization; the Cold War from start to 

finish; the disintegration of the Soviet Union; 

and the renewed instability in certain areas. Not 

only did the colonial regimes lay a new patina 

over the region, but nationalism remoulded all 

old identities into a series of new ones. That 

process of the twentieth century was perhaps 

the most transformative of all after the colonial 

subjugation of the nineteenth. While it has been 

the basis of remarkable stability in vast stretches 

of the region, it has been a fertile source of 

tension and even wars in other parts. The impact 

and the results of such changes have been 

astonishingly variable despite the proximity of 

these states to each other and their being subject 

to, or driven, by virtually the same compulsions. 

The Different Aspects of Islamic 

Culture 

(In six volumes) Hardback edition 


Neither a learned compilation nor an attempt at 

popularization, this series of volumes on the different 

aspects of Islamic culture is intended to be a work of 

a high scientific standard with contributions from 

eminent scholars in the Islamic world. 

• Vol. II: The Individual and Society in Islam 

Edited by A. Bouhdiba Co-editor: M. Ma’ruf al-Dawalibi 

1998, 484 pp., black & white photographs, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102742-0 

€ 45.70 


Also published in French: L’individu et la société en 

Islam, and in Arabic 

FORTHCOMING 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Spread 

of Islam 

throughout 

the World 

Editors: Idris El Hareir 

and Ravane M’Baye 


Vol. III: The Spread of Islam Throughout 

• 

the World 

Edited by I. El-Hareir and El Haj R. M’Baye 

2010, colour photographs, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104153-2 

€ 45.70 


• Vol. IV: Science and Technology in Islam 

Edited by: A.Y. al-Hassan Co-editors: M. Ahmed and 

A. Z. Iskandar 

Part I: The Exact and Natural Sciences 

2002, 528 pp., black & white photographs figs, 

maps, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103830-3 

€ 45.70 


Part II Technology and Applied Sciences 

2002, 726 pp., black & white photographs, figs, 

maps, 24 ×17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103831-0 

€ 45.70 


• Vol. V: Culture and Learning in Islam 

Chief Editor: Ekmeleddine Ihsanoğlu 

2003, 924 pp., illus., 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103909-6 

€ 45.70 

UNESCO Publishing

CULTURE 

57 

History of Humanity 

(In seven volumes) Hardback edition 


Written by the most distinguished scholars, History of 

Humanity recounts humankind’s extraordinary voyage 

through time, from its first faltering steps three million 

years ago. Every known culture is represented in this 

monumental overview. 

• Vol. I: Prehistory and the Beginnings 

of Civilization 

Edited by S. J. De Laet 

Co-editors: A. H. Dani, J. L. Lorenzo and R. B. Nunoo 

Preface by Federico Mayor, former Director-General of 


Foreword by Charles Morazé, former President of the 

International Commission. General Introduction by 

Georges-Henri Dumont, President of the International 

Commission. 

1994, 750 pp., 140 plates, 171 figs, 74 maps, 30 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102810-6 

€ 122.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Routledge 

Also published in French: Histoire de l’humanité. De la 

préhistoire aux débuts de la civilisation, and in Russian 

• Vol. II: From the Third Millennium 

to the Seventh Century B.C. 

Edited by A. H. Dani and J.-P. Mohen Co-editors: 

J. L. Lorenzo, V. M. Masson, T. Obenga, M. B. Sakellariou, 

B. K. Thapar, Zhang Changshou 

1996, 700 pp., illus., 200 plates, 30 × 21 cm 


€ 122.00 


Also published in French: Histoire de l’humanité : 

3000 à 700 av. J.-C., and in Russian 

• Vol. III: From the Seventh Century B.C. 

to the Seventh Century A.D. 

Edited by J. Herrmann and E. Zürcher Co-editors: 

J. Harmatta, J. K. Litvak, R. Lonis, T. Obenga, R. Thapar 

and Zhou Yiliang 


ISBN 978-92-3-102812-0 

€ 122.00 


Also published in French: Histoire de l’humanité : 

Du VII e siècle av. J.-C. au VII e siècle de l’ère chrétienne, 

and in Russian 

• Vol. IV: From the Seventh to the Sixteenth 

Century 

Edited by M. A. Al-Bakhit, L. Bazin and S. M. Cissoko 

Co-editors: M. S. Asimov, A. Gieysztor, I. Habib, 

Y. Karayannopoulos, J. Litvak King and P. Schmidt 


ISBN 978-92-3-102813-7 

€ 122.00 


Also published in French: Histoire de l’Humanité : 

600 - 1492, and in Russian 

• Vol. V: From the Sixteenth to the Eighteenth 

Century 

Edited by P. Burke and H. Inalcik Co-editors: I. Habib, 

J. Ki-Zerbo, T. Kusamitsu, C. Martínez Shaw, E. Tchernjak 

and E. Trabulse 

1999, 600 pp., illus., figs, maps, 30 × 21cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102814-4 

€ 122.00 


Also published in French: Histoire de l’Humanité : 

1492 - 1789, and in Russian 


Volume VI 

The Nineteenth Century 

Edited by Peter Mathias 

and Nikolaï Todorov 

Co-edited by G. Carrera Damas, 

A.O. Chubariyan, Shu-li Ji and I.D. Thiam 

• Vol. VI: The Nineteenth Century 

Edited by Peter Mathias and Nikolaï Todorov 

Co-editors: G. Carrera Damas A. O., Chubariyan, Shu-li Ji 

and I. D. Thiam 

2008, 772 pp., illus., figs, maps, 30 ×21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102815-1 

€ 122.00 


Volume VI gives a broad vision of humankind’s 

cultural and scientific development during 

the nineteenth century. It covers such diverse 

aspects as the Industrial Revolution, religion, 

architecture and medicine, giving a detailed 

account of the changes that took place within 

each region of the world. It also looks at the 

increasing interconnectedness between regions 

and the expansion of international trade 

and migration, notably linked to colonial 

domination.With contributions from an 

international team of specialists, the volume 

is a unique resource that provides a range 

of perspectives on the period. It will be an 

invaluable source of information for students 

and scholars of history and anthropology and 

features maps and illustrations. 

Also published in French: Histoire de l’humanité, and 

in Russian 

• Vol. VII: The Twentieth Century 

Edited by Sarvepalli Gopal and Sergei L. Tikhvinsky 

Co-editors: I. A. Abu-Lughod, G. Weinberg, 

I. D. Thiam and W. Tao 

2008, 1124 pp., illus., figs, maps, 30 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104083-2 

€ 122.00 


Volume VII explores the transformations that 

swept through all spheres of human activity 

during the twentieth century, which was marked 

by scientific, technological, social and political 

innovation. Against this background, it examines 

the liberation movements and conflicts that led 

to the dismantling of the major colonial systems, 

as well as the phenomenon of ‘globalization’, or 

growing interdependence among nations.With 

contributions from an international team of 

specialists, the volume is a unique resource that 

provides a broad range of perspectives. The text 

is complemented by maps and illustrations, and 

will be an invaluable source of information for 

students and scholars of history and anthropology. 

Also published in French: Histoire de l’humanité, and 

in Russian 

Translators through History 

Edited and directed by Jean Delisle and 

Judith Woodsworth 


1996, 346 pp., illus., 23.5 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103137-3 

€ 35.10 

UNESCO Publishing/John Benjamins Publishing 

Company 

In the Netherlands, exclusive sales rights: 

John Benjamins, Amsterdam 

Translators have invented alphabets, helped 

build languages and written dictionaries. They 

have contributed to the emergence of national 

literature, the dissemination of knowledge and 

the spread of religions. By describing the main 

areas in which translators have distinguished 

themselves throughout the ages, this book 

highlights their important contribution to 

society and the fundamental role they have 

played in the unfolding of intellectual history 

itself. Nearly fifty scholars from twenty countries 

have helped to compile this survey, which takes 

the reader through Europe, the Americas, and 

into Africa, India and China. 

Also published in French: Les traducteurs dans 

l’histoire 

UNESCO Collection of 

Representative Works 

The UNESCO Collection of Representative Works 

aims to encourage the translation, publication 

and distribution in the major languages 

– English, French, Spanish and Arabic – of 

works of literary and cultural importance 

that are nevertheless not well known outside 

their original national boundaries or linguistic 

communities. 

Angels on the Head of a Pin 

A novel by Yuri Druzhnikov 

Translated from Russian by Thomas Moore 

UNESCO Collection of Representative Works 

2002, 566 pp., 22.5 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103837-2 

€ 18.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Peter Owen Publishers 

Ancient Indian Tradition and 

Mythology: Mahapuranas 


As a veritable source of Indian tradition and 

mythology, the Puranas occupy a unique 

position among the literary treasures of the 

world, being a vast storehouse for an insight 

into all aspects and phases of ancient Hinduism. 

Already published in this series: Siva Purana, 

followed by Linga, Bhagavata, Garuda, Narada, 

Kurma, Brahmanda, Agni, Varaha, Brahma, 

Vayu, Padma and Skanda Puranas. 

The following volumes are available from UNESCO 

Publishing (other volumes are available from 

Motilal Barnasidass, India).

58 CULTURE 

• Vol. 43: The Padma Purana, Part V 

1990, XVI + 373 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102864-9 

€ 15.20 

UNESCO Publishing/Motilal Banarsidass 

• Vol. 50: The Skanda Purana, Part II 

1993, XVI + 598 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102871-7 

€ 15.20 


• Vol. 51: The Skanda Purana, Part III 

1993, XII + 198 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102894-6 

€ 15.20 


• Vol. 52: The Skanda Purana, Part IV 

1993, XII + 236 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102895-3 

€ 15.20 


• Vol. 53: The Skanda Purana, Part V 

1994, XIV + 283 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103184-7 

€ 15.20 


• Vol. 54: The Skanda Purana, Part VI 

1994, XVI + 304 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103185-4 

€ 15.20 


• Vol. 55: The Skanda Purana, Part VII 

1995, XIII + 380 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103186-1 

€ 15.20 


• Vol. 56: The Skanda Purana, Part VIII 

1995, XVI + 390 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103477-0 

€ 15.20 


• Vol. 57: The Skanda Purana, Part IX 

1996, XIV + 430 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-181001-5 

€ 15.20 


• Vol. 58: The Skanda Purana, Part X 

1996, × + 544 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-181002-2 

€ 15.20 


• Vol 59: The Skanda Purana, Part XI 

1997, × + 475 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103478-7 

€ 15.20 


• Vol 60: The Skanda Purana, Part XII 

1997, × + 305 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103479-4 

€ 15.20 


• Vol 61: The Skanda Purana, Part XIII 

1997, XII + 329 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103480-0 

€ 15.20 


• Vol 62: The Skanda Purana, Part XIV 

1999, XII + 332 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102881-6 

€ 15.20 


• Vol 63: The Skanda Purana, Part XV 

2001, XII + 341 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104003-0 

€ 15.20 


• Vol 64: The Skanda Purana, Part XVI 

2002, XII + 412 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102883-0 

€ 15.20 


• Vol 65: The Skanda Purana, Part XVII 

2002, XII + 368 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102884-7 

€ 15.20 


The Arsonist 

Egon Hostovsky´ 

Translated from Czech by Christopher Morris 


1996, 168 pp., 19 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103343-8 

€ 13.40 

UNESCO Publishing/Twisted Spoon Press 

Bandarshah 

Tayeb Salih 

Translated from Arabic (Sudan) by Denys Johnson- 

Davies 


1996, 122 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103174-8 

€ 23.60 

UNESCO Publishing/Kegan Paul International 

Book of My Mother 

Albert Cohen 

Translated from French by Bella Cohen Introduction by 

David Coward 


1997, 124 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978- 92-3-103395-7 

€ 23.60 


Cold Water Shielded 

Selected Poems 

Salah Stétié Edited and translated by Michael Bishop 


2000, 224 pp., 21.5 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-003580-8 

Bilingual edition: French/English 

€ 16.80 

UNESCO Publishing/Bloodaxe Books 

Complete Poetical Works of Lucian 

Blaga 

Lucian Blaga Translated from Romanian by Brenda 

Walker with Stelian Apostolescu 


2001, 624 pp., 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103775-7 

€ 31.00 

UNESCO Publishing/The Center for Romanian Studies 

The Descendants of Cain 

Hwang Sun-won Translated from Korean by Suh-Jimoon 

and Julie Pickering 


1997, 181 pp., 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103429-9 

€ 18.30 

UNESCO Publishing/M. E. Sharpe 

Dolly City 

Orly Castel-Bloom Translated from Hebrew by Dalya Bilu 


1997, 182 pp., 19 × 10 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103362-9 

€ 9.90 

UNESCO Publishing/Loki Books 

The Early Lyrics of So Chong Ju 

Midang 

Translated from Korean by Brother Anthony of Taizé 


1993, 122 pp., 22.7 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102889-2 

€ 10.70 

UNESCO Publishing/Forest Books 

Fredman’s Epistles & Songs 

A Selection in English with A Short Introduction by Paul 

Britten Austin 

Carl Michael Bellman Translated from Swedish by 

Paul Britten Austin 


1999, 198 pp., + CD audio, 21.5 × 13.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103608-8 

€ 19.10 

UNESCO Publishing/Proprius Förlag AB 

Land 

Park Kyong-Ni 

Translated from Korean by Agnita Tennant 


1996, 657 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103251-6 

€ 29.60 


Land of Exile 

Contemporary Korean Fiction 

Translated by Marshall R. Pihl and Bruce and 

Ju-Chan Fulton 


1993, XVIII + 285 pp., 22.7 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102933-2 

€ 13.70 

UNESCO Publishing/Sharpe 

In USA and Canada, exclusive sales rights: M. E. Sharpe 

Inc.

CULTURE 

59 

The Lava of this Land 

South African Poetry 1960-1996 

Edited by Denis Hirson 


1997, 328 pp., notes, glossary, 22 ×14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103413-8 

€ 19.80 

UNESCO Publishing/TriQuarterly Books/Northwestern 

University Press 

The Life of Ismail Ferik Pasha 

Rhea Galanaki 

Translated from Greek and with a foreword by Kay 

Cicellis 


1996, 166 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103216-5 

€ 19.00 


Memories of Altagracia 

Salvador Garmendia Translated from Spanish 

(Venezuela) by Jeremy Munday 


1998, 208 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103475-6 

€ 25.90 


The Other Side 

Marga Minco 

Translated from Dutch by Ruth Levitt 


1994, 118 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102882-3 

€ 21.30 


Exclusive sales rights in the UK: Peter Owen Publishers 

The Prisoner 

Fakhar Zaman 

Translated from Punjabi (Pakistan) by Khalid Hasan 


1996, 118 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103266-0 

€ 18.30 


The Quest for a Wife 

Mämiminbin, a Palawan Epic Sung by Mäsinu 

Nicole Revel and Mäsinu Intaräy 


2000, 428 pp., with an audio CD, 25 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-003732-1 

Trilingual: Palawan/English/French 

€ 45.00 

UNESCO Publishing/L’Asiathèque 

The Rainy Spell and other Korean 

Stories 

Translated from Korean by Suh Ji-moon 


1998, revised and expanded edition , 286 pp., 

23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103396-4 

€ 20.60 

UNESCO Publishing/M. E. Sharpe 

Rats’ Nests 

The poetry of Hagiwara Sakutarô 

Translated from Japanese by Robert Epp 


1999, 2nd rev. and enlarged edn, 446 pp., 23.5 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103586-9 

€ 33.40 

UNESCO Publishing/Yakusha 

So That You Can Know Me 

An Anthology of Pakistani Women Writers 

Edited by Yasmine Hameed and Asif Aslam Farrukhi 


1998, 167 pp., 21 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103433-6 


UNESCO Publishing/Garnet 

Sourcebook of Korean Civilization 

• Volume I: From Early Times to the Sixteenth 

Century 

Edited by Peter H. Lee 


1993, 750 pp., 23.5 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102848-9 

€ 45.70 

UNESCO Publishing/Columbia University Press 

In the US and Canada, exclusive sales rights: Columbia 

University Press 

• Volume 2: From the Seventeenth Century to 

the Modern Period 

Edited by Peter H. Lee 


1996, 574 pp., 23.5 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102849-6 

OUT OF PRINT 

South African Short Stories 

From 1945 to the Present 

Edited by Denis Hirson, with Martin Trump 


1994, 248 pp., 12.5 × 20 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102944-8 

€ 9.20 

UNESCO Publishing/Heinemann 

In the UK, exclusive sales rights: Heinemann, Oxford 

The Star and Other Korean Short 

Stories 

Translated from Korean by Agnita Tennant 


1996, 141 pp., 22.3 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103217-2 

€ 29.00 


Sweetwater 

Knut Faldbakken Translated from Norwegian by 

Joan Tate 


1994, 184 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102936-3 

€ 21.30 


In the UK, exclusive sales rights: Peter Owen Publishers 

The Swordfish 

Hugo Claus Translated from Flemish by Ruth Levitt 


1996, 104 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103277-6 

€ 17.70 



They Sing Life: An Anthology of 

Oral Poetry of the Primitive Tribes 

of India 

Sitakant Mahapatra 


2002, 167 pp., 22.5 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103772-6 

€ 10.70 

UNESCO Publishing/Inter India Publishing 

Twilight Country 

Knut Faldbakken 

Translated from Norwegian by Joan Tate 


1993, 216 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102855-7 

€ 21.00 



The Vortex Family 

A Family Saga Set in Haiti 

Jean Métellus 

Translated from French and with an introduction by 

Michael Richardson 


1995, 232 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103092-5 

€ 20.60 



War with the Newts 

Karel Capek A new translation from Czech by 

Ewald Osers 


1999, 242 pp., 21 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103599-9 


UNESCO Publishing/Catbird Press 

The Weary Generations 

Abdullah Hussein Translated from Urdu by the author 


1999, 334 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103509-8 

€ 27.40 



The Year of the Hare 

Arto Paasilinna 

Translated from Finnish by Herbert Lomas 


1994, 136 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103031-4 

€ 19.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Peter Owen Publishers









Organisation 

des Nations Unies 

pour l’éducation, 

la science et la culture 

Organización 

de las Naciones Unidas 

para la Educación, 

la Ciencia y la Cultura 

PATRIMONIO MUNDIAL 

• 

World Heritage 

Convention 

Convention du 

patrimoine mondial 

Convención del 

Patrimonio mundial 

• 

60 CULTURE 

Years Like Brief Days 

Fabián Dobles 

Translated from Spanish (Costa Rica) by Joan Henry 


1996, 120 pp., 22 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103212-7 

€ 18.30 


Young Poets of Germany 

An Anthology Translated by Raymond Hargreaves 

Edited by Uwe-Michael Gutzschhahn 


1994, 164 pp., 23 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102952-3 

€ 14.50 

UNESCO Publishing/Forest Books 

Young Poets of a New Poland 

Translated by Donald Pirie 


1993, 254 pp., 23 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102930-1 

€ 15,20 € 

UNESCO Publishing/Forest Booksv 

World Heritage series 

NEW 

CULTURAL 

PROPERTY IN WAR: 

improvement 

in Protection 

Commentary on the 

1999 Second Protocol to 

the Hague Convention 

of 1954 for the Protection 

of Cultural Property 

in the Event of Armed Conflict 

Jiří Toman 

World 

Heri 

tage series 

Cultural Property in War: 

Improvement in Protection 

Commentary on the 1999 Second Protocol to the Hague 

Convention of 1954 for the Protection of Cultural Property 


By Jirí Toman 


2009, 896 pp., annexes, index, footnotes, bibliography 

24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-104142-6 

€ 36.00 


This detailed analysis of the Second Protocol 

to the Hague Convention of 1954 for the 

Protection of Cultural Property in the Event of 

Armed Conflict (1999) was written by Dr. Jirí 

Toman at the request of UNESCO. The study 

completes the author’s 1996 publication of the 

commentary on the 1954 Hague Convention 

for the Protection of Cultural Property in the 

Event of Armed Conflict (the “Convention”) 

and its 1954 (First) Protocol. 

This commentary on the Second Protocol: 

- analyses provisions of the Second Protocol 

in relation to the corresponding Articles of 

the Convention since the two are closely 

intertwined; 

- provides insight into the travaux préparatoires 

of the March 1999 Hague Diplomatic 

Conference; and 

- addresses case-law developments of the 

International Criminal Tribunal for the former 

Yugoslavia related to the destruction of cultural 

property, and relevant provisions of the Rome 

Statute of the International Criminal Court. 

- The work is intended for practitioners, 

scholars, diplomats, civil servants and students 

interested in the international legal protection 

of cultural property, both in peacetime and in 

the event of armed conflict. It also highlights 

UNESCO’s contribution to the work in this 

field. 

Colonia del Sacramento 

Preface by Federico Mayor 

Marta Canessa de Sanguinetti, Fernando Assunção, 

Antonio Cravotto 


1996, 104 pp., colour photographs, illus., maps, 

34 × 25 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-003295-1 

Bilingual: English/Spanish 

€ 54.90 

UNESCO Publishing/Editorial Testoni Studios 

Also published in Spanish: Colonia del Sacramento 

The Jesuit ‘Republic’ of the 

Guaranis (1609-1768) and its 

Heritage 

Selim Abou 



ISBN 978-92-3-103221-9 

€ 37.80 

UNESCO Publishing/Crossroad Herder 

Also published in French: La « République » jésuite des 

Guaranís (1609-1768) et son héritage, and in Spanish: 

La «República» jesuítica de los guaraníes (1609-1768) y 

su herencia 

The Protection of Cultural Property 


Commentary on the Hague Convention of 14 May 1954 

Jirí Toman 

World Heritage Series 

1996, XVI + 525 pp., notes, biblio., annexes, 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-102862-5 

€ 33.50 

UNESCO Publishing/Dartmouth 

Also published in French: La protection des biens 

culturels en cas de conflit armé, and in Russian 

NEW 

• WORLD HERITAGE 

PATRIMOINE MONDIAL 

UNESCO 2011 

 

 

UNESCO World Heritage 

Desk Diary 2011 


2010, 160 pp., 81 colour photographs, spiral bound, 

23 × 22 cm 

Trilingual edition: English/French/Spanish 

ISBN 978-92-3-004172-4 

€ 15.00 


The UNESCO World Heritage Desk Diary 

2011 features a helpful week-at-a-glance 

design. It is illustrated with 77 colour photos 

of World Heritage sites, each accompanied by 

a short caption. The diary also introduces the 

Convention Concerning the Protection of World 

Cultural and Natural Heritage: its objectives, the 

selection criteria, the institutions which ensure 

its implementation, as well as a list of sites and 

states that are party to the Convention. 

The Restoration of Borobudur 

Edited by I. G .N. Anom 


2005, 288 pp., figs, tables, photographs, glossary and 

biblio., 27.8 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103940-9 

€ 50.00 


Added to the World Heritage List in 1991, 

the Borobudur Temple is a symbol of the 

extraordinary cultural diversity that characterizes 

the vast archipelago of islands that form 

Indonesia. 

This book is inspired by, and honours the 

legacy of, Professor Soekmono, Indonesia’s 

first archaeologist and project manager of the 

Borobudur restoration project. Divided into 

eight chapters, the book traces the temple’s 

history from its uncertain beginnings and 

eventual rediscovery in 1814, to the various 

excavations and geological studies that 

culminated in its successful restoration in 1983. 

It focuses particular attention on the decade 

of restoration that included some twentyseven 

countries and began in earnest with the 

UNESCO campaign for its restoration in 1972. 

It covers the various aspects of the process, 

including the long and painstaking task of 

logging the position of the stones; the studies 

that revealed the underlying sources of decay; 

and the important archaeological finds that 

provided clues to the temple’s spiritual past.

CULTURE 

61 

Many of the original drawings and photographs 

taken from the restoration project archives 

illustrate the book throughout. 

It also explores some of the great mysteries and 

spiritual traditions surrounding Borobudur. 

NEW 

The World’s Heritage: A Complete 

Guide to the Most Extraordinary 

Places 


2009, 832 pp., colour illustrations, maps 

21 × 16 cm (paperback) 

ISBN 978-92-3-104122-8 

€ 24.00 

UNESCO Publishing / HarperCollins 

A unique guide to 878 UNESCO World 

Heritage sites, this single volume of the World’s 

Heritage is illustrated with over 650 stunning 

full-colour photographs. Location maps for 

every site are also included. 

For over thirty-five years, the World Heritage 

Convention and its List have proved invaluable 

tools in UNESCO’s constant efforts to encourage 

the identification, protection and preservation 

of cultural and natural heritage around the 

world considered to be of outstanding value to 

humanity. Moreover, they contribute significantly 

to advancing UNESCO’s mission to safeguard the 

world’s precious cultural and biodiversity. 


• Volume 1: Archaeological Sites and Urban 

Centres 

Foreword by Francesco Bandarin 


2002, 383 pp., hardcover, colour photographs, 

29 × 25 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103869-3 

€ 50.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Skira Editore 

• Volume 2: Monumental Sites 

Foreword by Francesco Bandarin 


2003, 383 pp., hardcover, colour photographs, 

29 × 25 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103919-5 

€ 50.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Skira Editore 

UNESCO Guides – World Heritage 

UNESCO World Heritage Guides include clear and 

enjoyable information written by local professionals 

so as to provide readers and visitors with all the 

necessary elements to fully appreciate each World 

Heritage site. Together with suggested itineraries, 

they include information on the history, culture and 

life of the people who used to live or still live in the 

site to this day. The printed guide (pocket size, glossy 

paper, colour photographs) and a map of the site are 

accompanied by a high-quality DVD that will not only 

help to introduce and prepare the voyage but acts as 

a lasting memory of it upon return. Sold as a package 

and presented in a slip case measuring 17 × 26 cm. 

Cuzco 

The Inca Capital 

Manuel Jesús Aparicio Vega World Heritage series 

2002, printed guide 127 pp., colour photographs, 

19 × 14 cm + map + DVD (PAL/NTSC) 

ISBN 978-92-3-103806-8 

€ 30.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Ediciones San Marcos/Planeta De 

Agostini 

Also available in French: Cuzco. La capitale inca, and in 

Spanish: Cuzco. La capital incaica 

Doñana 

A Paradise for Birds 

Alberto Ruiz de Larramendi 




ISBN 978-92-3-103858-7 

€ 30.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Planeta De Agostini/Ediciones San 

Marcos 

Also available in Spanish: Doñana. Un paraíso para las 

aves 

Iguazú/Iguaçu 

The Forest of Waterfalls 




ISBN 978-92-3-103862-4 

€ 30.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Planeta De Agostini/Ediciones San 

Marcos 

Also available in Spanish: IGUAZÚ – IGUAÇU. La Selva de 

las Cataratas 

Panamá 

Panamá la Vieja and Casco Viejo 

Alfredo Castillero 




ISBN 978-92-3-103923-2 

€ 30.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Ediciones San Marcos/Planeta De 

Agostini 

This clear and enjoyable multimedia guide 

provides readers or visitors with all the necessary 

elements to fully appreciate the four World 

Heritage Sites of Panamá. 

The DVD-ROM offers a journey through the 

ruins of Panamá La Vieja (Old Panamá), Casco 

Viejo, the historic district of Panamá City and 

Darién National Park, as well as the forts of 

Portobelo and San Lorenzo. 

The pocket size printed guide offers itineraries 

through the archaeological site of Panamá 

La Vieja and the historic district of the city, 

providing a wealth of information to enable 

visitors to fully appreciate these sites. It is also 

complemented by a map of the city. 

Also available in French: Panamá. Panamá la Vieja et le 

Casco Viejo. And Spanish: Panamá. Panamá la Vieja y el 

Casco Viejo 


World Heritage is a quarterly magazine which 

presents in-depth articles on cultural and 

natural sites around the world. 

Lavishly illustrated, each issue is a journey of 

discovery - with original articles on various 

sites from experts in the field - together with 

news items, analysis and a sharing of best 

practices on major topics. 

UNESCO Publishing/Publishing for Development 

Single copies can be purchased online at: 


€ 7.50 (plus postage). 

For more information and subscriptions, 

please refer to page 64 

Also published in French and Spanish

Discovering the World series 








104018_COUV.indd 1 16/01/09 13:52:19 

62 COMMU NICATION AND INFORMATION 

COMMU NICATION 

AND INFORMATION 

Communication and 


FOR 

THE YOUNG 

Discovering the World 

series 

In just a few pages you can find all you need to 

know about UNESCO, the World Heritage Sites, 

oceans, biosphere reserves and other subjects 

at the heart of the organization’s work. 

The Discovering the World series is a 

collection of compact guides aimed at 

making subjects accessible for a young 

readership (from 10 years old onwards). 

They are perfect for students of school or 

college age who need to prepare a text or 

presentation on any one of these subjects. 

Parents and teachers will also find these little 

books an interesting read. 

Tell me about… UNESCO 

Text by Fréderic Bosc 


2002, 48 pp., illus., colour photographs, 

21 × 15 cm, paperback 

ISBN 978-92-3-103802-0 

€ 4.60 


Also published in French: Raconte-moi... L’UNESCO, 

in Spanish: Háblame... De la UNESCO, in Arabic and in 

Russian 

Child Abuse on the Internet 

Ending the Silence 

Edited by Carlos A. Arnoldo Introduction: 

Maldwyn Jones 

Communication and Development series 

2001, 220 pp., annexes, 21.5 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-103728-3 

€ 23.80 


Explaining… Biosphere Reserves 

Text by Christine Sourd. Translated from French by 

Barbara Thompson 




ISBN 978-92-3-103844-0 

€ 4.60 


A colourful and easy-to-read book that 

provides accessible answers to questions related 

to biosphere reserves, including: What is 

biodiversity? Why is it in peril? Why should we 

preserve it? What do biosphere reserves look 

like? How do they function? Where are they 

located in the world? 

Also published in French: Explique-moi... Les réserves 

de biosphère, in Spanish: Explícame... Las reservas de 

biosfera, and in Arabic 

Tll b t Li i H it 

TELL ME ABOUT ... 

Living Heritage 

Tell me about … Living Heritage 

Text by Marie Renault. Illustrations by Pascale Collange 


2008, 48 pp, colour illustrations, glossary 

21.7 × 15.5 cm, hardback 

ISBN 978-92-3-104049-8 

€ 8.00 


Many people do not derive their sense of 

identity from historic monuments or sites. 

Instead, they find it in what UNESCO calls 

‘living heritage’ or ‘intangible heritage’. This 

heritage includes languages, tales, stories, 

music, dance, the performing arts, ceremonies, 

traditional medicine, weaving, pottery, etc. – in 

short, all the skills that are handed down from 

generation to generation. These traditions 

and practices reflect the spirit of peoples and 

communities. Yet this intangible heritage is often 

at greater risk than natural and tangible heritage. 

In this book, you will discover the enormous 

diversity of living heritage, whose elements are 

vital for all of us as citizens of the world. 

Also published in French: Raconte-moi… Le Patrimoine 

vivant, and in Spanish: Háblame… Del Patrimonio vivo 

Explaining… The Earth 

Text by Philippe Bouysse 


2007, 48 pp., illus., colour photographs, glossary, 

21 ×15 cm, hardback 

ISBN 978-92-3-104015-3 

€ 8.00 


The Earth is the only planet in the Solar System 

that has produced life – thanks to its size and 

its ideal position – and permits the evolution 

of increasingly complex species, of which 

human beings are the most recent outcome. The 

incredible expansion of the human population 

with all its activities over the course of the last 

century, however, threatens to endanger the 

fragile and complex ecological equilibriums that 

reign over the globe. 

This book outlines the basic geophysical aspects 

of the Earth and traces its dynamic and everchanging 

surface properties and topographic 

evolution. A better understanding of how our 

beautiful planet functions is the key to learning 

how to better respect the Earth and thereby 

guarantee the survival of future generations. 

Also published in French: Explique-moi… La Terre 

And Spanish: Explícame… La Tierra 

NEW 

TELL ME ABOUT... 

Crafts 

Tell me about … Crafts 

Text by Jocelyne Etienne-Nugue. 

Illustrations by Aurore Callias. 


2009, 48 pp., colour illustrations, glossary, 

1.7 × 15.5 cm, hardback 

ISBN 978-92-3-104018-4 

€ 8.00 

UNESCO Publishing



103872_COUV.indd 1 17/10/05 15:42:23 

FOR THE YOUNG 

63 

Crafts are the fruit of tradition, innovation 

and imagination. Whether they take the form 

of pottery, woodwork, basketwork, weaving, 

metalwork, glasswork or leatherwork, they are all 

a fundamental expression of cultural identity. 

For UNESCO, crafts are also an important tool 

in sustainable development. 

Also published in French: Raconte-moi… L’artisanat 

And in Spanish: Háblame… De la Artesanía 

Explaining… The Climate 

Text by Guy Jacques 

Translated from French by ENVision. Illustrations: 

Thierry Leveau 


2005, 48 pp., colour photographs, illus., glossary, 


ISBN 978-92-3-103990-4 

€ 6,00 


Explaining… The Climate gathers together 

the scientific knowledge necessary for 

younger readers to understand the climate, 

its mechanisms and phenomena. All topics 

are dealt with in an understandable yet 

informative manner – from the effects of 

latitude to those of altitude, from the history 

of climates to the geography of great climatic 

regions, and from meteorologists’ instruments 

to the conclusions of the Kyoto conference. In 

addition, the book offers a broad selection of 

clear explanatory diagrams, text boxes of easily 

memorized facts, and a wide array of carefully 

chosen photographs. This book is an excellent 

introduction to climatology and will awaken 

curiosity in all readers keen to learn how the 

climate will affect our future. 

Also published in French: Explique-moi... Le climat, and 

in Spanish: Explícame... El Clima 

This book aims to help young people become 

more aware of the racism behind the tragedy of 

the slave trade. At the same time, the slave trade 

brought with it profound cultural interactions 

that changed the knowledge and belief 

systems informing the world’s civilizations. An 

appreciation of the abiding influence of African 

cultures on other civilizations will help readers 

to defeat the prejudices that fuel racism. 

Also published in French: Raconte-moi…L’esclavage, 

forthcoming in Spanish 

TELL ME ABOUT 

The Oceans 


Tell me about… The Oceans 

Text by Patricia Chairopoulos 

Translated from French by Linda Blake 




ISBN 978-92-3-103872-3 

€ 4.60 


Did you know that three-quarters of the globe 

are covered with seas and oceans? This is just one 

of the interesting facts that you could learn by 

reading this compact book about oceans, their 

beginnings, their role in regulating world climate 

and the rich resources within. 

Also published in French: Raconte moi... Les Océans, 

and in Spanish: Háblame... De los océanos 

And in Arabic 

and projects that bring alive the meaning of 

heritage for a young audience. 

Also published in French: Raconte-moi... Le Patrimoine 

mondial, in Spanish: Háblame... Del Patrimonio mundial, 

and in Arabic 

TERRA (CARD GAME) 

Bruno Faidutti 

2003, card game, rules in English, Catalan, French, 

German, and Spanish 

ISBN 978-92-3-010870-0 

€ 20.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Days of Wonder 

A card game for three to six players. Aged 

8+. This game teaches children the benefits 

of teamwork from on early age. Players are 

encouraged to put aside their personal interests 

and work together to solve ecological, socioeconomic, 

military and diplomatic crises in 

order to attain world peace and sustainable 

development. 

TELL ME ABOUT ... 

The Slave Trade 

TELL ME ABOUT: 

World 

Heritage 

ll b h Sl d 

Tell me about… The Slave Trade 

Text by Jean-Michel Deveau 


2007, 48 pp., colour illus., map, glossary, 

21 × 15 cm, hardback 

ISBN 978-92-3-104019-1 

€ 8.00 


The slave trade shattered the lives of millions of 

people. Many of those uprooted from their land 

and then bought and sold were children. Although 

slavery is today considered a crime against 

humanity, such exploitation and trafficking persist. 

An estimated 246 million children between 5 and 

18 years of age continue to live in conditions of 

domestic or industrial slavery. 


Tell me about… World Heritage 

Text by Jean Lopez 

Translated from French by Linda Blake 




ISBN 978-92-3-103873-0 

€ 4.60 


This compact guide promotes the understanding 

of what it means to be included on the World 

Heritage List. Written in an accessible way 

and illustrated with many examples, the book 

touches on the meaning of heritage, the World 

Heritage Convention, the criteria for choosing 

sites and their protection. In short, information

64 ALPHABETICAL INDEX AND PRICE LIST 

ALPHABETICAL INDEX AND PRICE LIST 

All available titles 

Periodicals 

• Museum international 

Quarterly 


Wiley-Blackwell 

www.blackwellpublishing.com/subs.asp?ref=1350-0775&site=1 

• Prospects 

Prospects is co-published by the UNESCO International Bureau of Education 

(Geneva) and Springer Netherlands. 

For subscriptions, please contact: 

Springer Heidelberg 

Customer Service Journals 

Haberstrasse 7 

69126 Heidelberg 

Germany 

Tel: ++ 49-6221-345-4304 

Fax: ++ 49-6221-345-4229 

subcriptions@springer.com 

www.springer.com/education/journal/11125 

• World Heritage 

World Heritagee 

magazine is published jointly by UNESCO and Publishing 

for Development and printed four times a year in English, French and 

Spanish. 

The annual subscription rate is € 27.00 (€ 54.00 for two years) for Europe 

and US$ 37.00 (US$ 74.00 for two years) for the rest of the world and 

includes postage. 

Where to send your order: 

DL SERVICES 

Avenue du Roi 202 

B 1190 Brussels (Belgium) 

Tel.: +32 2 538 43 08 

Fax: +32 2 538 08 41 

E-mail: subscriptions@dl-servi.com 

Single copy sales: www.unesco.org/publishing 

• € 7.50 + postage: 

• € 5.50 (Europe) 

• € 10.00 (Rest of the world). 

Postage fee applicable to any quantity of issues ordered. 

CD-ROMs/DVDs 

Titles ISBN € Page 

Arthropods of Economic Importance Agromyzidae of the World 

(CD-ROM) 978-92-3-103974-4 130.00 41 

Arthropods of Economic Importance Diaspididae of the World 

(CD-ROM) 978-92-3-170003-3 130.00 41 

Birds of Europe ‘The handy birding tool’ (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-108775-2 37.80 41 

Blue Gold - Interactive Encyclopaedia of Water (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-103560-9 25.00 33 

Chironomidae Larvae - Key to the Higher Taxa and Species of the 

Lowlands of Northwestern Europe (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-180502-8 179.00 42 

Cultural Diversity and Indigenous Peoples: Oral, Written 

Expressions and New Technologies (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-103939-3 49.00 53 

Cuzco - The Inca Capital (Guide+DVD-ROM) 978-92-3-103806-8 30.00 61 

Digital Soil Map of the World and Derived Soil Properties Earth 

Sciences series (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-103889-1 40.00 31 

DNA and Proteins An Interactive Education Tool for Secondary 

Schools and Undergraduate University Teaching (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-170001-9 80.00 41 

Doñana - A Paradise for Birds (Guide+DVD-ROM) 978-92-3-103858-7 30.00 61 

Etymological Dictionary of Grasses (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-103390-2 35.10 41 

Fish Eggs and Larvae from Asian Mangrove Waters (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-103697-2 27.40 41 

Fishes of the North-eastern Atlantic and the Mediterranean 

(CD-ROM) 978-92-3-103126-7 179.90 41 

Five Kingdoms: A Multimedia Guide to the Phyla of Life on Earth 

(CD-ROM) 978-92-3-108771-4 37.80 41 

Flora Malesiana: Orchids of the Philippines - Vol. I (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-180501-1 59.00 41 

Geological Map of the World at 1:25 000 000 (GeoKiosk® CD-ROM 

for the general public) 978-92-3-009802-5 53.10 32 

Iguazú/Iguaçu - The Forest of Waterfalls (Guide+DVD-ROM) 978-92-3-103862-4 30.00 61 

Interactive Flora of the British Isles A Digital Encyclopedia 

(DVD-ROM) 978-92-3-103971-3 42.00 41 

Interactive Guide to Mushrooms and Other Fungi (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-188801-4 37.80 41 

Lemurs of Madagascar and the Comoros (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-103795-5 100.00 41 

Mineral Atlas of the World – Europe (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-009980-0 40.00 32 

Panamá - Panamá la Vieja and Casco Viejo (Guide+DVD) 978-92-3-103923-2 30.00 61 

Silk, Scents and Spice (DVD) Tracing the World’s Great Trade Routes 978-92-3-103819-8 48.80 54 

UNESBIB Bibliographic Database UNESCO Thesaurus, 2008 

(CD-ROM) 978-92-3-004093-2 23.00 11 

UNESCO Documents - General Conference, Executive Board 173- 

177ex; 34c End 2005-2007 (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-004079-6 23.00 11 

UNESCO: Resolutions and Decisions 1946-2007 (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-004080-2 23.00 11 

Water, a Shared Responsibility The United Nations World Water 

Development Report 2 (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-104007-8 36.00 30 

Water for People - Water for Life The United Nations World Water 

Development Report 1 (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-103929-4 50.00 30 

Yeasts of the World Morphology, Physiology, Sequences and 

Identification (CD-ROM) 978-92-3-108772-1 95.00 42


65 

Videos 


Achieving Education for All (VIDEO) PAL 978-92-3-103685-9 7.60 12 

Children of Thula Mntwana: Growing up in cities (VIDEO) 

PAL 

NTSC 

978-92-3-103865-5 

978-92-3-103866-2 

11.40 

11.40 

Gloria Cuartas: Mayor of Apartadó (VIDEO) 978-92-3-103693-4 19.10 43 

Gorazde: Psycho-geography of a Border (VIDEO) 978-92-3-103657-6 19.10 53 

Life in the Green Desert The Gobi Women’s Project (VIDEO) 978-92-3-103679-8 11.40 49 

Portraits in Courage (VIDEO) 978-92-3-103673-6 7.60 17 

Rigoberta Menchú ‘I Crossed the Border...’ (VIDEO) 978-92-3-103665-1 15.20 43 

Se Banw Ye We do have the skills to do it (VIDEO) 978-92-3-103670-5 7.60 45 

The Silk Roads (VIDEO) 978-92-3-103691-0 19.10 54 

Small is Working Technology for Poverty Reduction (VIDEO) 

PAL 

NTSC 

Books 

978-92-3-103910-2 

978-92-3-180003-0 

14.80 

14.80 


A 

The Abolitions of Slavery 978-92-3-103167-0 29.00 52 

Adult Education in Selected Countries in the Asian Region 978-92-820-1127-0 11.00 25 

Advanced Simulation and Modeling for Urban Groundwater 

Management – UGROW NEW 978-92-3-104173-0 38.00 40 

African Music New Challenges, New Vocations 978-92-3-103988-1 14.80 52 

Agro-Ecological Farming Systems in China 978-92-3-103784-9 91.50 34 

Ancient Indian Tradition and Mythology: Mahapuranas 

Vol. 43: The Padma Purana, Part V 978-92-3-102864-9 15.20 58 

Vol. 50: The Skanda Purana, Part II 978-92-3-102871-7 15.20 58 

Vol. 51: The Skanda Purana, Part III 978-92-3-102894-6 15.20 58 

Vol. 52: The Skanda Purana, Part IV 978-92-3-102895-3 15.20 58 

Vol. 53: The Skanda Purana, Part V 978-92-3-103184-7 15.20 58 

Vol. 54: The Skanda Purana, Part VI 978-92-3-103185-4 15.20 58 

Vol. 55: The Skanda Purana, Part VII 978-92-3-103186-1 15.20 58 

Vol. 56: The Skanda Purana, Part VIII 978-92-3-103477-0 15.20 58 

Vol. 57: The Skanda Purana, Part IX 978-92-3-181001-5 15.20 58 

Vol. 58: The Skanda Purana, Part X 978-92-3-181002-2 15.20 58 

Vol. 59: The Skanda Purana, Part XI 978-92-3-103478-7 15.20 58 

Vol. 60: The Skanda Purana, Part XII 978-92-3-103479-4 15.20 58 

Vol. 61: The Skanda Purana, Part XIII 978-92-3-103480-0 15.20 58 

Vol. 62: The Skanda Purana, Part XIV 978-92-3-102881-6 15.20 58 

Vol. 63: The Skanda Purana, Part XV 978-92-3-104003-0 15.20 58 

Vol. 64: The Skanda Purana, Part XVI 978-92-3-102883-0 15.20 58 

Vol. 65: The Skanda Purana, Part XVII 978-92-3-102884-7 15.20 58 

Angels on the Head of a Pin 978-92-3-103837-2 18.00 57 

Aquatic Habitats in Sustainable Urban Water Management. 

Science, Policy and Practice 978-92-3-104062-7 36.00 39 

The Arsonist 978-92-3-103343-8 13.40 58 

Art and Science 978-92-3-103502-9 30.20 54 

Arts and Artists from an Economic Perspective 978-92-3-103834-1 29.00 52 

Assessment and Control of Nonpoint Source Pollution of Aquatic 

Ecosystems A Practical Approach 978-92-3-103407-7 75.50 34 

Atlas of the World’s Languages in Danger NEW 978-92-3-104096-2 28.00 52 

B 

Bandarshah 978-92-3-103174-8 23.60 58 

Beyond Tropical Deforestation From Tropical Deforestation to 

Forest Cover Dynamics and Forest Development 978-92-3-103941-6 65.00 34 

45 

45 

32 

32 


Biodiversity in Land-Inland Water Ecotones 978-92-3-103352-0 51.80 34 

Biosphere Reserves: Special Places for People and Nature 978-92-3-103813-6 16.00 28 

The Book: A World Transformed 978-92-3-103800-6 21.30 46 

Book of My Mother 978-92-3-103395-7 23.60 58 

Breaking the Silence Voices of Women from Around the World 978-92-3-103374-2 9.90 49 

Breaking Through Engendering Monitoring and Evaluation in 

Adult Education 978-92-820-1096-9 10.20 26 

C 

Catalogue of the National Museum of Afghanistan, 1931-1985 978-92-3-104030-6 25.00 49 

Challenge and Transformation: Museums in Cape Town and 

Sydney 978-92-3-104016-0 46.00 50 

The Challenge of Indigenous Education: Practice and Perspectives 978-92-3-103934-8 19.80 12 

Change in Continuity Concepts and tools for a Cultural Approach 

to Development 978-92-3-103491-6 22.70 52 

The Changing Face of the Earth The break-up of Pangaea and 

continental drift over the past 250 million years in ten steps 978-92-3-103900-3 15.00 31 

The Changing Ocean Its Effects on Climate and Living Resources 978-92-3-103877-8 14.80 33 

Changing International Aid to Education 978-92-3-103514-2 20.60 12 

Check-List of the Fishes of the Eastern Tropical Atlantic (CLOFETA) 978-92-3-002622-6 73.20 37 

Child Abuse on the Internet – Ending the Silence 978-92-3-103728-3 23.80 62 

Climate Change 978-92-3-103938-6 14.80 33 

Climate Change and Arctic Sustainable Development NEW 978-92-3-104139-6 22.00 28 

Coastal Zone Space: Prelude to Conflict? 978-92-3-102953-0 13.00 33 

Cold Water Shielded. Selected Poems 978-92-3-003580-8 16.80 58 

Colonia del Sacramento 978-92-3-003295-1 54.90 60 

Commons in a Cold Climate Coastal Fisheries and Reindeer 

Pastoralism in North Norway: The Co-management Approach 978-92-3-103585-2 73.20 34 

Complete Poetical Works of Lucian Blaga 978-92-3-103775-7 31.00 58 

Confronting the Shadow Education System NEW 978-92-803-1333-8 20.00 24 

Coping with Beach Erosion 978-92-3-103561-6 16.80 31 

Copyright and Neighbouring Rights 978-92-3-102837-3 38.10 52 

Corrupt Schools, Corrupt Universities: What can be Done? 978-92-803-1296-6 20.00 24 

Cost Analysis of Educational Inclusion of Marginalized Populations 978-92-803-1152-5 15.00 20 

Cost-benefit Analysis in Educational Planning 978-92-803-1259-1 15.00 19 

Creating Better Cities with Children and Youth A Manual for 

Participation 978-92-3-103815-0 30.00 49 

Creating our Common Future Educating for Unity in Diversity 978-92-3-103781-8 22.90 13 

Cross-national Studies of the Quality of Education Planning their 

Design and Managing their Impact 978-92-803-1289-8 20.00 26 

Cultural Property in War: Improvement in Protection NEW 978-92-3-104142-6 36.00 60 

Cultural Rights and Wrongs 978-92-3-103555-5 22.90 47 

The Culture of Democracy A Challenge for Schools 978-92-3-103093-2 9.90 45 

D 

Data Requirements for Integrated Urban Water Management 978-92-3-104059-7 48.00 39 

Democracy: An Analytical Survey 978-92-3-102845-8 14.50 43 

Democracy and Human Rights in Multicultural Societies 978-92-3-104050-4 37.00 44 

Democratic Culture and Governance Latin America on the 

Threshold of the Third Millennium 978-92-3-102858-8 10.70 43 

Demographic Aspects of Educational Planning 978-92-803-1219-5 15.00 21 

The Descendants of Cain 978-92-3-103429-9 18.30 58 

Developing Key Competencies in Education: Some Lessons from 

International and National Experience 978-92-3-103945-4 10.00 18 

Developing Programmes for Adult Learners in Africa 978-92-820-1120-1 20.00 25 

The Different Aspects of Islamic Culture (In six volumes) 

Vol. II: The Individual and Society in Islam 978-92-3-102742-0 45.70 56 

Vol. III: The Spread of Islam Throughout 

the World FORTHCOMING 978-92-3-104153-2 45.70 56


Vol. IV: Science and Technology in Islam 

Part I: The Exact and Natural Sciences 

Part II: Technology and Applied Sciences 


978-92-3-103830-3 

978-92-3-103831-0 

45.70 

45.70 

Vol. V: Culture and Learning in Islam 978-92-3-103909-6 45.70 56 

Discovering Literacy. Access Routes to Written Culture for a Group 

of Women in Mexico 978-92-820-1137-9 28.00 26 

Dolly City 978-92-3-103362-9 9.90 58 

Double-shift Schooling: Design and Operation for Costeffectiveness 

978-92-803-1315-4 15.00 19 

E 

Early Childhood Education: A Training Manual 978-92-3-103612-5 22.90 16 

Early Childhood Education: Need and Opportunity 978-92-803-1197-6 15.00 21 

The Early Lyrics of So Chong Ju 978-92-3-102889-2 10.70 58 

Earthquake Spectra. The Great Sumatra Earthquakes and Indian 

Ocean Tsunamis of 26 December 2004 and 28 March 2005 

Reconnaissance Report 978-92-3-104037-5 43.00 32 

The Ecology and Management of Aquatic-Terrestrial Ecotones 978-92-3-102668-3 51.80 34 

The Ecology of Tropical Forest Tree Seedlings 978-92-3-103299-8 51.80 34 

Educating for a Sustainable Future: Commitments and 

Partnerships 978-92-3-103935-5 19.80 12 

Educating Students with High Ability 978-92-3-103972-0 12.00 16 

Educational Strategies for Small Island States 978-92-803-1147-1 15.00 19 

Education and Employment in OECD Countries 978-92-803-1312-3 15.00 19 

Education, Conflict and Social Cohesion 978-92-3-103962-1 23.80 18 

Education Counts: Benchmarking Progress in 19 WEI Countries 

World Education Indicators - 2006 978-92-9189-040-8 20.00 10 

Education for a Culture of Peace in a Gender Perspective 978-92-3-103811-2 18.30 16 

Education for All Global Monitoring Report 2002. Is the World 

on Track? 978-92-3-103880-8 24.00 12 

Education for All Global Monitoring Report 2003/4. Gender and 

Education for All: The Leap to Equality 978-92-3-103914-0 24.00 13 

Education for All Global Monitoring Report 2005. The Quality 

Imperative 978-92-3-103976-8 24.00 13 

Education for All Global Monitoring Report 2008. Education for All 

by 2015: Will we make it? 978-92-3-104058-0 24.00 13 

Education for All Global Monitoring Report 2009. Overcoming 

Inequality: Why Governance Matters 978-92-3-104089-4 24.00 14 

Education for All Global Monitoring Report 2010. Reaching the 

marginalized NEW 978-92-3-104129-7 24.00 13 

Education Kit on Combating Desertification 978-92-3-103892-1 30.00 17 

The Education of Nomadic Peoples in East Africa - 

Review of Relevant Literature 978-92-803-1266-9 15.00 24 

The Education of Nomadic Peoples in East Africa - 

Synthesis Report 978-92-803-1265-2 15.00 24 

Education Planning and Management, and the Use of 

Geographical Information Systems 978-92-803-1158-7 15.00 25 

Education Privatization: Causes, Consequences and Planning 

Implications 978-92-803-1239-3 15.00 21 

Education Projects: Elaboration, Financing and Management 978-92-803-1146-4 15.00 21 

Education Reforms and Teachers’ Unions: Avenues for Action 978-92-803-1280-5 15.00 20 

Education Trends in Perspective Analysis of the World Education 

Indicators – 2005 Edition 978-92-9189-024-8 25.00 10 

Effective Literacy Programmes: Options for Policy-makers 978-92-803-1318-5 15.00 19 

Eliminating Corporal Punishment: The Way Forward to 

Constructive Child Discipline 978-92-3-103991-1 16.00 14 

El Niño: Fact and Fiction 978-92-3-103649-1 16.80 33 

Engineering: Issues and Challenges for Development NEW 978-92-3-104156-3 26.00 28 

Enhancing the Skills of Early Childhood Trainers 978-92-3-103601-9 11.40 17 

Environmental Ethics and International Policy 978-92-3-104039-9 22.00 43 

European Perspectives on Cultural Policy 978-92-3-103771-9 12.20 52 

56 

56 


Explaining… Biosphere Reserves 978-92-3-103844-0 4.60 62 

Explaining… The Climate 978-92-3-103990-4 6.00 63 

Explaining… The Earth 978-92-3-104015-3 8.00 62 

External Quality Assurance in Higher Education: Making Choices 978-92-803-1304-8 15.00 20 

F 

Farming the Desert. The UNESCO Libyan Valleys Archaeological 

Survey 

Vol. I: Synthesis 978-92-3-103214-1 - 49 

Vol. II: Site Gazetteer and Pottery 978-92-3-103273-8 - 49 

(Vols. I and II not sold separately) 80.00 

Financing Education – Investments and Returns. Analysis of the 

World Education Indicators - 2002 Edition 978-92-9189-001-9 19.00 9 

Financing Secondary Education in Developing Countries: 

Strategies for Sustainable Growth 978-92-803-1199-0 20.00 25 

Fishers’ Knowledge in Fisheries Science and Management 978-92-3-104029-0 30.00 31 

Food Engineering 978-92-3-103999-7 90.00 32 

Forest Biodiversity in North, Central and South America, and the 

Caribbean Research and Monitoring 978-92-3-103409-1 105.20 35 

Forest Biodiversity Research, Monitoring and Modeling. 

Conceptual Background and Old World Case Studies 978-92-3-103408-4 91.50 34 

Foundations of Adult Education in Africa 978-92-820-1121-8 20.00 26 

Fredman’s Epistles & Songs A Selection in English with A Short 

Introduction by Paul Britten Austin 978-92-3-103608-8 19.10 58 

Freedom from Poverty as a Human Right: 

Who Owes What to the Very Poor? 978-92-3-104033-7 22.00 46 

Freedom from Poverty as a Human Right 

Volume 2 – Theory and Politics FORTHCOMING 978-92-3-104143-3 22.00 46 


Volume 3 – Economic perspectives FORTHCOMING 978-92-3-104144-0 22.00 46 


Volume 4 – Law’s Duty to the Poor FORTHCOMING 978-92-3-104145-7 22.00 47 

Freshwater Wetlands and Their Sustainable Future - A case study 

of the Třeboň Basin Biosphere Reserve, Czech Republic 978-92-3-103825-9 100.90 35 

From Chains to Bonds. The Slave Trade Revisited 978-92-3-103439-8 28.00 53 

From Data to Action: Information Systems in Educational 

Planning 978-92-803-1148-8 16.00 25 

From Planning to Action: Government Initiatives for Improving 

School-level Practice 978-92-803-1163-1 20.00 25 

Functional Analysis (Management Audits) of the Organization and 

Management of Ministries of Education 978-92-803-1162-4 15.00 21 

The Future of Arid Lands – Revisited A Review of 50 Years of 

Drylands Research 978-92-3-104053-5 32.00 34 

The Future of Drylands 978-92-3-104052-8 95.00 34 

The Future of Values 21st-Century Talks 978-92-3-103946-1 21.50 46 

G 

Gender Indicators in Science, Engineering and Technology An 

Information Toolkit 978-92-3-104038-2 20.00 37 

General History of Africa (In eight volumes) 

Main edition (hardback) 

Vol. I: Methodology and African Prehistory 978-92-3-101707-0 45.70 54 

Vol. II: Ancient Civilizations of Africa 978-92-3-101708-7 45.70 54 

Vol. III: Africa from the Seventh to the Eleventh Century 978-92-3-101709-4 45.70 55 

Vol. IV: Africa from the Twelfth to the Sixteenth Century 978-92-3-101710-0 45.70 55 

Vol. V: Africa from the Sixteenth to the Eighteenth Century 978-92-3-101711-7 45.70 55 

Vol. VI: Africa in the Nineteenth Century until the 1880s 978-92-3-101712-4 45.70 55 

Vol. VII: Africa under Colonial Domination, 1880–1935 978-92-3-101713-1 45.70 55 

Vol. VIII: Africa since 1935 978-92-3-102758-1 45.70 55 

Abridged edition (paperback) 

Vol. I: Methodology and African Prehistory 978-92-3-102433-7 22.10 55


67 


Vol. II: Ancient Civilizations of Africa 978-92-3-102434-4 22.10 55 

Vol. III: Africa from the Seventh to the Eleventh Century 978-92-3-102495-5 22.10 55 

Vol. IV: Africa from the Twelfth to the Sixteenth Century 978-92-3-102496-2 22.10 55 

Vol. V: Africa from the Sixteenth to the Eighteenth Century 978-92-3-102497-9 22.10 55 

Vol. VI: Africa in the Nineteenth Century until the 1880 978-92-3-102498-6 22.10 55 

Vol. VII: Africa under Colonial Domination, 1880–1935 

(Out of print) 978-92-3-102499-3 - 55 

Vol. VIII: Africa since 1935 978-92-3-102500-6 22.10 55 

General History of the Caribbean (In six volumes) 

Vol. I: Autochthonous Societies 978-92-3-103832-7 25.00 55 

Vol. II: New Societies: The Caribbean in the Long Sixteenth 

Century 978-92-3-103357-5 25.00 55 

Vol. III: The Slave Societies of the Caribbean 978-92-3-103146-5 25.00 55 

Vol. IV: The ‘long’ Nineteenth Century: Nineteenth Century 

Transformations FORTHCOMING 978-92-3-103358-2 25.00 55 

Vol. V: The Caribbean in the Twentieth Century 978-92-3-103359-9 25.00 55 

Vol.VI: Methodology and Historiography of the Caribbean 978-92-3-103360-5 25.00 56 

Geothermal Energy: Utilization and Technology 978-92-3-103915-7 24.80 36 

A Global Geochemical Database for Environmental and Resource 

Management. Final Report of IGCP Project 259 978-92-3-103085-7 15.20 32 

Global Education Digest 2006 Comparing Education Statistics 

Across the World 978-92-9189-028-6 25.00 10 

Global Education Digest 2008 - Comparing Education Statistics 


Global Education Digest 2009 - Comparing Education Statistics 


Global Education Digest 2010 - Comparing Education Statistics 

Across the World NEW 978-92-9189-088-0 25.00 9 

Globalization and Educational Reform: What Planners Need to 

Know 978-92-803-1192-1 15.00 21 

Globalization and the Market in Higher Education: Quality, 

Accreditation and Qualifications 978-92-3-103870-9 22.00 14 

Global Perspectives on Teacher Learning: Improving Policy and 

Practice 978-92-803-1300-0 15.00 20 

Graduate Prospects in a Changing Society 978-92-3-103497-8 24.40 14 

Growing Up in an Urbanising World 978-92-3-103817-4 29.70 45 

A Guide to Human Rights Institutions, Standards, Procedures 978-92-3-103928-7 14.80 44 

Guidelines for Conducting Water Resources Assessment 978-92-3-103476-3 14.50 38 

The Gulf Stream 978-92-3-103995-9 18.00 33 

H 

Handbook for the Collection of Traditional Music and Musical 

Instruments 978-92-3-103304-9 24.40 53 

History of Civilizations of Central Asia (In six volumes) 

Vol. I: The Dawn of Civilization: Earliest Times to 700 B.C. 978-92-3-102719-2 46.00 56 

Vol. II: The Development of Sedentary and Nomadic 

Civilizations: 700 B.C. to A.D. 250 978-92-3-102846-5 46.00 56 

Vol. III: The Crossroads of Civilization: A.D. 250 to 750 978-92-3-103211-0 46.00 56 

Vol. IV: The Age of Achievement: A.D. 750 to the End of the 

Fifteenth Century 

Part One: The Historical, Social and Economic Setting 978-92-3-103467-1 46.00 56 

Part Two: The Achievements 978-92-3-103654-5 46.00 56 

Vol. V: Development in Contrast: from the Sixteenth 

to the Mid-nineteenth Century 978-92-3-103876-1 46.00 56 

Vol.VI: Towards Contemporary Civilization: From the 

Mid-nineteenth Century to the Present Time 978-92-3-103985-0 46.00 56 

History of Humanity (In seven volumes) 

Vol. I: Prehistory and the Beginnings of Civilization 978-92-3-102810-6 122.00 57 

Vol. II: From the Third Millennium 

to the Seventh Century B.C. 978-92-3-102811-3 122.00 57 


Vol. III: From the Seventh Century B.C. to the Seventh 

Century A.D. 978-92-3-102812-0 122.00 57 

Vol. IV: From the Seventh to the Sixteenth Century 978-92-3-102813-7 122.00 57 

Vol. V: From the Sixteenth to the Eighteenth Century 978-92-3-102814-4 122.00 57 

Vol. VI: The Nineteenth Century 978-92-3-102815-1 122.00 57 

Vol. VII: The Twentieth Century 978-92-3-104083-2 122.00 57 

Humanity in the Making Overview of the Intellectual History 

of UNESCO 1945-2005 978-92-3-104004-7 30.00 12 

Human Remains and Museum Practice 978-92-3-104021-4 46.00 50 

Human Rights in Education, Science and Culture Legal 

Developments and Challenges 978-92-3-104073-3 39.00 45 

Human Rights: International Protection, Monitoring, 

Enforcement 978-92-3-103883-9 33.80 45 

Human Rights: New Dimensions and Challenges 978-92-3-103582-1 22.10 45 

Human Rights: Questions and Answers NEW 978-92-3-104130-3 16.00 45 

Hydrology and Water Resources of Small Islands: 

A Practical Guide 978-92-3-102753-6 27.40 38 

I 

ICT in Education around the World: Trends, Problems and 

Prospects 978-92-803-1244-7 15.00 21 

Improving School Effectiveness 978-92-803-1204-1 15.00 19 

Incentives Analysis and Individual Decision-making in the 

Planning of Education 978-92-803-1164-8 20.00 25 

Increasing Girls’ and Women’s Participation in Basic Education 978-92-803-1166-2 15.00 21 

Increasing Teacher Effectiveness 978-92-803-1258-4 15.00 22 

Innovations in Science and Technology Education 

Volume IV 978-92-3-102779-6 11.40 17 

Volume VI 978-92-3-103278-3 13.00 17 

Volume VIII 978-92-3-103894-5 16.50 17 

Institutionalising Lifelong Learning: Creating Conducive 

Environments for Adult Learning in the Asian Context 978-92-820-1126-3 30.00 26 

Integrated Urban Water Management in Arid and Semi-arid 

Regions NEW 978-92-3-104061-0 34.00 39 

Integrated Urban Water Management: Humid Tropics NEW 978-92-3-104065-8 35.00 39 

The International Dimensions of Cyberspace Law 978-92-3-103752-8 27.40 45 

International Craft Trade Fairs: A Practical Guide 978-92-3-103779-5 12.20 52 

International Law: Achievements and Prospects 978-92-3-102716-1 160.10 43 

International Schools: Growth and Influence 978-92-803-1320-8 15.00 21 

Introducing Democracy: 80 Questions and Answers NEW 978-92-3-104087-0 15.00 43 

Inventory of Monuments at Pagan 

Volume I: Monuments 1–255 978-92-3-102795-6 99.10 50 

Volume II: Monuments 256–552 978-92-3-102836-6 99.10 50 

Volume III: Monuments 553–818 978-92-3-102946-2 99.10 50 

Volume IV: Monuments 819–1136 978-92-3-103059-8 99.10 50 

Volume V: Monuments 1137–1439 978-92-3-103128-1 99.10 51 

Volume VI: Monuments 1440–1736 978-92-3-103223-3 99.10 51 

Volume VII: Monuments 1737-2064 978-92-3-103629-3 99.10 51 

Volume VIII: Monuments 2065-2834 978-92-3-103789-4 99.10 51 

Investing in Cultural Diversity and Intercultural Dialogue NEW 978-92-3-104077-1 30.00 49 

Islam, Philosophy and Science 978-92-3-101951-7 9.90 47 

Islands as Crossroads NEW 978-92-3-104181-5 30 

J 

The Jesuit ‘Republic’ of the Guaranis (1609-1768) and 

its Heritage 978-92-3-103221-9 37.80 60 

Joseph Needham 20th-Century Renaissance Man 978-92-3-103192-2 18.30 9 

Judging Educational Research Based on Experiments 

and Surveys 978-92-803-1149-5 15.00 21



K 

Keys to the 21st Century 978-92-3-103646-0 29.00 47 

Knowledge, Power and Dissent: Critical Perspectives on Higher 

Education and Research in Knowledge Society 978-92-3-104040-5 26.00 14 

L 

Lacquerware in Asia, Today and Yesterday 978-92-3-103808-2 38.00 53 

Land 978-92-3-103251-6 29.60 58 

Land of Exile. Contemporary Korean Fiction 978-92-3-102933-2 13.70 58 

Landscapes of Literacy An Ethnographic Study of Functional 

Literacy in Marginal Philippine Communities 978-92-820-1188-1 18.30 26 

Land Use Changes and their Environmental Impact in Rural Areas 

in Europe 978-92-3-103596-8 75.50 35 

Laos and Ethnic Minority Cultures: Promoting Heritage 978-92-3-103891-4 48.50 53 

The Lava of this Land South African Poetry 1960-1996 978-92-3-103413-8 19.80 59 

Law and Educational Planning 978-92-803-1150-1 15.00 21 

Learning, Knowledge and Cultural Context 978-92-820-1098-3 25.00 26 

Learning: The Treasure Within Report to UNESCO of the International 

Commission on Education for the Twenty-first Century 978-92-3-103470-1 9.90 14 

Learning Throughout Life Challenges for the Twenty-first Century 978-92-3-103812-9 14.00 14 

Learning to Educate: Proposals for the Reconstruction of 

Education in Latin America 978-92-3-104084-9 19.00 18 

Learning to Live Together: Building Skills, Values and Attitudes for 

The Twenty-first Century 978-92-3-103970-6 14.00 18 

The Legal Aspects of Educational Planning and Administration 978-92-803-1203-4 15.00 21 

Life and Fate of the Ancient Library of Alexandria 978-92-3-102632-4 8.40 53 

The Life of Ismail Ferik Pasha 978-92-3-103216-5 19.00 59 

Limnology and Hydrology of Lakes Tanganyika and Malawi 978-92-3-103400-8 14.50 38 

Limnology and Hydrology of Lake Victoria 978-92-3-103198-4 11.40 38 

Literacy and the Mind The Contexts and Cognitive Consequences 

of Literacy Practice 978-92-820-1087-7 17.50 26 

Literacy for All: Making a Difference 978-92-803-1313-0 15.00 22 

Literacy, Knowledge and Development 978-92-820-1151-5 20.00 26 

Literacy Skills for the World of Tomorrow – Further Results From 

Pisa 2000 978-92-9189-002-6 19.00 10 

M 

Making Peace with the Earth What Future for the Human Species 

and the Planet? 21st-Century Talks 978-92-3-104069-6 16.90 47 

Male Roles, Masculinities and Violence. A culture of peace 

perspective 978-92-3-103745-0 29.70 43 

Management and Conservation of the African Great Lakes 978-92-3-103593-7 19.00 38 

Managing Water Resources 

Methods and Tools for a Systems Approach NEW 978-92-3-104078-8 43.00 38 

Manual of Fish Eggs and Larvae from Asian Mangrove Waters 978-92-3-103449-7 27.40 37 

Manual on Harmful Marine Microalgae 978-92-3-103871-6 49.50 35 

Marine Habitat and Cover Their Importance for Productive Coastal 

Fishery Resources 978-92-3-104035-1 26.00 35 

Measuring the Right to Education 978-92-820-1150-8 30.00 26 

Mediterranean Basin Water Atlas 978-92-3-103963-8 10.00 31 

Memories of Altagracia 978-92-3-103475-6 25.90 59 

Methods of Grouping Learners at School NEW 978-92-803-1349-9 15.00 19 

Migrating Alone. Unaccompanied and Separated Children’s 

Migration to Europe NEW 978-92-3-104091-7 20.00 47 

Migration and Human Rights. The United Nations Convention on 

Migrant Workers’ Rights NEW 978-92-3-104090-0 28.00 48 

Migration without Borders. Essays on the Free Movement 

of People 978-92-3-104024-5 29.00 48 

Monitoring Educational Achievement 978-92-803-1275-1 15.00 22 

Monitoring for Groundwater Management in (Semi-)Arid Regions 978-92-3-103579-1 22.10 38 

Multigrade Schools: Improving Access in Rural Africa? 978-92-803-1242-3 15.00 22 


N 

Nanotechnologies, Ethics and Politics 978-92-3-104051-1 22.00 44 

National Book Policy. A Guide for Users in the Field 978-92-3-103993-5 6.50 16 

National Examinations: Design, Procedures and Reporting 978-92-803-1154-9 15.00 22 

National Strategies for E-learning in Post-secondary Education 

and Training 978-92-803-1214-0 15.00 22 

Needs-based Resource Allocation in Education via Formula 

Funding of Schools 978-92-803-1171-6 20.00 25 

New Technologies for Literacy and Adult Education: A Global 

Perspective 978-92-3-103986-7 12.50 15 

Noguchi in Paris: The UNESCO Garden 978-92-3-103905-8 41.50 51 

Nordic Mountain Birch Ecosystems 978-92-3-103783-2 73.20 35 

Nordic Stone 978-92-3-103899-0 16.00 31 

O 

Ocean Sciences Bridging the Millennia. A Spectrum of Historical 

Accounts 978-92-3-103936-2 45.00 33 

Open Educational Resources: Conversations in Cyberspace 978-92-3-104085-6 12.00 15 

The Origins of Iron Metallurgy in Africa New Light on its Antiquity 

– West and Central Africa 978-92-3-103807-5 22.00 54 

The Other Side 978-92-3-102882-3 21.30 59 

P 

The Panama Canal Transfer of the Panama Canal Special 

Commemorative edition 978-92-3-003707-9 45.00 33 

Peace! An Anthology 978-92-3-103193-9 36.60 43 

People on Earth The Population of sub-Saharan Africa 

Map of Africa 978-92-3-199769-3 18.30 48 

People on Earth World Population Map 978-92-3-199770-9 18.30 48 

Physical Facilities for Education. What Planners Need to Know 978-92-803-1167-9 15.00 22 

Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography. 

Guidelines to Modern Methods 978-92-3-103275-2 48.80 36 

Planning Education in and after Emergencies 978-92-803-1225-6 15.00 23 

Planning for Cultural Diversity 978-92-803-1311-6 15.00 21 

Planning for Education in the Context of HIV/AIDS 978-92-803-1198-3 15.00 23 

Planning for Innovation in Education 978-92-803-1161-7 15.00 24 

Planning for technical and vocational skills 

development NEW 978-92-803-1352-9 15.00 20 

Planning Human Resources: Methods, Experiences 

and Practices 978-92-803-1237-9 15.00 23 

Planning Learner-centred Adult Literacy Programmes 978-92-803-1168-6 15.00 23 

The Prisoner 978-92-3-103266-0 18.30 59 

Promoting Skills Development. Report of an Inter-regional 

Seminar, Paris, 22-23 January 2004 978-92-803-1261-4 12.00 25 

The Protection of Cultural Property in the Event of Armed 

Conflict - Commentary on the Hague Convention 

of 14 May 1954 978-92-3-102862-5 33.50 60 

The Psychology of Adult Learning in Africa 978-92-820-1117-1 20.00 26 

Q 

The Quest for a Wife. Mämiminbin, a Palawan Epic Sung by 

Mäsinu 978-92-3-003732-1 45.00 59 

Questions of Intimacy. Rethinking Population Education 978-92-820-1095-2 16.80 27 

The Qur’ān Manuscripts in the Al-Haram Al-Sharif Islamic 

Museum, Jerusalem 978-92-3-103614-9 72.40 51 

R 

The Rainy Spell and other Korean Stories 978-92-3-103396-4 20.60 59 

Rats’ Nests. The poetry of Hagiwara Sakutarô 978-92-3-103586-9 33.40 59 

Real-time Coastal Observing Systems for Marine Ecosystem 

Dynamics and Harmful Algal Blooms. Theory, Instrumentation 

and Modelling 978-92-3-104042-9 56.00 36 

Renewable Energy of the Sun 978-92-3-188101-5 27.40 36 

Reproductive Ecology of Tropical Forest Plants 978-92-3-102669-0 51.80 35


69 


Research Methods for Adult Educators in Africa 978-92-820-1118-8 20.00 27 

The Restoration of Borobudur 978-92-3-103940-9 50.00 60 

Rethinking Development. Putting an end to poverty 978-92-3-103702-3 14.90 48 

Reviewing Quantitative Research to Inform Educational Policy 

Processes 978-92-803-1210-2 15.00 23 

Revisiting Technical and Vocational Education in Sub-Saharan 

Africa. An Update on Trends, Innovations and Challenges 978-92-803-1224-9 20.00 25 

Rock Art in West Papua 978-92-3-103906-5 48.80 51 

S 

The Sasia Story Told by Madanjeet Singh 978-92-3-103992-8 15.00 9 

School-based Management 978-92-803-1189-1 15.00 23 

School Clusters and Teacher Resource Centres 978-92-803-1310-9 15.00 22 

Science Education and Development. Planning and Policy Issues 

at Secondary Level 978-92-803-1160-0 20.00 25 

Science, Technology and Gender: An International Report 978-92-3-104072-6 25.00 37 

Scientific Diving: A General Code of Practice 978-92-3-103250-9 30.50 37 

Seven Complex Lessons in Education for the Future 978-92-3-103778-8 9.20 14 

The Shadow Education System: Private Tutoring and its 

Implications for Planners 978-92-803-1305-5 15.00 23 

Sharing a World of Difference The Earth’s Linguistic, 

Cultural and Biological Diversity 978-92-3-103917-1 9.40 17 

Sharpening Our Tools Improving Evaluation in Adult 

and Non-formal Education 978-92-820-1068-6 18.30 27 

Signposts to Literacy for Sustainable Development 978-92-820-1153-9 25.00 27 

The Silk Roads Highways of Culture and Commerce 978-92-3-103652-1 18.30 54 

Silk, Scents and Spice. 

Retracing the World’s Great Trade Routes 978-92-3-103927-0 19.80 54 

They Sing Life: An Anthology of Oral Poetry of the Primitive 

Tribes of India 978-92-3-103772-6 10.70 59 

Sixty Years of Science at UNESCO 1945-2005 978-92-3-104005-4 30.00 28 

The Social Context of Adult Learning in Africa 978-92-820-1119-5 20.00 27 

Social Inequality at School and Educational Policies 978-92-803-1243-0 15.00 23 

Solar Detoxification 978-92-3-103916-4 24.80 36 

Solar Photovoltaic Project Development 978-92-3-103903-4 16.80 36 

Solar Photovoltaic Systems Technical Training Manual 978-92-3-103904-1 12.80 37 

So That You Can Know Me. An Anthology of Pakistani Women 

Writers 978-92-3-103433-6 11.40 59 

Sourcebook of Korean Civilization 

Volume I: From Early Times to the Sixteenth Century 978-92-3-102848-9 45.70 59 

Volume 2: From the Seventeenth Century to the Modern 

Period 978-92-3-102849-6 Out of print 59 

South African Short Stories From 1945 to the Present 978-92-3-102944-8 9.20 59 

Space 978-92-3-103911-9 14.30 42 

Special Needs in the Classroom. A Teacher Education Guide 978-92-3-103952-2 22.90 17 


Volume I: Normative Action in Education, 

Science and Culture 978-92-3-104067-2 80.00 10 

Volume II: Conventions, Recommendations, 

Declarations and Charters adopted by UNESCO 

(1948-2006) 978-92-3-104068-9 115.00 10 

The Star and Other Korean Short Stories 978-92-3-103217-2 29.00 59 

Stone in Scotland 978-92-3-104031-3 16.00 32 

Stone in Southern Africa 978-92-3-103620-0 15.20 31 

Successful Bookselling A Management Training Course 978-92-3-102838-0 36.60 16 

Sweetwater 978-92-3-102936-3 21.30 59 

The Swordfish 978-92-3-103277-6 17.70 59 

The Symbolic Globe 978-92-3-104028-3 10.00 51 


T 

Teacher Education Resource Pack Student materials 978-92-3-103973-7 14.80 17 

Teachers and Educational Quality: 

Monitoring Global Needs for 2015 978-92-9189-033-0 25.00 10 

Teachers for Tomorrow’s Schools: Analysis of 

the World Education Indicators – 2001 Edition 978-92-9189-000-2 18.30 10 

A Teaching Resource Kit for Mountain Countries – 

Kit 2 – A Creative Approach to Environmental Education NEW 978-92-3-104159-4 22.30 35 

Technology Business Incubation. 

A Toolkit on Innovation in Engineering, Science and Technology 978-92-3-104009-2 20.00 37 

Tell me about... Crafts NEW 978-92-3-104018-4 8.00 62 

Tell me about … Living Heritage 978-92-3-104049-8 8.00 62 

Tell me about… The Oceans 978-92-3-103872-3 4.60 62 

Tell me about… The Slave Trade 978-92-3-104019-1 8.00 63 

Tell me about… UNESCO 978-92-3-103802-0 4.60 63 

Tell me about… World Heritage 978-92-3-103873-0 4.60 63 

TERRA 978-92-3-010870-0 20.00 63 

Textbooks and Quality Learning for All: Some Lessons 

Learned from International Experiences 978-92-3-104027-6 20.00 18 

Thinkers on Education 978-92-3-103398-8 30.50 18 

Thinking at Crossroads: in Search of New Languages 978-92-3-103735-1 22.90 47 

Tolerance 978-92-3-103235-6 36.60 43 

Tolerance: The Threshold of Peace 

Unit 1: Teacher Training Resource Unit 978-92-3-103376-6 9.20 17 

Unit 2: Primary-school Resource Unit 978-92-3-103377-3 9.20 17 

Unit 3: Secondary-school Resource Unit 978-92-3-103378-0 9.20 17 

The three units: 978-92-3-181003-9 22.90 17 

Towards a Multilingual Culture of Education 978-92-820-1131-7 12.00 27 

Towards an Entrepreneurial Culture for the Twenty-first 

Century Stimulating Entrepreneurial Spirit through 

Entrepreneurship Education in Secondary Schools 978-92-3-104034-4 10.00 15 

Towards Knowledge Societies 978-92-3-104000-9 25.00 11 

Training Teachers to Work in Schools Considered Difficult 978-92-803-1169-3 15.00 23 

Translators through History 978-92-3-103137-3 35.10 57 

Trends in Global Higher Education NEW 978-92-3-104164-8 45.00 16 

Tropical Forests, People and Food Biocultural Interactions 

and Applications to Development 978-92-3-102879-3 76.20 35 

Twilight Country 978-92-3-102855-7 21.00 59 

U 

Underwater Archaeology and Coastal Management: 

Focus on Alexandria 978-92-3-103730-6 28.20 31 

Unequal Chances to Participate in Adult Learning: 

International Perspectives 978-92-803-1292-8 15.00 23 

The UNESCO Universal Declaration on Bioethics and Human 

Rights: Background, principles and application NEW 978-92-3-104088-7 26.00 44 


The Current State of Science around the World NEW 978-92-3-104132-7 29.00 29 

UNESCO: The Seeds of Peace 978-92-3-104104-4 24.40 12 

UNESCO Science Report 2005 978-92-3-103967-6 44.00 29 

UNESCO World Heritage Desk Diary 2011 NEW 978-92-3-004172-4 15.00 60 

Unfinished Business: A Comparative Survey of Historical 

and Contemporary Slavery NEW 978-92-3-104124-2 12.00 53 

Universities and Globalization: Private Linkages, 

Public Trust 978-92-3-103890-7 23.80 15 

Unshackling Literacy A Plea for a Political Vision 

of its Rehabilitation 978-92-820-0072-4 28.00 27 

Urban Water Cycle Processes and Interactions 978-92-3-104060-3 20.00 40 

Urban Water Security: Managing Risks NEW 978-92-3-104063-4 42.00 40



Use of Models for River Problems 978-92-3-102861-8 7.60 38 

Using Assessment to Improve the Quality of Education 978-92-803-1215-7 15.00 23 

Utilizing Education and Human Resource 

Sector Analyses 978-92-803-1151-8 15.00 24 

V 

The Venice Lagoon Ecosystem Inputs and Interactions 

Between Land and Sea 978-92-3-103595-1 90.70 35 


Approaches to Preservation 978-92-3-103780-1 42.70 54 

Violence and its Causes: A Stocktaking 978-92-3-103989-8 13.00 42 

The Virtual University: Models and Messages. Lessons from 

Case Studies 978-92-3-104026-9 14.00 15 

The Vortex Family A Family Saga Set in Haiti 978-92-3-103092-5 20.60 59 

W 

War with the Newts 978-92-3-103599-9 11.40 59 

Water and Peace for the People Possible solutions to water 

disputes In the Middle East 978-92-3-104086-3 38.00 30 

Water, a Shared Responsibility The United Nations World Water 

Development Report 2 (BOOK+CD-ROM) 978-92-3-104006-1 56.00 29 

Water for People, Water for Life The United Nations World Water 

Development Report 1 978-92-3-103881-5 50.00 30 

Water in a Changing World The United Nations World Water 

Development Report 3 NEW 978-92-3-104095-5 45.00 30 

Water Resources of Hard Rock Aquifers in Arid and Semi-Arid 

Zones 978-92-3-103511-1 42.70 38 

Water Resources Systems Planning and Management: An 

Introduction to Methods, Models and Applications 978-92-3-103998-0 50.00 38 

The Weary Generations 978-92-3-103509-8 27.40 59 

Witnesses to History NEW 978-92-3-104128-0 25.00 50 

Why Eat Green Cucumber at the Time of Dying? Exploring the links 

between women’s literacy and development: a Nepal perspective 978-92-820-1107-2 10.20 27 

Women, Power and the Academy. From Rhetoric to Reality 978-92-3-103758-0 15.20 49 

Women Say No to War 978-92-3-003510-5 20.60 49 

Women’s Rights and Bioethics 978-92-3-103765-8 18.30 44 

The World’s Heritage: A Complete Guide to the Most Extraordinary 

Places NEW 978-92-3-104122-8 24.00 61 

World Heritage Archaeological Sites and Urban Centres Vol. I 978-92-3-103869-3 50.00 61 

World Heritage Monumental Sites Vol. II 978-92-3-103919-5 50.00 61 

The World’s Savannas: Economic Driving Force, Ecological 

Constraints and Policy Options for Sustainable Land Use 978-92-3-102750-5 57.90 35 

World Social Science Report 2010: Knowledge Divides NEW 978-92-3-104131-0 28.00 10 

Y 

The Year of the Hare 978-92-3-103031-4 19.00 59 

Years Like Brief Days 978-92-3-103212-7 18.30 60 

Young Poets of a New Poland 978-92-3-102930-1 15.20 60 

Young Poets of Germany 978-92-3-102952-3 14.50 60 

Scientific maps and atlases 

Titles ISBN € 

Climatic Atlas of Asia Trilingual: English/French/Russian Set of 30 maps 

in a binder 978-92-3-099818-9 109.80 

Climatic Atlas of Europe Multilingual: English/French/Russian/Spanish Set 

of 28 maps in a binder 978-92-3-099978-0 38.10 

Climatic Atlas of North and Central America Trilingual: English/French/ 

Spanish Set of 30 maps in a binder 978-92-3-099881-3 53.40 

Climatic Atlas of South America Multilingual: English/French/Portuguese/ 

Spanish Set of 28 maps in a binder 978-92-3-099998-8 45.70 

Geological Map of South and East Asia Only in English Six sheets not sold 

separately 978-92-3-099781-6 114.30 

Geological World Atlas The complete set of 22 sheets and explanatory notes 

in English and French, furnished in a binder is out of print. 

However, a certain number of sheets can be purchased separately Please 

specify the language, either English or French, for the explanatory notes. 

Available sheets: 

Out of print 

1. General legend (bilingual: English/French) 978-92-3-099837-0 16.80 

3. Central America and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099886-8 16.80 

Central America and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299886-6 16.80 

4. Latin America (North) and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099835-6 16.80 

Latin America (North) and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299835-4 16.80 

5. Latin America (South) and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099834-9 16.80 

Latin America (South) and Explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299834-7 16.80 

6. West Africa and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099887-5 16.80 

7. Sub-equatorial Africa and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099888-2 16.80 

Sub-equatorial Africa and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299888-0 16.80 

8. East Africa and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099889-9 16.80 

10. West Asia and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099866-0 16.80 

West Asia and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299866-8 16.80 

11. South-West Asia and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099861-5 16.80 

South-West Asia and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299861-3 16.80 

12. East Asia and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099867-7 16.80 

East Asia and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299867-5 16.80 

13. South-East Asia and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099860-8 16.80 

South-East Asia and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299860-6 16.80 

14. Thailand, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines and explanatory note in 

English 978-92-3-099851-6 16.80 

Thailand, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines and explanatory note in 

French 978-92-3-299851-4 16.80 

15. Australia and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099852-3 16.80 

Australia and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299852-1 16.80 

16. South Pacific Ocean and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099840-0 16.80 

South Pacific Ocean and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299840-8 16.80 

17. Continental Antarctic and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099859-2 16.80 

Continental Antarctic and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299859-0 16.80 

18. Antarctic Ocean and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099843-1 16.80 

Antarctic Ocean and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-299843-9 16.80 

21. Indian Ocean note in English 978-92-3-099868-4 16.80 

International Geological Map of Africa Bilingual: English/French Complete 

set of six sheets (1:5.000.000) 978-92-3-099807-3 114.30 

Sheet 1. North-West 978-92-3-099806-6 19.10 

Sheet 2. North Centre 978-92-3-099805-9 19.10 

Sheet 3. North-East 978-92-3-099819-6 19.10 

Sheet 4. General Legend 978-92-3-099804-2 19.10 

Sheet 5. South-West 978-92-3-099803-5 19.10 

Sheet 6. South-East 978-92-3-099802-8 19.10


71 


International Geological Map of Europe and Mediterranean Regions The 

legends and texts on each sheet are in French and German A brochure is 

available with English translation of the legends for certain sheets. Sheets 

available: 

Sheet Al. Iceland (North-West) 978-92-3-099876-9 11.40 

Sheet A2. Iceland (South-West) 978-92-3-099875-2 11.40 

Sheet A3. Rockall, with English translation of legends 978-92-3-099977-3 3.80 

Sheet A5. La Coruña 978-92-3-099917-9 11.40 

Sheet A6. Lisbon 978-92-3-099789-2 16.80 

Sheet Bl. Iceland North-East 978-92-3-099874-5 11.40 

Sheet B2. Iceland South-East 978-92-3-099873-8 11.40 

Sheet B3. Edinburgh with English translation of legends 978-92-3-099976-6 11.40 

Sheet B4. London 978-92-3-099967-4 14.50 

Sheet B5. South of Paris 978-92-3-099935-3 14.50 

Sheet B6. Madrid 978-92-3-099791-5 14.50 

Sheet Cl. Jan Mayen with English translation of legends 978-92-3-099975-9 3.80 

Sheet C2. Trondheim with English translation of legends 978-92-3-099974-2 11.40 

Sheet C4. Berlin 978-92-3-099964-3 14.50 

Sheet C5. Bern 978-92-3-099963-6 14.50 

Sheet C6. Rome 978-92-3-099816-5 11.40 

Sheet C7. Tarabulus 978-92-3-099815-8 14.50 

Sheet Dl. North Capewith English translation of legends 978-92-3-099972-8 11.40 

Sheet D2. Haparandawith English translation 

of legends 978-92-3-099971-1 11.40 

Sheet D3. Stockholm with English translation of legends 978-92-3-099970-4 11.40 

Sheet D4. Warsaw 978-92-3-099968-1 14.50 

Sheet D5. Budapest 978-92-3-099969-8 14.50 

Sheet D6. Athens 978-92-3-099793-9 16.80 

Sheet D7. Benghazi 978-92-3-099864-6 11.40 

Sheet E1. Kanin 978-92-3-099966-7 11.40 

Sheet E2. Arkhangel‘sk 978-92-3-099965-0 11.40 

Sheet E3. Moscow 978-92-3-099936-0 11.40 

Sheet E4. Kiev 978-92-3-099932-2 11.40 

Sheet E5. Bucharest 978-92-3-099817-2 11.40 

Sheet E6. Ankara without text for legend 978-92-3-099794-6 16.80 

Sheet E7. Cairo 978-92-3-099863-9 11.40 

Sheet Fl. Vorkuta 978-92-3-099918-6 11.40 

Sheet F2. Kirov 978-92-3-099931-5 11.40 

Sheet F3. Kazan 978-92-3-099937-7 11.40 

Sheet F4. Astrakhan 978-92-3-099919-3 11.40 

Sheet F5. Tbilisi 978-92-3-099853-0 16.80 

Sheet F6. Haleb 978-92-3-099795-3 14.50 

Sheet Gl. Chanty-Mansijsk 978-92-3-099913-1 11.40 

Sheet G2. Sverdlovsk 978-92-3-099912-4 11.40 

Sheet G3. Magnitogorsk 978-92-3-099908-7 11.40 

Sheet G4. Guriev 978-92-3-099907-0 11.40 

Sheet G5. Baku 978-92-3-099854-7 16.80 

International Geological Map of Europe and the Mediterranean region 

Bilingual: English/French Two sheets not sold separately and Explanatory 

note (Earth sciences, 10) 978-92-3-099962-9 14.50 

International Hydrogeological Map of Europe Sheets already published: 

Sheet A5. La Coruña (Explanatory note not yet published) 978-92-3-099839-4 15.20 

Sheet A6. Lisboa 978-92-3-009979-4 15.20 

Sheet B2. Iceland and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099844-8 15.20 


Sheet B3. Edinburgh and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099845-5 15.20 

Sheet B4. London and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099905-6 15.20 

Sheet B5. Paris and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-099909-4 15.20 

Sheet B6. Madrid (explanatory note in French) 978-92-3-099841-7 18.90 

Sheet C2. Trondheim and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099830-1 15.20 

Sheet C3. Oslo and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099865-3 15.20 

Sheet C4. Berlin and explanatory note in French 978-92-3-099906-3 15.20 

Sheet C5. Bern and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099941-4 15.20 

Sheet C6. Rome and explanatory note will follow 978-92-3-099823-3 18.90 

Sheet D2. Haparanda and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099829-5 18.90 

Sheet D3. Stockholm and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099842-4 18.90 

Sheet D4. Warsaw and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099832-5 18.90 

Sheet E2. Archangel’sk and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099828-8 18.90 

Sheet E3. Moscow and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099870-7 15.20 

Sheet E4. Kiev and explanatory note in English 978-92-3-099838-7 18.90 

Sheet E6. Ankara (explanatory note not yet published) 978-92-3-099831-8 18.90 

Sheet F2. Kirov and explanatory note 978-92-3-099827-1 18.90 

Sheet F3. Kazan and explanatory note 978-92-3-099826-4 18.90 

International Quaternary Map of Europe Some sheets are accompanied by a 

multilingual text for the legend. (English/French/German/Russian). Sheets 

already published: 

1. Reykjavik and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099951-3 13.00 

2. Bodo and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099950-6 13.00 

3. North Cape and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099949-0 13.00 

4. Vorkuta and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099948-3 13.00 

5. Dublin and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099947-6 13.00 

6. Copenhagen and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099946-9 13.00 

7. Moscow and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099945-2 13.00 

8. Magnitogorsk and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099944-5 13.00 

9. Madrid (without text for the legend) 978-92-3-099850-9 13.00 

10. Bern (without text for legend) 978-92-3-099849-3 18.00 

11. Bucharest and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099911-7 13.00 

12. Tbilisi and corresponding text for the legend 978-92-3-099915-5 13.00 

13. Rabat (without text for the legend) 978-92-3-099872-1 13.00 

14. Athens (without text for the legend) 978-92-3-099848-6 18.00 

International Quaternary Map of North-West Africa Bilingual: English/ 

French Three sheets not sold separately 978-92-3-099771-7 18.30 

Map of the World Distribution of Arid Regions One sheet and explanatory 

note in English (MAB technical notes, 7) 978-92-3-101548-9 7.60 

Metallogenic Map of Europe Set of 9 sheets and Explanatory memoir (Earth 

sciences, 17). Bilingual: English/French 978-92-3-002251-8 167.70 

Metallogenic Map of South and East Asia Four sheets and one sheet for the 

legend. Bilingual: English/French 978-92-3-099814-1 68.60 

Metamorphic Map of Europe Set of 17 sheets with Explanatory brochure 

in English 978-92-3-099920-9 30.50 

Sheet 17 (Alpine region) with Explanatory text in English can be purchased 

separately 978-92-3-099921-6 6.10 

People on Earth - The Population of sub-Saharan Africa 978-92-3-199769-3 18.30 

People on Earth. World Population Map Bilingual: English/French 978-92-3-199770-9 18.30 

Seismotectonic Map of Iran, Afghanistan and Pakistan One sheet and 

explanatory notice in English 978-92-3-199812-6 16.80 

Tectonic Map of the Carpathian-Balkan System Bilingual: English/French 

Set of 9 sheets with explanatory note (Earth sciences, 14) 978-92-3-099933-9 30.50

72 TITLES IN ARABIC 

TITLES 

IN ARABIC 

Books edited in English and translated 

into Arabic. 

For titles edited in French and translated into 

Arabic, please refer to the French catalogue. 

Copyright and Neighbouring 

Rights 

Delia Lipszyc 

Translated by Mohamed Hussam Loutfi 

Copyright Series 

2003, 938 pp., 23.8 × 16.8 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-602837-8 

€ 38,10 


Copyright and Neighbouring Rights is one of 

the rare books aiming to bridge the current 

knowledge gap on copyright law and related 

rights available in Arabic. It is intended for use 

in teaching copyright and neighbouring rights 

law – a field that is becoming more important 

given the continued investment in multimedia 

projects. It provides valuable advice for those 

involved in this area helping them understand 

the law and organize their professional 

relationships on a sound and equitable basis. 

Also published in English and Spanish 

The Different Aspects of 

Islamic Culture 

Volume II - The Individual and Society in Islam 

Editor A. Bouhdiba, Co-editor M. Ma’ruf al-Dawalibi 


2000, 484 pp., black & white photographs, 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-602742-5 

€ 45.70 


Also published in French and English 

Education Kit on Combating 

Desertification 

Publication co-ordinators: Thomas Schaaf (UNESCO) and 

Rajeb Boulharouf (UNCCD) 


2004, two books (98 and 100 pp.) illustrated with photos 

and maps + other components presented in a slipcase 

of 30 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603892-6 

€ 21.00 

UNESCO Publishing/MERIC (Cairo) 

This education kit comprises a teacher’s guide, 

a series of case studies, three copies of an 

illustrated children’s book and a poster. It is 

principally targeted at teachers and pupils at the 

top end of primary school and the beginning 

of secondary school in countries affected by 

desertification. It has been conceived to enhance 

the school programme. Teachers can easily 

incorporate elements of the kit into existing 

lesson plans. 

Also published in English, French and Spanish 

Creating Better Cities with 

Children and Youth 

A Manual for Participation 

David Driskell, in collaboration with members of the 

'Growing Up in Cities Project' 


2003, 208 pp., photos, graphs, tables, 24 × 21 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603815-5 

€ 30.00 


A practical manual on how to conceptualize, 

structure and facilitate the participation of 

young people in the community development 

process. It was developed through the “Growing 

Up in Cities” project, an originally eight-country 

UNESCO project (MOST Programme) in 

Australia, Argentina, India, Norway, Poland, 

South Africa, United Kingdom and USA), 

later enlarged to include Lebanon, Papua 

New Guinea and Sweden. It provides concrete 

examples of methods that can be used to engage 

young people in looking at and evaluating their 

local environment, analyzing and prioritizing 

key issues and developing and implementing a 

plan of action. Case studies from project sites 

help to demonstrate the methods in action and 

show how they can be customized to meet local 

needs. 

Also published in English 


Monitoring Report – 2002 

Education for All - Is the World on Track? 



2004, 320 pp., charts, tables, photos, 28 × 21cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603880-3 

€ 24.00 


Also published in French, English and Russian 


Monitoring Report - 2003/4 

Gender and Education for All: the Leap to Equality 



2004, 412 pages, charts, tables, photos, text boxes, 

28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603914-5 

€ 24,00 


All countries have pledged to eliminate 

gender disparities in primary and secondary 

education by 2005. This was decided at the 

World Education Forum in Dakar in 2000, 

a year when a significant majority of the 104 

million children in primary school were not 

girls and almost two-thirds of the 860 million 

non-literate people were women. Ensuring the 

right to learn is not just a question of numbers. 

It is part of a much broader agenda to achieve 

gender equality so that girls and boys, women 

and men, enjoy the same learning opportunities 

and outcomes, personally, professionally and 

politically. The 2015 goal to achieve full gender 

equality, including the rights within and 

through education, clearly reflects this ambitious 

agenda. The 2003/4 edition of the EFA Global 

Monitoring Report examines where countries 

stand in their efforts to achieve these goals, 

highlights innovative and best practice, suggests 

priorities for national strategies and looks at 

how the international community is meeting its 

commitments towards achieving true ‘education 

for all’. 

Also published in English, Chinese and French 



The Quality Imperative 



2005, 430 pp., figs, tables, photos, boxes, 28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603976-3 

€ 24,00 


The quality of education is so insufficient in 

several regions of the world that many countries 

will fall short of achieving the Education for 

All (EFA) goals by the target date of 2015. The 

Quality Imperative report provides a detailed 

analysis of factors influencing the quality of 

education, including financial and material 

resources for schools, the number of teachers 

and their training, core subjects, pedagogy, 

language, the amount of actual learning time, 

facilities and leadership. It presents case studies 

from 11 countries (Bangladesh, Brazil, Canada, 

Chile, Cuba, Egypt, Finland, Republic of 

Korea, Senegal, South Africa and Sri Lanka) 

showing how both rich and developing nations 

are tackling the issue of quality. An Education 

Development Index measures the overall 

progress of 127 countries towards the 6 EFA 

goals: early childhood care and education; youth

TITLES IN ARABIC 

73 

and adult learning; gender; universal primary 

education; literacy, and quality of education. 

Also published in Chinese, English, French and Spanish 





UNESCO. Translated by Zahida Darwish Jabbour and 

Jean Jabbour 


2005, 410 pp., 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603946-6 

€ 12.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Dar An-Nahar (Liban) 


from UNESCO’s ‘21st-Century Talks’, brings 


the four corners of the world to redefine and 

anticipate tomorrow’s values, and reflect on the 

direction these values may lead humanity. The 

volume is divided into four chapters: The Future 

of Values; Globalization, New Technologies and 

Culture; Towards New Social Contracts? and 

Science, Knowledge and Foresight. Each section 

comprises a series of fascinating articles that can 

be read separately. However, the publication 

has its own logic and structure that reveals itself 

when taken as a whole. 

Also published in English, French, Spanish and Russian 

The Story of a Grand Design: 

UNESCO 1946-1993 

People, Events and Achievements 


Michel Conil Lacoste 

1995, 404 pp., photos in black & white 23.7 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-602878-1 

€ 26.70 


Also published in French 

Incentives Analysis and Individual 

Decision Making in the Planning of 

Education 

Frances N. Kemmerer and Douglas M. Windham 

Translated by A. Mohamed Amin and D. Attif Ghaith 


2003, 312 pp., 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-803-6164-3 

€ 19.80 



Islam, Philosophy and Science 

Muhammad Hamidullah, Jean Jolivet, Jacques Berque, 

Rahat Nabi Khan 


1983, 172 pp., 22 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-601951-2 

€ 9.90 


Also published in English and French 

Keys to the 21st Century 

Edited by Jérôme Bindé Preface by Koïchiro Matsuura 

With contributions by Arjun Appadurai, Jacques Attali, 

Jean Baudrillard, Boutros Boutros-Ghali, Manuel Castells, 

Stephen Jay Gould, Luc Montagnier, Edgar Morin, Vitit 

Mutarbhorn, Ndioro Ndiaye, Eduardo Portella, Ilya 

Prigogine, Mary Robinson, Amadou Toumani Touré, 

Alain Touraine, Gianni Vattimo, Theodore Zeldin and 

others 


2004, 454 pp., 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603646-5 

€ 17.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Dar An-Nahar (Beirut) 

The world and the human adventure appear 

richer in potential, more complex and more 

interdependent, but also more uncertain than 

ever. Keys to the 21st Century brings together for 

the first time more than eighty world-renowned 

scientists, intellectuals, artists, decision-makers 

and leading personalities from public life to 

discuss the burning issues of this century. It 

acts as a forum for open debate on a wide range 

of challenges from food security in developing 

countries to the future of democracy, from 

education in a globalized world to the fight 

against poverty. It is through the encounter of 

ideas and individuals that new insights emerge, 

shared visions are created and we learn to live 

together. This book aims to contribute to an 

ethic of the future. 

Also published in English and Spanish 


of Alexandria 



1994, 248 pp., ill., 18 × 11 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-602632-9 

€ 8.40 


Also published in Chinese, English, French, Russian and 

Spanish 

National Book Policy 

A Guide for Users in the Field 

Álvaro Garzón 



Translated by Assia Moussei 


2005, 80 pp., biblio., appendices, 21 × 12.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603993-0 

€ 6.50 

UNESCO Publishing/Syndicat Professionnel du Livre 

(Algiers) 

Today more than 860 million adults are illiterate 

and more than 100 million children have no 

access to schools. From this perspective the 

global need for books and their promotion 

is enormous. National Book Policy promotes 

the need for a coherent policy that will 

ensure access to books is made easier for all. 

This book, both clear and masterful in its 

simplicity, demonstrates the extent to which the 

development of book publishing in each country 

is primarily a matter of political volition, 

personal commitment and dialogue. In addition 

to the technical aspects covered, (model book 

law, policy guidelines, textbook production 

policy) this book affirms book publishing is 

always possible even in difficult circumstances. 

Written in a way that is accessible for those 

responsible for implementing book policy in 

many countries who are not necessarily sector 

specialists. This book is the fruit of twenty years’ 

experience in developing countries – particularly 

in Latin America – where implementing such 

a policy has made many people aware of the 

often astonishing increase in their publishing 

potential. 

Also published in French, English and Spanish 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Technologies for Literacy 

and Adult Education: A Global 

Perspective 

Daniel A. Wagner and Robert Kozma 


2005, 105 pp., figs, tables, boxes, biblio., 24 × 15.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603986-2 

€ 12.50 


New technology can provide powerful new 

tools for enriching the lives of poor people 

and communities in unprecedented ways. 

New Technologies for Literacy Adult Education, 

published as a contribution towards the United 

Nations Literacy Decade (2003-2012), analyses 

two interconnected approaches to using ICT to 

support adult literacy and basic education. The 

first views ICT primarily as a set of instructional 

tools to help people acquire the skills associated 

with traditional notions of literacy. The second 

treats the relationship between literacy, technology 

and development in a more integral way. 

The authors also consider the implications 

and options for policy makers in the use – 

and necessity – of expanded roles for new 

technologies in literacy development. 

Also published in English and French

74 TITLES IN ARABIC 

Seven Complex Lessons in 

Education for the Future 

Edgar Morin 


2002, 112 pp., 22.3 × 14.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603778-3 

€ 4.20 








2003, IX + 206 pp., full colour photographs, glossary, 

biblio., 30 × 24 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603614-4 

€ 72,40 

UNESCO Publishing/Garnet Publishing 

The attention paid to the Qur’ān manuscripts 

and their calligraphy since the beginnings 

of Islam constitutes an important element 

in the development of Islamic civilization. 

Muslims through the ages have sought to 

express their faith through the elaborate 

Qur’ānic calligraphy and illumination included 

within the manuscripts. In this beautifully 

illustrated book Khader Salameh shows how 

the art has developed over time. He studies a 

selection of Qur’ān manuscripts held in the 

al-Haram al-Sharif Islamic Museum in the 

al-Aqsā Mosque, Jerusalem detailing the four 

types of script used, the bookbinding process, 

illumination and textual history of the Qur’ān. 

The book also presents a general overview of the 

Museum’s holdings. 

Also published in English and Russian 

NEW 

Water and Peace for the People 

Possible solutions to water disputes in the Middle East 


Water and Conflict Resolution series 

2010, 246 pp., 16 maps, 7 tables, 23 figures, colour 

photographs, annexes, bibliography, index, 24 × 19 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-604086-8 

€ 38.00 


This book proposes practical and objective 

solutions to the entrenched water conflicts in 

the Middle East. The author reveals and clarifies 

the complexity of the water conflicts, drawing 

on years of experience facilitating and chairing 

water negotiations in the region. 

The bottom line is: Unless the countries 

involved co-operate, the consequences will be 

devastating. The lack of plentiful and clean 

water for the people will not only result in severe 

human suffering, but could also have grave 

geopolitical consequences. 

The book covers four critical areas: the 

Euphrates and Tigris Rivers, where new 

documentation reveals alarming trends; the 

politically sensitive Golan Heights, with water 

disputed by Israel and Syria; the Hasbani 

water dispute between Lebanon and Israel; 

the longstanding water resource dispute between 

the Israelis and Palestinians. 


In eight volumes 




The collection sheds light on the pre-colonial era 

and interweaves Africa’s destiny with the rest of 

humanity’s, examining its interaction with other 

continents and the role of Africans in the dialogue 

between civilizations. 


Edited by Joseph Ki-Zerbo 


ISBN 978-92-3-601707-5 

€ 45.70 


Also published in Chinese and English 




ISBN 978-92-3-601708-2 

€ 45.70 




Century 

Edited by: M. El Fasi 

1994, 1,004 pp., illus., maps, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-601709-9 

€ 45.70 




Century 

Edited by D. T. Niane 


ISBN 978-92-3-601710-5 

€ 45.70 






1998, 1,110 pp., illus.,maps, 24 × 16 cm 


€ 45.70 



• Vol.VI: Africa in the Nineteenth Century until 

the 1880s 


1997, illus., maps, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-601712-9 




1880-1935 


1991, illus., maps, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-601713-6 

OUT OF PRINT 




Edited by A. A. Mazrui, co-edited by: C. Wondji 

1999, 1104 pp., illus., maps, 24 × 16 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-601714-3 

€ 45.70 



For the Young 

In just a few pages you can find all you need 

to know about UNESCO, the World Heritage 

Sites, oceans, biosphere reserves and other 

subjects at the heart of the organization’s 

work. The Discovering the World series is 

a collection of compact guides aimed at 

making subjects accessible for a young 

readership (from 10 years old onwards). 

They are perfect for students of school or 

college age who need to prepare a text or 

presentation on any one of these subjects. 

Parents and teachers will also find these little 

books an interesting read. 

Tell me about the Oceans 

Text by Patricia Chairopoulos 


2004, 48 pp., illus., colour photographs, 21 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-603872-8 

€ 4,60 


Did you know that three-quarters of the globe 

are covered with seas and oceans? This is just 

one of the interesting facts that you could learn 

by reading this compact book about oceans, 

their beginnings, their role in regulating world 

climate and the rich resources within. 


Tell me about UNESCO 

Text by Fréderic Bosc 



ISBN 978-92-3-603802-5 

€ 4.60 


All about UNESCO for the young aged 10 +: 

its history, functioning, ideals, programmes 

and buildings. A clear and well-documented

TITLES IN CHINESE 

75 

overview of the Organization working towards a 

better understanding of tolerance. 


TELL ME ABOUT: 

World 

Heritage 


Explaining Biosphere Reserves 

Text by Christine Sourd 



ISBN 978-92-3-603844-5 

€ 4.60 


A colourful and easy-to-read book that 

provides accessible answers to questions related 

to biosphere reserves, including: What is 

biodiversity? Why is it in peril? Why should we 

preserve it? What do biosphere reserves look 

like? How do they function? Where are they 

located in the world? 


Tell me about World Heritage 

Text by Jean Lopez 



ISBN 978-92-3-603873-5 

€ 4.60 


This compact guide promotes the understanding 

of what it means to be included on the World 

Heritage List. Written in an accessible way 

and illustrated with many examples, the book 

touches on the meaning of heritage, the World 

Heritage Convention, the criteria for choosing 

sites and their protection. In short, information 

and projects that bring alive the meaning of 

heritage for a young audience. 


TITLES IN 

CHINESE 

Titles edited in English and translated into 

Chinese. For titles edited in French and 

translated into Chinese, please refer to the 

French catalogue 

FORTHCOMING 

Technology Business Incubation 

A toolkit on innovation in engineering, science and 

technology 

Rustam Lalkaka 


ISBN 978-92-3-504009-8 

UNESCO Publishing/Shanghai Literature Publishing House 


Monitoring Report - 2003/4 

Gender and Education for All: the Leap to Equality 




ISBN 978-92-3-503914-6 

€ 24.00 

UNESCO Publishing/International and Comparative 

Education Research Institute (Beijing University) 

Also published in Arabic, English and French 



Education for All - The Quality Imperative 




ISBN 978-92-3-503976-4 

€ 24.00 

UNESCO Publishing/China Translation and Publishing 

Corporation 

The 2005 Education For All Global Monitoring 

Report focuses on the quality of education, 

which it finds is insufficient in several regions 

of the world and could prevent many countries 

from achieving the Education for All (EFA) 

goals set at the World Education Forum in 

Dakar, 2000, by the target date of 2015. 

The report provides a detailed analysis of factors 

influencing the quality of education, including 

financial and material resources for schools, 

the number of teachers and their training, core 

subjects, pedagogy, language, the amount of 

actual learning time, facilities and leadership. 

It also presents case studies from 11 countries 

(Bangladesh, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Cuba, 

Egypt, Finland, Republic of Korea, Senegal, 

South Africa and Sri Lanka) showing how both 

rich and developing nations are tackling the 

quality issue. An Education Development Index 

measures the overall progress of 127 countries 

towards the six EFA goals: early childhood care 

and education; youth and adult learning; gender; 

universal primary education; literacy, and quality 

of education. 

Also published in Arabic, English, French and Spanish 


Report to UNESCO of the International Commission on 

Education for the Twenty-first Century 

Jacques Delors, In’am Al Mufti, Isao Amagi, Roberto 

Carneiro, Fay Chung, Bronislaw Geremek, William 

Gorham, Aleksandra Kornhauser, Michael Manley, M. 

Padrón Quero, Marie-Angélique Savané, Karan Singh, 

R. Stavenhagen, Myong Won Suhr, Zhou Nanzhao 


1998, 264 pp., tables, charts, 20 × 14 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-503274-1 

€ 9.90 

UNESCO Publishing/Educational Science Publishing 

House (Beijing) 


Towards Knowledge Societies 


Director: Jérôme Bindé. Preface by Koïchiro Matsuura, 



2005, 236 pp., figs, boxes, tables, references, notes, 

28 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-504000-5 

€ 10.00 


Towards Knowledge Societies clearly makes the 

distinction between knowledge societies and 

the information society. While the information 

society is based on technological breakthroughs, 

knowledge societies “encompass broader social, 

ethical and political dimensions.” The Report 

focuses in particular on the foundations on 

which knowledge societies that will optimize 

sustainable human development are constructed. 

The Report analyses the increasingly important 

role played by knowledge in economic growth 

and advances that it can serve as a new 

springboard for development in the countries of 

the South. It also presents a detailed analysis of 

the factors blocking the access of many countries 

to the opportunities offered by information 

and communication technologies, especially 

the growing digital divide and restrictions on 

freedom of expression. Finally, it makes a series 

of recommendations to improve the situation. 

Also published in French, English and Spanish

76 TITLES IN RUSSIAN 


of Alexandria 



1996, 204 pp., illus, 18 × 11 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-502632-0 

€ 8.40 


Also published in Arabic, French, English and Russian 

Our Creative Diversity 

Report of the World Commission on Culture and 

Development 

Javier Pérez de Cuéllar, Lourdes Arizpe, Yoro K. Fall, Kurt 

Furgler, Celso Furtado, Niki Goulandris, Keith Griffin, 

Mahbub ul Haq, Elizabeth Jelin, Angeline Kamba, Ole- 

Henrik Magga, Nikita Mikhalkov, Chie Nakane, Leila Takla 


1997, 202 pp., 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-503423-3 

€ 12.20 

UNESCO Publishing/Guangdong People’s 

Publishing House 

Also published in French and Spanish 


(In eight volumes) 




The collection sheds light on the pre-colonial era and 

interweaves Africa’s destiny with the rest of humanity’s, 

examining its interaction with other continents and the 

role of Africans in the dialogue between civilizations. 



1981, 660 pp., illus., maps, 26.5 × 19 cm 

ISBN I978-92-3-501707-6 

€ 22.90 



Also published in Arabic and English 

• Vol. II: Ancient Civilisations of Africa 



ISBN 978-92-3-501708-3 

€ 22.90 





Edited by D.T. Niane 


ISBN 978-92-3-501710-6 

€ 22.90 





1880-1935 

Edited by A. Adu. Boahen 


ISBN 978-92-3-501713-7 

€ 22.90 




TITLES IN 

RUSSIAN 

Books edited in English and translated into 

Russian. 

For titles edited in French and translated into 

Russian, please refer to the French catalogue. 





2006, 374 pp., 15 × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-403946-8 

€ 21.50 

UNESCO Publishing/Magister-Press Publishing 


from UNESCO’s ‘21st-Century Talks’, brings 


the four corners of the world to redefine and 

anticipate tomorrow’s values, and reflect on the 

direction these values may lead humanity. The 

volume is divided into four chapters: The Future 

of Values; Globalization, New Technologies and 

Culture; Towards New Social Contracts? and 

Science, Knowledge and Foresight. Each section 

comprises a series of fascinating articles that can 

be read separately. However, the publication 

has its own logic and structure that reveals itself 

when taken as a whole. 

Also published in Arabic, English, French and Spanish 

Cultural Rights and Wrongs 

Edited by Halina Niec 


2003, 308 pp., 24 × 17 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-403555-2 

€ 22.90 



Genghis Khan 

The History of the World Conqueror 

Ata-Malik Juvaini 


2004, , 752 pp., 23.5 × 15.4 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-403405-0 

€ 38.90 


The best and most authoritative account of one 

of the most important events in the world’s 

history, namely the sudden rise and expansion 

of Mongol power in the thirteenth century. 

Considered a masterpiece of Persian prose, 

this work spotlights the career of Genghis Khan, 

the founder of the Mongol Empire (1206-27), 

as well as with the reigns of his three successors. 


Report to UNESCO of the International Commission 

on Education for the Twenty-first Century 

Jacques Delors, In’am Al Mufti, Isao Amagi, Roberto 

Carneiro, Fay Chung, Bronislaw Geremek, William 

Gorham, Aleksandra Kornhauser, Michael Manley, 

M. Padrón Quero, Marie-Angélique Savané, Karan Singh, 

R. Stavenhagen, Myong Won Suhr, Zhou Nanzhao 


1997, 296 pp, 26 × 18.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-403274-2 

€ 22.90 


Also published in Chinese, English, Spanish and French 


Hardback edition in seven volumes. 


Written by the most distinguished scholars, ‘History of 

Humanity’ recounts humankind’s extraordinary voyage 

through time, from its first faltering steps three million 

years ago. Every known culture is represented in this 

monumental overview. 

• Vol. I: Prehistory and the Beginnings 

of Civilization 

Edited by S. J. de Laet. Co-edited by A. H. Dani, J. l. 

Lorenzo and R. B. Nunoo 

2003, 724 pp., illus., figs, maps, plates, 30 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-402810-3 

€ 122.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Magister-Press Publishing House 


• Vol. II: From the Third Millennium 

to the Seventh Century B.C. 

Edited by Ahmad Hasan Dani and Jean-Pierre Mohen. 

Co-edited by J.L.Lorenzo, V.M. Masson, T. Ortega, 

M.B. Sakelariou, B.K. Thapar and Zhang Changshou 

Consultant: S. J. De Laet 



€ 122.00 



• Vol. III: From the Seventh Century B.C. 

to the Seventh Century A.D. 

Edited by J. Herrmann and E. Zürcher 


ISBN 978-92-3-402812-7 

€ 122.00 



• Vol. IV: From the Seventh to the Sixteenth 

Century 

Edited by M. A. Al-Bakhit, L. Bazin and S. M. Cissoko. 

Co-edited by M. S. Asimov, A. Gieysztor, I. Habib, 

Y. Karayannopoulos, J. Litvak King and P. Schmidt. 

Consultant: R. Mantran 


ISBN 978-92-3-402813-4 

€ 122.00

TITLES IN RUSSIAN 

77 



• Vol.V: From the Sixteenth to the Eighteenth 

Century 

Edited by P. Burke and H. Inalcik. Co-edited by K. Habib, 

J. Ki-Zerbo, T. Kusamitsu, C. Martínez Shaw, E. Tchernjak 

and E. Trabulse 


ISBN 978-92-3-402814-1 

€ 122.00 


Volume V traces important historic events of the 

sixteenth to eighteenth centuries from Columbus’ 

discovery of America in 1492 to the French 

Revolution of 1789. It depicts a period marked 

by the great European navigators, the slave trade, 

the first colonial empires, large scale European 

trade with Asia and America, great scientific 

inventions and the production of philosophical, 

literary and artistic works. During these two 

centuries, growing contacts between different 

regions and cultures of the world started to take 

on a significant role in world history. 


• Vol. VI: The Nineteenth Century 

Edited by Peter Mathias and Nikolaï Todorov 

Co-edited by G. Carrera Damas, A. O. Chubariyan, 

Shu-li Ji and I. D. Thiam 

2005, 738 pp., tables, maps, plates, bibliography, 

chronological table, index, 30 × 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-402815-8 

€ 122.00 

UNESCO Publishing / Magister-Press 

Volume VI gives a broad vision of humankind’s 

cultural and scientific development during 

the nineteenth century. It covers such diverse 

aspects as the Industrial Revolution, religion, 

architecture and medicine, giving a detailed 

account of the changes that took place within 

each region of the world. It also looks at the 

increasing interconnectedness between regions 

and the expansion of international trade 

and migration, notably linked to colonial 

domination. With contributions from an 

international team of specialists, the volume 

is a unique resource that provides a range 

of perspectives on the period. It will be an 

invaluable source of information for students 

and scholars of history and anthropology and 

features maps and illustrations. 


• Vol. VII: The Twentieth Century 

Edited by Sarvepalli Gopal and Sergei L. Tikhvinsky 

Co-edited by I. A. Abu-Lughod, G. Weinberg, I. D. Thiam 

and W. Tao 

2005, 932 pp., tables, maps, plates, figures, bibliography, 

chronological table, index, 30 x 21.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-402816-5 

€ 122.00 

UNESCO Publishing / Magister-Press 

Volume VII explores the transformations that 

swept through all spheres of human activity 

during the twentieth century, which was marked 

by scientific, technological, social and political 

innovation. Against this background, it examines 

the liberation movements and conflicts that led 

to the dismantling of the major colonial systems, 

as well as the phenomenon of ‘globalization’, or 

growing interdependence among nations. With 

contributions from an international team of 

specialists, the volume is a unique resource that 

provides a broad range of perspectives. The text 

is complemented by maps and illustrations, and 

will be an invaluable source of information for 

students and scholars of history and anthropology. 



Monitoring Report - 2002 

Education for All - Is the World on Track? 



ISBN 978-92-3-403880-5 

€ 24.00 


The primary purpose of this report is to assess 

the extent to which the benefits associated with 

education are being extended to all children, 

youth and adults around the world and whether 

the commitments made in 2000 at the World 

Education Forum in Dakar are being met. 

The Forum agreed on six education for all (EFA) 

goals: early childhood care and education; youth 

and adult learning; gender; universal primary 

education; literacy, and quality of education. 

The Report is an indispensable reference 

and advocacy tool for education planners, 

policymakers, government ministers, teachers, 

individual citizens, civil society groups and the 

international community. 

Also published in Arabic, French and English 


of Alexandria 



1997, 242 pp., black & white illus., 18 × 11 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-402632-1 

€ 8.40 


Also published in Arabic, Chinese, French, English and 

Spanish 

The Protection of Cultural 

Property in the Event of Armed 

Conflict 

Commentary on the Hague Convention of 14 May 1954 

Jiri Toman 


2005, 542 pp., notes, biblio., annexes, 23 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-402862-2 

€ 4.20 


The 1954 Hague Convention concerning the 

Protection of Cultural Property in the Event 

of Armed Conflict is the only universal legal 

instrument in this field. Jiri Toman, Acting 

Director of the Henry Dunant Institute in 

Geneva, provides an in-depth article-by-article 

analysis of the Convention, its Protocol and 

Regulations for its execution. Drawing parallels 

with other international legal instruments, 

such as the additional 1977 Protocols or the 

other UNESCO Conventions in matters 

of cultural heritage, in particular the World 

Heritage Convention of 1972, the author offers 

guidelines for a more general reflection on the 

protection of cultural property in the event of 

armed conflict and on legal and practical means 

for achieving this. 

Published in English and French 

Tell me about UNESCO 

Text by Frédéric Bosc 


2003, 48 pp., 21 × 15 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-403802-7 

€ 4.60 


Designed for children 10 and over. 

Also published in Arabic, English, French and Spanish

78 TITLES IN RUSSIAN 






2004, 216 pp., full colour photographs, 30 × 24 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-403614-6 

€ 72.40 


In this beautifully illustrated book Khader 

Salameh studies a selection of Qur’ān 

manuscripts held in the al-Haram al-Sharif 

Islamic Museum in the al-Aqsa Mosque, 

Jerusalem detailing the four types of script used, 

the bookbinding process, illumination and 

textual history of the Qur’ān. The book also 

presents a general overview of the Museum’s 

holdings. 


UNESCO: The Seeds of Peace 

Text by Jacques de Barrin 


2003, 112 pp., colour photographs, 28 × 23 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-403773-0 

€ 24.40 


Also published in French and English 

 

 

 

Nanoscience and Nanotechnologies 

Encyclopedia of Life Support Systems 


2009, 1024 pp., illus, figs, 29 × 20.5 cm 

ISBN 978-92-3-404137-9 

€ 32.00 

UNESCO Publishing/Magister Press 

The encyclopedia includes articles of 

nanotechnologists from more than ten countries 

(China, Russia, United States of America, etc.). 

It is intended for the advanced students dealing 

with nanotechnologies, for professors preparing 

lectures and seminar studies, professionals, 

experts who wish apply their knowledge in 

the fields beyond their speciality, for analysts, 

managers and executives intending to use 

the acquired knowledge in the process of 

decision-making. It is also highly valuable for 

the investigators endeavoring to obtain the 

information about innovation approaches to 

solving the problems. 

NATIONAL DISTRIBUTORS OF 

UNESCO SALES PUBLICATIONS 

BELGIUM 

Jean De Lannoy 


1190 Brusssels 

Tel.: (32-2) 538 43 08 

Fax: (32-2) 538 08 41 


www.jean-de-lannoy.be 

CANADA 

Renouf Publishing Company Limited 

1-5369 Canotek Road 

Ottawa,Ontario K1J 9J3 

Tel.: 1-613 745 26 65 

Toll-free tel.: 1-866-767-6766 

Fax: 1-613-745-7660 

E-mail: orders@renoufbooks.com 

www.renoufbooks.com 

Les Éditions La liberté 

Centre Innovation 

2360 Chemin Sainte-Foy 

Sainte-Foy, (Québec), G1V 4H2 

Tel.: (1-418) 658 36 40 / 37 63 

Fax: (1-418) 658-08 47 / 37 63 

E-mails: info@librairielaliberte.com 

liberte@mediom.qc.ca 

www.librairielaliberte.com 

CHINA 

China Educational Publications Import & 

Export Corporation (CEPIEC) 

Book Import Dept. 

44 Belsanhuan Zhong Road 

Beijing 100088 

Tel.: (86-10) 62 01 53 52 

Fax: (86-10) 62 01 45 06 

E-mail: wei.zhang@cepiec.com.cn 

http://book.cepiec.com.cn 

China National Publications Import and 

Export Co. (CNPIEC) 

Book & Serials Department 

16 Gongti East Road 

Beijing, 100020 

Tel.: (86 10) 65 86 70 08 

Fax: (86 10) 65 06 30 75 

E-mail: shigz@cnpiec.com.cn 

CHINA (HONG KONG) 

Swindon Book Co. Ltd. 

13-15 Lock Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon 

Tel.: (852) 23 66 80 01 

Fax: (852) 27 39 49 78 

E-mails: orders@swindonbooks.com 

marketing@swindonbooks.com 

www.swindonbooks.com 

DENMARK 

GAD Direct 

Fiolstraede 31-33, DK-1171 

Copenhagen K. 

Tel.: +45 33 13 72 33 

Fax: +45 33 12 54 94 

E-mail: info@gaddirect.dk 

www.gad.dk 

EGYPT 

UNESCO Publications Centre 

1 Talaat Harb Street, Cairo 

Tel.: (202) 392 01 75 

Fax: (202) 392 25 66 

E-mail: unescopublicationseg@gega.net 

The Middle East Readersí Information Center 

(MERIC) 

9 Ebad El Rahman Street – Masaken Sheraton 

Third Floor – Behind the Institute of Tourism 

Heliopolis – Cairo 

Tel.: (202) 226 770 18, 226 816 40 

Fax: (202) 226 770 16 

E-mails: info@mericonline.com 

order@mericonline.com 

www.mericonline.com 

The Middle East Observer 

41 Sherif St., Cairo 

Tel.: (202) 3926919 

Fax: (202) 3939732 

E-mail: meobserver@hotmail.com 

ETHIOPIA 

Book Corner 

P.O. Box 14105, Addis Ababa 

Tel.: 251 11 155 94 58 

Fax: 251 11 155 38 71 

E-mail: hannayige@ethionet.et 

FINLAND 

Akateeminen Kirjakauppa 

(The Academic Bookstore) 

Keskuskatu 1, Pohjoisesplanadi 39 

(P.O.B. 128), 00101 Helsinki 

Tel.: +358-9-121 41 

Orders and Inquiries: +358-9-121 4322 

Orders by fax: +358-9-121 4242 

E-mail: tilaukset@akateeminen.com 

www.akateeminen.com 

FRANCE 

À travers les grandes librairies en France 

Librairie de l’UNESCO 

7, place de Fontenoy - 75352 Paris 07 SP 

Tel.: (+33) 1 45 68 22 22 

Commandes par Internet 

www.unesco.org/publishing

NATIONAL DISTRIBUTORS OF UNESCO SALES PUBLICATIONS 

79 

Diffusion auprès des libraires 

sur tout le territoire français 

Direction de l’information légale 

et administrative (DILA) 

29, quai Voltaire 

75340 Paris Cedex 07 

Tel.: (+33) 1 40 15 70 00 

Fax: (+33) 1 40 15 68 00 

www.ladocumentationfrancaise.fr 

GERMANY 

UNO-Verlag 

August-Bebel-Allee 6, 53175 Bonn 

Tel.: 49 (0) 228 94 90 20 

Fax: 49 (0) 228 94 90 222 

E-mail: bestellung@uno-verlag.de 

www.uno-verlag.de 

For scientific maps: 

Internationales Landkartenhaus 

ILH – Stuttgart, Scientific Cartography 

Schockenriedstrasse 44 

D-70565 Stuttgart 

Tel.: +49-711 490 722 10 

Fax: +49-711 490 722 11 

E-mail: ilhinfo@ilh-stuttgart.de 

www.ilh-stuttgart.de 

GHANA 

Minerva 

Books & Stationery Supplies 

Mission Street Extension 

(Off Cantonments Road) 

House No. F686/2, Osu RE 

(Old Red Rose) 

P.O. Box 5715, Accra-North 

Tel.: + 233-21-773002 

Fax: + 233-21-773242 

E-mail: minerva@ghana.com 

GREECE 

H. Kauffmann Bookshop 

28, Stadiou, 10564 Athens 

Tel.: (30-210) 32 22 160 

Fax: (30-210) 32 30 320 

E-mail: ord@otenet.gr 

ICELAND 

PENNINN IB PRESS 

Álfheimar 74 

104 Reykjavík 

Tel.: +354 540 2000 

Fax: +354 568 0411 

E-mail: jonfinnj@penninn.is 

INDIA 

UNESCO New Delhi Office 

B 5/29 Safdarjung Enclave 

New Delhi - 110 029 

Tel.: (91-11) 26713000 

Fax: (91-11) 26713001/2 

E-mail: newdelhi@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/en/newdelhi 

INDONESIA 

PT Bhratara Niaga Media 

Jl. Cipinang Bali No. 16 

Jakarta 13340 

Tel.: (+62-21) 852 0319 

E-mail: bhratara1@hotmail.com 

IRAN, ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF 

Iranian National Commission for UNESCO 

15, 1st St., Shahid Hesari st., 

Mirdamad Blvd. 

IR - 1548946111 Tehran 

(P.O. Box 11155-4498) 

Tel.: + 9821-22251364 

Fax: +9821-22252536 

E-mail: unesco@irunesco.org 

www.irunesco.org 

ITALY 

Licosa (Libreria Commissionaria Sansoni 

S.p.A.) 

Via Duca di Calabria, 1/1, 50125 Firenze 

Tel.: +39 055 64831 

Fax: +39 055 641257 

E-mails: licosa@licosa.com 

francesco.messina@licosa.com 

www.licosa.com 

and Via Bartolini 29, 20155 Milano 

Tel.: +39 02 32 72513 

JAPAN 

Maruzen Company, LTD. Book Import 

10th Floor, Glasscube Shinagawa Building, 

13-14, 4-Chome, Higashi Shinagawa, 

Shinagawa-Ku, 

Tokyo 140-0002 

Tel.: 81-3 6367-6053 

Fax: 81-3 6367-6163 

E-mail: bookimport@maruzen.co.jp 

www.maruzen.co.jp 

KOREA, REPUBLIC OF 

Infomax 

Foreign publishers Agent 

Hunter Kim (Managing Director) 

Suite 401, Ga-dong, 1-125 Haengdang-dong 

Seongdong-gu, Seoul 133-070 

Tel.: + 82 2 2297 3616 

Fax: + 82 2 2297 3617 

E-mail: infomax100@korea.com 

MALAYSIA 

MDC Book Distributors Sdn Bhd 

MDC Building 

2717 & 2718 Jalan Permata Empat 

Taman Permata 

Ulu Kelang 

53300 Kuala Lumpur 

Tel.: (60) 3 4108 6600 

Fax: (60) 3 4108 1506 

E-mail: inquiries@mdcbd.com.my 

www.mdcppd.com.my 

UBSD Distribution SDN BHD 

3F-15, I0I Business Park 

1, Persiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan 

Bandar Puchong Jaya 

47100 Puchong, Selangor, Malaysia 

Tel.: +603-8076 3042 

Fax: +603-8076 3142 

E-mail: enquiry@ubsd-dist.com 

www.ubsd-dist.com 

MEXICO 

Dower Arrendamiento sa de cv 

Guanajuato Nº 72. 2 Piso 

Colonia Roma. CP. 06700 

Delegación Cuauhtemoc 

México Distrito Federal 

Tel: (52)(55) 52640854. ext 231 

Fax: (52)(55) 52640854. ext 230 

E-mail: anibalg@dower.com.mx 

www.dower.com.mx 

NETHERLANDS 

Roodveldt Import 

Nieuwe Hemweg 50 – 1013 CX Amsterdam 

Tel.: (31-20) 622 80 35 

Fax: (31-20) 625 54 93 

E-mail: info@publidis.org 

www.publidis.org 

For scientific maps: 

RMIB Geoscience BV 

Overtoom 135 - 137 

1054 HG Amsterdam 

Tel.: +31-20-616 73 56 

and + 31-20-616 85 84 

Fax: + 31-20-618 12 62 

E-mail: info@rmib-geoscience.nl 

www.rmib-geoscience.nl 

NEW-ZEALAND 

Legislation Direct 

P.O. Box 12357 

Thorndon Quay, Wellington 6144 

Tel.: (64-4) 568 00 05 

Fax: (64-4) 568 00 03 

E-mail: ldorders@legislationdirect.co.nz 

www.legislationdirect.co.nz 

NORWAY 

Akademika A/S 

P.O. Box 84, Blindern 0314, Oslo 

Tel.: (47) 22 188 100 

E-mail: kundeservice@akademika.no 

www.akademika.no 

PAKISTAN 

Mirza Book Agency 

65 Shahrah-e-Quaid-e-Azam 

P. O. Box 729, Lahore 54000 

Tel.: (92-42) 732 37 63, 735 36 01 

Fax: (92-42) 576 37 14 

E-mail: knowledge@brain.net.pk 

PAPUA NEW GUINEA 

The University of Papua New Guinea 

Bookshop 

University Book Shop 

PO Box 320, University PO, 

Papua New Guinea 134 

Tel.: (675) 3267675 

Fax: (675) 3267368 

E-mail: upngbooks@gmail.com 

www.pngbuai.com/buybooks

80 NATIONAL DISTRIBUTORS OF UNESCO SALES PUBLICATIONS 

PORTUGAL 

Livraria Portugal 

Dias & Andrade, Lda. 

Rua do Carmo, 70 

1200-094 Lisboa 

Tel.: (351-21) 347 49 82/3/4/5 

(351-21) 347 02 63 

Fax: (351-21) 347 02 64 

E-mails: info@livrariaportugal.pt 

encomendas@livrariaportugal.pt 

www.livrariaportugal.pt 

QATAR 

UNESCO Office 

66, Lusail Street - West Bay 

P.O. Box 3945, Doha 

Tel.: +974 411 3293 / 411 3290 

Fax: +974 411 3015 

E-mail: doha@unesco.org 

RUSSIAN FEDERATION 

Izdatelstvo VES MIR 

17b, Butlerova ulitsa 

Moscow 117342 

Tel.: +7 495 739 09 71 

Fax: +7 495 334 85 91 

E-mail: unpubl@vesmirbooks.ru. 

www.vesmirbooks.ru 

SENEGAL 

Librairie Clairafrique 

Av. Cheikh Anta DIOP – 

Rte de l’Université prolongée 

B. P. 2005, Dakar 

Tel.: (+221) 33 864 44 29 

Fax: (+221) 33 864 58 54 

E-mail: contact@clairafrique.net 

www.clairafrique.net 

SINGAPORE 

Stallion Press 

Business Development, 

5 Toh Tuck Link 

Singapore 596224, 

Tel.: 65-6466-5775 ext: 219 

Fax: 65-6467-7667 

E-mail: thlow@stallionpress.com. 

www.stallionpress.com 

SPAIN 

Mundi-Prensa Libros S.A. 

Castelló n° 37, 28001 Madrid 

Tel.: (+34) 914 36 37 00 

Fax: (+34) 915 75 39 98 

E-mail: pedidos@mundiprensa.es 

www.mundiprensa.com 

Mundi-Prensa Barcelona 

Gran Vía Corts Catalanes, 583, 5º 

08009 Barcelona 

Apartado Postal 33388 

08080 Barcelona 

Tel.: + 34 629 262 328 

Fax: + 34 933 063 499 

E-mail: barcelona@mundiprensa.es 

SWITZERLAND 

Planetis SARL 

16 Chemin des pins 

CH-1273 Arzier 

Tel.: +41 022 366 5177 

Fax: + 41 022 366 5178 

E-mails: info@planetis.ch 

pp@planetis.ch 

www.planetis.ch 

Librairie des Nations Unies 

(vente sur place seulement) 

Palais des Nations, 

CH-1211 Genève 10 

Tel.: (41-22) 917 48 84 

Fax: (41-22) 917 00 27 

E-mail: UNOGBookshop@unog.ch 

FREEMEDIA Medien & Verlag 

Hans und Ivo Frieden 

Holligenstrasse 33 

CH-3008 Bern 

Tel.: 41 (0) 31 382 47 39 

Fax: 41 (0) 31 382 51 54 

E-mail: freemedia@freemedia.ch 

www.freemedia.ch 

THAILAND 

UNESCO Office 

920 Sukhumvit Road 

(Prakanong Post Office, Box 967) 

Bangkok 10110 

Tel.: (66-2) 391-0577 

Fax: (66-2) 391 08 66 

E-mail: ips@unescobkk.org 

www.unescobkk.org 

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES 

Al Mutanabbi Bookshop L.L.C 

Madina Zayed, Airport Road 

P.O. Box 71946, Abu Dhabi 

Tel: (971-2) 634 0319 

Fax: (971-2) 631 7706 

E-mail: albatra@emi.ae 

www.albatra.com 

UNITED KINGDOM 

TSO 

PO Box 29, Norwich, NR3 1GN 

Tel.: 00 44 (0)870 600 5522 

Fax: 00 44 (0)870 600 5533 

E-mail: book.enquiries@tso.co.uk 

www.tsoshop.co.uk/bookstore.asp?FO=1160657 

TSO Belfast 

16 Arthur Street, 

Belfast BT1 4GD 

Ireland 

Tel.: +44 (0)2890 238451 

E-mail: belfast.bookshop@tso.co.uk 

TSO Edinburgh 

26 Rutland Square 

Edinburgh EH1 2BW 

Scotland 

Tel.: +44 (0)131 659 7020 

Fax: +44 (0)131 659 7040 

E-mail: enquiries@tsoscotland.com 

Databeuro Limited 

PO Box 419 

Flitwick 

Bedfordshire 

MK45 1ZP 

Tel.: +44 (0) 1525 752689 

Fax: +44 (0) 1525 752690 

E-mail: sales@databeuro.com 

www.databeuro.com 

Earthprint Ltd. 

P.O. Box 119, 

Stevenage, Hertfordshire, SG1 4TP 

Tel.: +44 1438 748 111, 

Fax: +44 1438 748 844 

E-mail: customerservices@earthprint.com 

www.earthprint.com 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 

Bernan 

Customer Service and Orders 

15200 NBN Way 

P.O. Box 191 

Blue Ridge Summit, PA 17214 

Call Toll Free: 1-800-865-3457 

Fax Toll Free: 1-800-865-3450 

Call Local: 301-459-7666 

Fax Local: 301-459-6988 

E-mail: customercare@bernan.com 

www.bernan.com 

Renouf Publishing Co. Ltd. 

812 Proctor Avenue 

Ogdensburg, NY 13669-2205 

Toll Free U.S.A. 

Tel.: 1-888-551-7470 

Fax: 1-888-551-7471 

E-mail: orders@renoufbooks.com 

www.renoufbooks.com 

United Nations Bookshop 

General Assembly Building 


Visitors Lobby GA-32 

1st Avenue and 46th Street 

New York, NY 10017 

Tel.: 1-800-553-3210 (Toll-free for USA and Canada) 

Tel.: 1-212-963-7680 

Fax: 1-212-963-4910 

E-mail: bookshop@un.org 

bookshop.un.org 

FOR OTHER COUNTRIES 

Please contact: 

Jean De Lannoy 


1190 Bruxelles, Belgique 

Tel.: (32-2) 538 43 08 

Fax: (32-2) 538 08 41 


www.jean-de-lannoy.be

NON-SALES UNESCO PUBLICATIONS 

81 

UNESCO BOOK COUPONS 

Can be used to purchase all books 

and periodicals of an educational, scientific or 

cultural character. 

For full information, please write to: 

UNESCO Coupons Office, UNESCO, 7, place de 

Fontenoy, 

75352 Paris 07 SP (France) 

Tel: + 33 1 45 68 12 32 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 57 97 

Email: s.dragan@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/general/eng/about/coupon/ 

index.shtml 

NON-SALES 


PUBLICATIONS 

UNESCO Publishing distributes sales 

publications only, carrying the following 

ISBN (International Standard Book Number) 

prefixes: 

978-92-3…, 978-92-820…, 

978-92-9189 or 978-92-803. 

A substantial number of UNESCO documents 

and information material are distributed noncommercially, 

upon request, to interested 

parties directly from the UNESCO sectors. 

Request for non-sales UNESCO publications 

should be sent directly to: 


Office of Public Information 

7 place de Fontenoy, 75352 Paris 

07 SP, France 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 16 81 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 56 57 

E-mail: p.morel-vasquez@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org 

Archives 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 19 50 / 55 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 56 17 

E-mail: archives@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/archives 

Communication and Information 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 43 27 

E-mail: n.denissova@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/webworld 

Culture 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 42 79 

E-mail: th_nguyen_duy@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/culture 

Library 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 03 56 / 60 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 56 98 / 17 

E-mail: library@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/library 

Education 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 08 24 

E-mail: kms.librarian@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/education 

Man and the Biosphere Programme 

– MAB 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 40 67 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 58 04 

E-mail: mab@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/mab 

Natural Sciences 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 40 17 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 58 01 

E-mail: a.candau@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/science 

Oceanography 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 39 82 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 58 10 

E-mail: p.boned@unesco.org 

www.ioc-unesco.org 

Photo Library 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 16 87 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 56 55 

E-mail: photobank@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/photobank 

Social and Human Sciences 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 46 38 

E-mail: m.abderrahmane@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/shs 

Statistics 

Tel.: (1-514) 343 68 80 

Fax: (1-514) 343 5740 

Email: publications@uis.unesco.org 

www.uis.unesco.org 

Terminology, Documentation and 

Reference Unit 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 06 21 

E-mail: h.colmenares@unesco.org 

Water Sciences 

Tel.: +33 1 45 68 40 04 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 58 11 

E-mail: ihp@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/water 


Tel.: +33 1 45 68 24 96 

Fax: +33 1 45 68 55 70 

E-mail: wh-info@unesco.org 

http://whc.unesco.org 


INSTITUTES 

AND CENTRES 

UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) 

C.P. 6128, Succusale Centre-ville, Montréal, Québec, 

H3C 3J7, 

Canada. 

Tel.: + (1-514) 343 6880 

Fax: + (1-514) 343 6882 

E-mail: information@uis.unesco.org 

www.uis.unesco.org 

UNESCO International Institute for 

Capacity Building in Africa (IICBA) 

UNESCO-IICBA, ECA Compound, Africa Avenue 

P.O. Box 2305, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. 

Tel.: +251 11 544 52 84 

Fax: +251 11 551 49 36 

E-mail: info@unesco-iicba.org 

www.unesco-iicba.org 

International Institute for 

Educational Planning (IIEP) 

7-9, rue Eugène-Delacroix 

75116 Paris, France 

Tel.: (33-1) 45 03 77 00 

Fax: (33-1) 40 72 83 66 

E-mail: info@iiep.unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/iiep 

UNESCO Institute for Lifelong 

Learning (UIL) 

Feldbrunnenstr. 58, Hamburg D-20148, Germany, 

Tel.: +49 40 44 80 410 

Fax: +49 40 41 07 723 

E-mail: uil@unesco.org 

www.unesco.org/uil 

International Centre for Technical 

and Vocational Education (UNESCO- 

UNEVOC) 

UN Campus 

Hermann-Ehlers-Str. 10, Bonn 53113, Germany 

Tel.: +49 228 8150 100 

Fax: +49 228 8150 199 

E-mail: info@unevoc.unesco.org 

www.unevoc.unesco.org 

International Centre for Theoretical 

Physics (ICPT) 

Strada Costiera 11, 

34014 Trieste Italy 

Tel.: +39-040 224 0111 

Fax: +39-040 224 0163 

E-mail: sci_info@ictp.it 

www.ictp.it

82 UNESCO OFFICES 

UNESCO-IHE Institute for Water 

Education (UNESCO-IHE) 

Westvest 7, 2611 AX Delft, 

(P.O. Box 3015, 2601 DA Delft) 

The Netherlands 

Tel.: +31 (0) 15 215 1715 

Fax: +31 (0) 15 212 2921 

E-mail: info@unesco-ihe.org 

www.unesco-ihe.org 

UNESCO Institute for Information 

Technologies in Education (IITE) 

8 Kedrova St. (Blg. 3), 

117292 Moscow, Russian Federation 

Tel.: +7 499 129 29 90 

Fax: +7 499 129 12 25 

E-mail: info@iite.ru 

www.iite.ru 

International Bureau of Education 

(IBE) 

15 route des Morillons, 1218 

Le Grand-Saconnex, CH-1211 Genève 20, Switzerland 

Tel.: +41 22 917 78 00 

Fax:+41 22 917 78 01 

E-mail: b.deluermoz@ibe.unesco.org 

www.ibe.unesco.org 

UNESCO International Institute for 

Higher Education in Latin America 

and the Caribbean (IESALC) 

Edif. Asovincar, Av. Los Chorros con Calle Acueducto, 

Altos de Sebucán 

Caracas, Venezuela 

Tel.: +58 212 286 1020 

Fax: +58 212 286 0326 

E-mail: iesalc@unesco.org.ve 

www.iesalc.unesco.org.ve 

UNESCO European Centre for Higher 

Education (UNESCO-CEPES) 

Stirbei Voda 39 st., Bucharest 

RO-010102, Romania 

Tel.: +40 21 313 08 39 

Fax: +40 21 312 35 67 

E-mail: info@cepes.ro 

www.cepes.ro 


OFFICES 

Afghanistan: Sherpour Area, H # 1143, Central Square 

Sherpour, Kabul. E-mail: kabul@unesco.org 

Bangladesh: House no. 122, Road no. 1, Block F, Banani, 

G.P.O. Box 57, 1213 Dhaka, 

tel.: (880-2) 986-2073, 987 3210, 

fax: (880-2) 987 1150. E-mail: dhaka@unesco.org 

Brasil: SAS Quadra 5 Bloco H Lote 6, Edificio CNPQ/ 

IBICT/UNESCO, 9° andar, 70070-912 Brasilia D.F., 

tel.: (55-61) 2106 35 00, fax: (55-61) 2106 3697. 

E-mail: brasilia@unesco.org; 

Internet: www.unesco.org.br 

Burundi: 78, Chaussée P. L. Rwagasore, (B.P. 1490), 

Bujumbura, tél.: (257-22) 21 92 13 / 91 39, 

fax: (257-22) 21 53 83. 

E-mail: bujumbura@unesco.org 

Cambodia: nº 38, Samdech Sothearos Blvd, P.O. Box 29, 

Phnom Penh, tel.: (855-23) 217 244 / 42 67 26, 

fax: (855-23) 42 61 63, 21 70 22. 

E-mail: phnompenh@unesco.org 

Cameroon: Rue 1778, près de la Compagnie de 

Sécurisation des Diplomates - Bastos, (B. P. 12909), 

Yaoundé, tél.: (237) 22 20 35 47 / 22 20 35 48, 

fax: (237) 22 20 35 49. E-mail: yaounde@unesco.org 

Chile: Calle Enrique Delpiano 2058, Providencia, 

Santiago de Chile, tel.: (56-2) 472 4600/32, 

fax: (56-2) 655 10 46/47. 

E-mail: santiago@unesco.org 

Internet: www.unesco.org/santiago 

China: Jianguomenwai Waijiaogonggyu 5-15-3, 

Beijing 100600, tel.: (86-10) 6532 2828. 

E-mail: beijing@unesco.org 

Congo: 134 bd du Maréchal Lyautey, (B.P. 90), 

Brazzaville, tél.: (242)670 55 53, fax: (242) 81 17 80. 

E-mail: brazzaville@unesco.org 

Costa Rica: Apartado Postal 1003-1007 Centro Colón 

San José, tel.: (506) 2010 3800, 

fax: (506) 2258 7641. E-mail: san-jose@unesco.org 

Cuba: Calzada 551 – Esq. a D, Vedado, Apartado Postal 

4158 Habana, tel.: (53-7) 833 34 38, 

fax: (53-7) 833 31 44. E-mail: habana@unesco.org 

Ecuador: Veintimilla E9-53 entre Plaza y Tamayo, Quito, 

telefax: (593-2) 2528911 / 2520623. 

E-mail: uhqui@unesco.org.ec. 

Internet: www.unesco.org/quito 

Egypt: 8 Abdel-Rahman, Fahmy Street, Garden City, 

Cairo 11541, tel.: (202-2) 795 0424, 794 5599, 

fax: (202-2) 794 5296. E-mail: cairo@unesco.org 

Ethiopia: ECA New Building, Menelik Avenue, Addis 

Ababa, tel.: (251-11) 551 39 53, 

fax: (251-11) 551 14 14. E-mail: addis@unesco.org 

Gabon: Cité de la Démocratie Bâtiment N°6, B. P. 2183, 

Libreville, tel.: (241) 76 28 79, 

fax: (241) 76 28 14. E-mail: unesclbv@inet.ga 

Ghana: 8, Mankralo Street - East Cantonment (P. O. Box 

CT4949), Accra, tel.: (233-21) 74 08 40, 

fax: (233-21) 765 498. E-mail: accra@unesco.org 

Guatemala: Edificio ETISA N. 7 A, Ta. Avenida y Calle 12, 

Zona 9, Plaza España, Ciudad de Guatemala 01109, 

tel.: (502) 236 08 040/7365, fax: (502) 233 11 524. 

E-mail: guatemala@unesco.org 

Haiti: 19, Delmas 60, Musseau par Bourdon, Petion Ville, 

Port-au-Prince, tel.: (509) 2 511 04 60, 511 04 61, 511 

04 62, fax: (509) 2 244 93 66, 244 93 67. 

E-mail: portauprince@unesco.org 

India: UNESCO Office NEW DELHI, B 5/29 Safdarjung 

Enclave, New Delhi - 110 029, tel.: (91-11) 2671 3000, 

fax: (91-11) 2671 3001 / 02. 

E-mail: newdelhi@unesco.org 

Indonesia: UNESCO House, Galuh (II), N° 5, Kebayoran 

Baru, DKI Jakarta 12110, tel.: (62-21) 739 9818, 

fax: (62-21) 7279 6489. E-mail: jakarta@unesco.org 

Iran (Islamic Republic of): Bahman Building Sa’adabad 

Complex, Darband Sq, Tajrish Sq, 19894 Tehran, 

tel.: (98-21) 22751315, fax: (98-21) 22751318. 

E-mail: tehran@unesco.org 

Iraq: Abdoun, 9 Ya’acoub Ammari Street, P.O. Box 2270, 

Amman 11181, Jordan, tel.: (962 6) 590 2340, 

fax: (962 6) 590 2350. 

E-mail: iraqoffice@iraq.unesco.org 

Italy: UNESCO Regional Bureau for Science and culture 

in Europe, Palazzo Zorzi, Castello 4930, 30122 Venice, 

tel.: (39-041) 260 1511, fax: (39-041) 528 99 95. 

E-mail: veniceoffice@unesco.org 

Jamaica: The Towers, 3rd floor, 25 Dominica Drive, 

Kingston 5, tel.: (1- 876) 929 70 87, fax: (1- 876) 929 

84 68. E-mail: kingston@unesco.org 

Jordan: (Jordan University), UNU building - 2nd floor, 274, 

Queen Rania Al-Abdullah St., (P.O. Box 2270), Amman 

11181, tel.: 962-6 5340891, 

fax: 962-6 5340896. E-mail: amman@unesco.org 

Kazakhstan: 67 Tole Bi Street, 050000 Almaty, 

tel.: (7-7272) 58 26 43, 

fax: (7-7272) 79 48 53. E-mail: almaty@unesco.org; 

Internet: www.unesco.org/Almaty 

Kenya: P. O. Box 30592, 00100 GPO, Nairobi, 

tel. 254-20 762 12 34, fax: 254-20 762 27 50. 

E-mail: nairobi@unesco.org; 

Internet: www.unesco-nairobi.org

UNESCO OFFICES 

83 

Lebanon: Cité Sportive Avenue, Beyrouth (P.O. Box 

11-5244), tél.: (961-1) 85 00 13 / 14 / 39 / 09, 

fax: (961-1) 82 48 54. E-mail: beirut@unesco.org 

Mali: Hamdallaye ACI 2000 (derrière l’hôtel Massaley), B.P. 

E 1763, Bamako, tél.: (223) 20 23 34 92, 20 23 34 93, 

fax: (223) 20 23 34 94. E-mail: bamako@unesco.org 

Morocco: 35 avenue du 16 novembre, Rabat , 1777. 

E-mail: rabat@unesco.org 

Mexico: Pte Masaryk n.° 526, 3er piso, Colonia Polanco, 

México City, tel.: (52-55) 36011650, fax: (52-55) 

52806214. E-mail: mexico@unesco.org 

Mozambique: 4031, Av. da Marginal, Maputo, (C.P. 1397 

Maputo), tel.: (258-21) 49 44 50, 49 34 34, 

fax: (258-21) 49 34 31. E-mail: maputo@unesco.org 

Namibia: 38-44 Stein Street, Klein Windhoek, P.O. Box 

24519, Windhoek. E-mail: windhoek@unesco.org 

Nepal: P.O. Box 14391, Kathmandu, tel.: (977-1) 5554 396 

/ 769, fax: (977-1) 5554 450. 

E-mail: kathmandu@unesco.org; 

Internet: www.unesco.org/kathmandu 

Nigeria: UN House - Plot 617/618 Diplomatic Drive - 

Central Area District Garki, Abuja, 

tel.: (234-9) 461 8502, fax: (234-9) 461 8510. 

E-mail: abuja@unesco.org 

Pakistan: Saudi-Pak Tower, First Floor, Blue Area, 

Jinnah Avenue, Islamabad 44000 (P.O. Box 2034 A, 

Islamabad, 44000), tel.: (92-51) 111-710-745, 

fax: (92-51) 2611175. E-mail: islamabad@unesco.org; 

Internet: www.un.org.pk/unesco 

Palestinian Authority: 29 Ahliyyah College Street, (P.O. 

Box 2154), Ramallah, tel.: (972-2) 295 97 40, 

fax: (972-2) 295 97 41. E-mail: unesco@palnet.com 

Peru: Av. Javier Prado Este 2465 - 8 piso, Museo de la 

Nacion, San Borja, (Lima 41, Apartado Postal 41- 

0192) Lima, tel.: (51-1) 476 98 71, 224 25 26, 

fax: (51-1) 476 98 72. E-mail: lima@unesco.org 

Qatar: 66, Lusail Street - West Bay, P.O. Box 3945, Doha, 

tel.: (974) 4411 3293, 4411 3290, 4411 3295, 4411 

3036, fax: (974) 4411 3015. 

E-mail: doha@unesco.org; 

Internet: www.unesco.org/doha 

Congo (Democratic Republic of): 2, Avenue des 

Ambassadeurs , Commune de la Gombe, Kinshasa, 

tel.: (243) 81 88 48 253, fax: (243) 999 975 361. 

E-mail: kinshasa@unesco.org 

Romania: Centre européen de l’UNESCO pour 

l’enseignement supérieur, Kretzulescu Palace, 39, 

Stirbei Voda Str, 010102 Bucharest, 

tel.: (40 21) 313 08 39, 313 06 98, 315 99 56, 

fax: (40-21) 312 35 67. E-mail: info@cepes.ro; 

Internet: www.cepes.ro 

Russian Federation: Bolshoi Levshinsky per. 15, bld. 2, 

119034 Moscow, tel.: (7 495) 637-28-75, 637-29-53, 

637-29-62, fax: (7 495) 637-39-60. 

E-mail: moscow@unesco.org; 

Internet: www.unesco.ru 

Samoa: P.O. Box 615, Matautu-uta, Apia, 

tel.: (685) 242 76, fax: (685) 265 93. 

E-mail: apia@unesco.org 

Senegal: 12, avenue L. S. Senghor, (B.P. 3311), Dakar, 

tel.: (221) 849 23 23, fax: (221) 823 83 93. 

E-mail: dakar@unesco.org; 

Internet: www.dakar.unesco.org 

Sudan: Al Amarat, Street 29, Villa 36, Block 10, Open Area 

behind Saudi Embassy (South Gate) Khartoum, 

tel.: (249-1) 835 762 38, fax: (249-1) 834 600 77. 

E-mail: khartoum@unesco.org 

Switzerland: UNESCO. GLO, Palais des Nations, 

CH-1211 Genève 10. 15 route des Morillons, 

1218 le Grand Saconnex/Geneva, 

tel.: (41-22) 917 78 80, 

fax: (41-22) 917 78 05. E-mail: geneva@unesco.org 

Tanzania (United Republic of): 127 Mafinga Street - 

Off Kinondoni Rd, (P.O. Box 31473), Dar es Salaam, 

tel.: (255-22) 266 66 23 / 266 71 65, 

fax: (255-22) 266 69 27. 

E-mail: dar-es-salaam@unesco.org 

Thailand: 920 Sukhumvit Road, Prakanong, Klongtoey, 

Bangkok 10110, tel.: (66-2) 391 0577, 

fax: (66-2) 391 08 66. 

E-mail: bangkok@unesco.org; 

Internet: www.unescobkk.org 

United States of America: 2 United Nations Plaza, 

Suite 900, New York, N.Y. 10017, 

tel.: (1-212) 963 59 95, fax: (1-212) 963 80 14. 

E-mail: newyork@unesco.org 

Uruguay: Luis Piera 1992, 2° Piso, Montevideo 11200, 

tel.: (598-2) 2413 20 75, fax: (598-2) 2413 20 94. 

E-mail: montevideo@unesco.org.uy; 

Internet: www.unesco.org.uy 

Uzbekistan: 9, Ergashev street , 100037 Tashkent, 

tel.: (998-71) 12 07 116 / 54 / 55, 

fax: (998-71) 120 71 59. 

E-mail: tashkent@unesco.org 

Viet Nam: 23 Cao Ba Quat Street, Hanoi, tel.: (84-4) 747 

0275/6, fax: (84-4) 747 0274. 

E-mail: registry@unesco.org.vn; 

Internet: www.unesco.org.vn 

Zimbabwe: 8 Kenilworth Road, Newlands, (P.O. Box HG 

435, Highlands), Harare, tel.: (263-4) 77 67 75/9, 

fax: (263-4) 77 60 55. E-mail: harare@unesco.org






ORDER FORM 

Please write in capital letters 

Return to 

DL Services sprl, Jean De Lannoy 

Avenue du Roi 202, B 1190 Bruxelles, Belgium 

Fax: 32 2 538 08 41. Tel. : 32 2 538 43 08. 


ISBN Title Price Quantity 

Postage 

Europe: € 5.50 

Rest of the world: € 10.00 

TOTAL: 

Last Name:............................................................................... First Name: ..................................................................................................................................... 

Address: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 

City:............................................................................................... Postcode: ..................................................................................................................................... 

Country:............................................................................................ E-mail ....................................................................................................................................... 

For individual orders: 

Payment enclosed: 

Cheque*: .......................................................................................... Money order: ........................................................................................................................ 

Eurocard/MasterCard/Visa No.:..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 

Please add the three-digit verification code on the back of your credit card: ............................................................................................................ 

Expiry Date: .................................................. Signature: ................................................................................................................................................................ 

* Except Eurocheques, in euros, payable to DL Services sprl, and drawn respectively on a bank established in France or in Belgium. 

CAT-2010/11

UNESCO 2010/11 - Renouf Publishing Co. Ltd.

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?